NC0020931_Application (ATC)_20240816

RECEIVED
TIRC
AUG 16 2024
TRANSMITTAL LETTER NCDEQ/DWR/NPDES
TRC
114 Edinburgh South Drive
Suite 200
Cary, NC 27511
Telephone [phone]
To: NC Dept of Environment and Date: 8.13.24
Natural Resources
Division of Water Project No: 554801
Resources/NPDES
1617 Mail Service Center Project Name: Town of Boonville
Raleigh, NC 27699-1617 Improvements for Better WWTP
Effluent- Boonville
Via Mail Courier X Overnight T Pick-up Hand Delivered
We are enclosing the following:
Shop Drawings Prints T Plans n Specifications
Copy of Letter Change Order T Permits X Other—App Pkg
COPIES DATE DESCRIPTION
1 8.13.24 Application
1 8.13.24 Plans
1 8.13.24 Specifications
1 8.13.24 USB—Digital copy of the above
n F• or your approval For your review and comment Returned for corrections
F• or your use Approved as submitted ri R• esubmit copies for approval
n As requested Approved as noted n R• eturn corrected prints
Comments: This package is being sent to you on behalf of Ethan Gartin, Project Manager.
Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
Sincerely,
Ve�via 7a6 o glAdministrative Assistat
cc: File

.
r
State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
LNVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
SECTION 1: INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION
A. The Division of Water Resources will accept this application package for review only if all of the items are provided and the
application is complete.Failure to submit all of the required items will result in the application package being returned as incomplete
per 15A NCAC 02T.0105(b).
B. Plans and specifications must be prepared in accordance with 15 NCAC 02H.0100, 15A NCAC 02T,North Carolina General Statute
133-3, North Carolina General Statute 143-215.1, and Division of Water Resources Minimum Design Criteria for NPDES
Wastewater Treatment Facilities.
C. The plans and specifications submitted must represent a completed final design that is ready to advertise for bid.
D. Any content changes made to this Form ATC-12-14 shall result in the application package being returned.
E. The Applicant shall submit ONE ORIGINAL and ONE DIGITAL COPY (CD) of the application, all supporting documentation and
attachments. All information must be submitted bound or in a 3-ring binder, with a Section tab for each Section, except the
Engineering Plans.
F. Check the boxes below to indicate that the information is provided and the requirements are met.
G. If attachments are necessary for clarity or due to space limitations, such attachments are considered part of the application
package and must be numbered to correspond to the item referenced.
H. For any project that requires review under the State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA), an Authorization to Construct cannot be
issued prior to the completion of a State Clearinghouse advertisement period for a FONSI,EIS,etc. unless the project qualifies for
a Determination of Minor Construction Activity.
I. For more information,visit the Division of Water Resources web site at:https://deci.nc.gov/about/divisions/water-resources/water-
resources-permits/wastewater-branch/n pdes-wastewater/authorization-to-construct.
J. In addition to this Authorization to Construct,the Applicant should be aware that other permits may be required from other Sections
of the Division of Water Resources(for example: reclaimed water facilities permits;Class A or B biosolids residuals permit).
SECTION 2:APPLICANT INFORMATION AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION RECEIVED
A. APPLICANT AUG 16 2024
Applicant's name Town of Boonville
Signature authority's name per 15A NCAC 02T.0106(b) Vaughn Benton NCDEQ/DWR/NPDES
Signature authority's title Mayor
Complete mailing address 110 Carolina Avenue North, Boonville, NC 27011
Telephone number 336 367 4205
Email address [e-mail]
B. PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
Professional Engineer's name Steven R.Gandy, Ph.D.,P.E.
Professional Engineer's title Chief Engineer
North Carolina Professional Engineer's License No. 031020
Firm name TRC
Firm License number C-0861
Complete mailing address 114 Edinburgh South Drive,Suite 200 Cary, NC 27511
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 1

State of North Cardlina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL OUALtlY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
Telephone number 919 455 5804
Email address [e-mail]
C. NPDES PERMIT
NPDES Permit number
Current Permitted flow(MGD)—include permit 200,000 gpd total—two WWTP's @ 50,000 gpd and one WWTP @
flow phases if applicable 100,000gpd
D. PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Provide a brief description of the project: Project Name:Town of Boonville WWTP Rehabilitation The project includes minor
improvements such as a heater to prevent the bar screen from freezing,additional electrical receptacles and yard hydrants. The
main portion of the project is the replacement of the old 100,000 gpd package plant that has failed and is in very poor
condition. The package plant is to be replaced with a plant matching the permitted capacity of 100,000 gpd.The new package
WWTP will include dual clarifiers at the end of the process train to aid in the mitigation of TSS issues which have plagued the
facility. Redundant blowers and other appurtenances are included in this project.
SECTION 3: APPLICATION ITEMS REQUIRED FOR SUBMITTAL FOR ALL PROJECTS
A. Cover Letter
The letter must include a request for the Authorization to Construct;the facility NPDES Number; a brief project description
that indicates whether the project is a new facility,facility modification,treatment process modification,or facility expansion;
the construction timeline;and a list of all items and attachments included in the application package.
❑ If any of the requirements of 15 NCAC 02H. 0100, 15A NCAC 02T, North Carolina General Statute 133-3, North Carolina
General Statute 143-215.1, and Division of Water Resources Minimum Design Criteria for NPDES Wastewater Treatment
Facilities are not met by the proposed design,the letter must include an itemized list of the requirements that are not met.
B. NPDES Permit
0 Submit Part I of the Final NPDES permit for this facility that includes Part A(Effluent Limitations and Monitoring Requirements)
for the monthly average flow limit that corresponds to the work that is requested for this project.
C. Special Order by Consent
❑ If the facility is subject to any Special Orders by Consent(SOC),submit the applicable SOC.
CO Not Applicable.
D. Finding of No Significant Impact or Record of Decision
❑ Submit a copy of the Finding of No Significant Impact or Record of Decision for this project.
❑ Provide a brief description of any of the mitigating factors or activities included in the approved Environmental Document
that impact any aspect of design of this project,if not specified in the Finding of No Significant Impact or Record of Decision.
❑ Not Applicable.
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 2

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
LNVIRONMLNI AL OUALaY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
E. Engineering Plans
® Per 15A NCAC 02T.0504(c)(1),submit one set of detailed plans that have been signed,sealed and dated by a North Carolina
Licensed Professional Engineer.
® Per 21 NCAC 56.1103(a)(6),the name,address and License number of the Licensee's firm shall be included on each sheet of
the engineering drawings.
® Plans must be labeled as follows:FINAL DRAWING—FOR REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY—NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
® 15A NCAC 02H .0124 requires multiple (dual at a minimum) components such as pumps, chemical feed systems, aeration
equipment and disinfection equipment. Is this requirement met by the design? ® Yes or ❑ No. If no, provide an
explanation:
Plans shall include:
® Plans for all applicable disciplines needed for bidding and construction of the proposed project(check as appropriate):
® Civil El Not Applicable
® Process Mechanical El Not Applicable
® Structural El Not Applicable
® Electrical 0 Not Applicable
® Instrumentation/Controls 0 Not Applicable
❑ Architectural Z Not Applicable
❑ Building Mechanical ® Not Applicable
❑ Building Plumbing ® Not Applicable
® Plan and profile views and associated details of all modified treatment units including piping,valves,and equipment(pumps,
blowers, mixers,diffusers,etc.)
® Are any modifications proposed that impact the hydraulic profile of the treatment facility?®Yes or❑ No. If yes, provide
a hydraulic profile drawing on one sheet that includes all impacted upstream and downstream units. The profile shall include
the top of wall elevations of each impacted treatment unit and the water surface elevations within each impacted treatment
unit for two flow conditions: (1) the NPDES permitted flow with all trains in service and (2)the peak hourly flow with one
treatment train removed from service.
▪ Are any modifications proposed that impact the process flow diagram or process flow schematic of the treatment facility?
❑Yes or®No. If yes,provide the process flow diagram or process flow schematic showing all modified flow paths including
aeration, recycle/return,wasting,and chemical feed,with the location of all monitoring and control instruments noted.
F. ® Engineering Specifications
® Per 15A NCAC 02T.0504(c)(2),submit one set of specifications that have been signed,sealed and dated by a North Carolina
Licensed Professional Engineer.
® Specifications must be labeled as follows: FINAL SPECIFICATIONS — FOR REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY — NOT RELEASED FOR
CONSTRUCTION.
Specifications shall include:
® Specifications for all applicable disciplines needed for bidding and construction of the proposed project (check as
appropriate):
® Civil ❑ Not Applicable
® Process Mechanical ❑ Not Applicable
® Structural ❑ Not Applicable
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 3

t
State of North Cardlina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
® Electrical ❑ Not Applicable
® Instrumentation/Controls ❑ Not Applicable
❑ Architectural ❑Not Applicable
❑ Building Mechanical ❑Not Applicable
❑ Building Plumbing ❑Not Applicable
® Detailed specifications for all treatment units and processes including piping, valves, equipment (pumps, blowers, mixers,
diffusers,etc.),and instrumentation.
® Means of ensuring quality and integrity of the finished product including leakage testing requirements for structures and
pipelines,and performance testing requirements for equipment.
® Bid Form for publicly bid projects.
G. Construction Sequence Plan
® Construction Sequence Plan such that construction activities will not result in overflows or bypasses to waters of the State.
The Plan must not imply that the Contractor is responsible for operation of treatment facilities. List the location of the
Construction Sequence Plan as in the Engineering Plans or in the Engineering Specifications or in both:Attached and can be
found in Construction Plans
H. Engineering Calculations
® Per 15A NCAC 02T.0504(c)(3),submit one set of engineering calculations that have been signed,sealed and dated by a North
Carolina Licensed Professional Engineer;the seal,signature and date shall be placed on the cover sheet of the calculations.
For new or expanding facilities and for treatment process modifications that are included in Section 4.C,the calculations shall
include at a minimum:
® Demonstration of how peak hour design flow was determined with a justification of the selected peaking factor.
• Influent pollutant loading demonstrating how the design influent characteristics in Section 4.B.2 of this form were
determined.
® Pollutant loading for each treatment unit demonstrating how the design effluent concentrations in Section 4.B.2 of this form
were determined.
® Hydraulic loading for each treatment unit.
® Sizing criteria for each treatment unit and associated equipment(blowers, mixers, pumps,etc.)
® Total dynamic head (TDH)calculations and system curve analysis for each pump specified that is included in Section 4.C.6.
® Buoyancy calculations for all below grade structures.
® Supporting documentation that the specified auxiliary power source is capable of powering all essential treatment units.
I. Permits
® Provide the following information for each permit and/or certification required for this project:
Permit/ If Not Issued Provide
Not Date Date Certification Status and Expected
Permit/Certification Applicable Submitted Approved Number Issuance Date
Dam Safety NA
Soil Erosion and Sediment Control NA
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 4

f
State of North Carolina
f.� Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
USCOE /Section 404 Permit NA
Water Quality Certification(401) NA
USCOE/Section 10 NA
Stormwater Management Plan NA
CAMA NA
NCDOT Encroachment Agreement NA
Railroad Encroachment Agreement NA
Other: NA
J. Residuals Management Plan
❑ For all new facilities, expanding facilities, or modifications that result in a change to sludge production and/or sludge
processes, provide a Residuals Management Plan meeting the requirements of 15A NCAC 02T .0504(i) and 15A NCAC 02T
.0508.the Plan must include:
❑ A detailed explanation as to how the generated residuals(including trash,sediment and grit)will be collected, handled,
processed,stored,treated,and disposed.
❑ An evaluation of the treatment facility's residuals storage requirements based upon the maximum anticipated residuals
production rate and ability to remove residuals.
❑ A permit for residuals utilization or a written commitment to the Applicant from a Permittee of a Department approved
residuals disposal/utilization program that has adequate permitted capacity to accept the residuals or has submitted a
residuals/utilization program application.
❑ If oil,grease,grit or screenings removal and collection is a designated unit process,a detailed explanation as to how the
oil/grease will be collected,handled, processed,stored and disposed.
® Not Applicable.Land application of sludge from digestor will not change.
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 5

f
State of North Carolina t
IC Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL DUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
SECTION 4: PROJECT INFORMATION
A. WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT FLOW INFORMATION—COMPLETE FOR NEW OR EXPANDING FACILITIES
1. Provide the following flow information:
Plant Flows
Existing Plant Design 0.2 MGD
Current NPDES Permit Limit 0.2 MGD
Current Annual Average
(past 12 months) 0.1 MGD
For Past 12 Months: For Past 24 Months:
Start Date: 10/21 Start Date: 10/20
End Date:9/22 End Date:9/22
Maximum Month 0.30 MGD 0.24 MGD
Maximum Day 0.486 MGD 2.0 MGD
Peak Hour Not Recorded Not Recorded
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 6

f 1
State of North Carolina
,. = Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resource
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
B. WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY DESIGN INFORMATION—COMPLETE FOR NEW OR EXPANDING FACILITIES AND
FOR TREATMENT PROCESS MODIFICATIONS
1. Have all of the requirements of 15 NCAC 02H.0100, 15A NCAC 02T, North Carolina General Statute 133-3, North Carolina
General Statute 143-215.1,and Division of Water Resources Minimum Design Criteria for NPDES Wastewater Treatment
Facilities been met by the proposed design and specifications?®Yes or❑ No. If no, provide justification as to why the
requirements are not met,consistent with 15A NCAC 02T.0105(n):
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 7

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
LNVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
2. Provide the design influent and effluent characteristics that are used as the basis for the project design,and the NPDES
permit limits for the following parameters: Modeled via BIOWIN for the parameters listed.Model's input and output
parameters are included in the appendix.An alternate analysis was performed to account for less than perfect flow
conditions. The second(02)is a dynamic model run with a diurnal flow pattern.For this second condition,the values
reported represent the highest value of the day(hence the<),as the static model generally presents an optimistic value.
Project Basis of Design
Design Influent Design Influent
Influent Concentration Load
Concentration- (Must be (Must be
Current Annual supported by supported by
Average(past Engineering Engineering Design Effluent
12 months)if Calculations Calculations Concentration and/or NPDES Permit Limits
Parameter Available [Section 3.H]) [Section 3.H]) Load (monthly average)
Ammonia Nitrogen
Not Measured 24 mg/L 20.0 lb/day 0.31 mg/L Monitor only
(NH3-N)
Biochemical 30 mg/L Summer
Oxygen Demand 263 mg/L 330 mg/L 275 lb/day 3.40 mg/L
(BOD5) 30 mg/L Winter
Fecal Coliform Not Measured 126 per 100 mL 200 per 100 mL
Nitrate+Nitrite
Nitrogen (NO3-N+ Not Measured 16.63 mg/L NA
NO2-N)
Total Kjeldahl
Not Measured 40 mg/L 33.4 lb/day 2.17 mg/L Monitor Only
Nitrogen
Total Nitrogen Not Measured 18.80 mg/L Monitor only
Total Phosphorus Not Measured 6.5 mg/L 5.4 lb/day 2.30 mg/L Monitor only
Total Suspended 204 mg/L 291 mg/L 243 lb/day 7.29 mg/L 30 mg/L
Solids(TSS)
3. Based on the"Project Basis of Design" parameters listed above,will the proposed design allow the treatment facility to
meet the NPDES Permit Limits listed above?®Yes or❑ No. If no,describe how and why the Permit Limits will not be
met:
4. Per 15A NCAC 02T.0505Ei),by-pass and overflow lines are prohibited. Is this condition met by the design?®Yes or❑ No
If no,describe the treatment units bypassed,why this is necessary,and where the bypass discharges:
5. Per 15A NCAC 02T.0505(k),multiple pumps shall be provided wherever pumps are used. Is this condition met by the
design?®Yes or❑ No. If no, provide an explanation:
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 8

1 �
r
State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
LNVIRONMLNIAL QUAL.-:, APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
6. Per 15A NCAC 02T.0505(1), power reliability shall be provided consisting of automatically activated standby power supply
onsite capable of powering all essential treatment units under design conditions,or dual power supply shall be provided
per 15A NCAC 02H.0124(2)(a). Is this condition met by the design? ®Yes or❑ No. If no,provide(as an attachment
to this Application)written approval from the Director that the facility:
➢ Has a private water supply that automatically shuts off during power failures and does not contain elevated water
storage tanks,and
➢ Has sufficient storage capacity that no potential for overflow exists,and
➢ Can tolerate septic wastewater due to prolonged detention.
7. Per 15A NCAC 02T.0505(o),a minimum of 30 days of residual storage shall be provided. Is this condition met by the
design? ®Yes or❑No. If no,explain the alternative design criteria proposed for this project in accordance 15A NCAC
02T.105(n):
8. Per 15A NCAC 02T.0505(q),the public shall be prohibited from access to the wastewater treatment facilities. Explain how
the design complies with this requirement: No change is to be made to the existing fencing or lockable gate.
9. Is the treatment facility located within the 100-year flood plain? ❑Yes or® No. If yes,describe how the facility is
protected from the 100-year flood:We are raising the existing UV system which was previously installed partially in the
floodplain.
C. WASTEWATER TREATMENT UNIT AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INFORMATION—COMPLETE FOR NEW OR
EXPANDING FACILITIES AND FOR MODIFIED TREATMENT UNITS
1. PRELIMINARY AND PRIMARY TREATMENT-No change is being made to the headworks with the exception of a
connection between the bar screen and the splitter box
2. SECONDARY TREATMENT(BIOLOGICAL REACTORS AND CLARIFIERS)
No.of Plan Sheet Specification Calculations
Treatment Unit Units Type Size per Unit Reference Reference Provided?(Yes or
No)
Aerobic Zones/ NA
Tanks
Anoxic Zones/ NA
Tanks
Anaerobic NA
Zones/Tanks
Secondary NA
Clarifier
*All Major Equipment Items can be found at the end of the Specifications Book.This item is the first of the Major
Equipment Items.
3. TERTIARY TREATMENT
No.of Plan Sheet Specification Calculations
Treatment Unit Units Type Size per Unit Reference Reference Provided?(Yes or
No)
Rotating Disk Rotating filter No
filters 2 discs disc 140K/per disc D-1 400002
4. DISINFECTION—No Change is made to the Disinfection process(UV)in this project
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 9

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
a. The Existing and Permitted unit is Trojan UV Disinfection Chamber Model UV3000B-PDC.It is rated at 120 V,
12.2A with a total Power of 1.5 kVA for a peak hourly flow of 2.5 the permitted volume or 0.5 MGD.
5. RESIDUALS TREATMENT— Currently residual treatment consists of two drying beds. Dried sludge is wasted as need from
the individual WWTP package units,dried,and land applied through a contractor.
No.of Plan Sheet Specification Calculations
Treatment Unit Units Type Size per Unit Reference Reference Provided?(Yes or
No)
Aerated,sloped Yes
Digestor 1 bottom 84,691Gallons D-3 400001
6. PUMP SYSTEMS(include influent,intermediate,effluent, major recycles,waste sludge,thickened waste sludge and plant
drain pumps)
Capacity of
No.of Plan Sheet Specification
Location Pumps Purpose Type each pump Reference Reference
GPM TDH
Provide flow to EQ Major
Pump Station#1 2 Submersible 260 30' D4 Equipment
Basin
Item#4
Provide flow of Submersible Major
Pump Station#2 2 sludge to drying beds 260 30' D5 Equipment
Item#4
Digestor decant and Submersible Major
Pump Station#3 2 filter backwash to 260 30' D6 Equipment
head of wwtp Item#4
Provide flow to Submersible Major
Sludge Transfer 2 260 30' D7 Equipment
tertiary filter
Item#4
*All Major Equipment Items can be found at the end of the Specifications Book.These Items are listed as Major Equipment
Items#1,2 and 5, respectively.
7. MIXERS—No mixers are part if this project.
8. BLOWERS
No.of Capacity of Plan Sheet Specification
Location Blowers Purpose Type eac(CFM)Blower Reference Reference
Slab-10'from New Positive Major
2 Aeration 375 D12 Equipment
Digestor Displacement
Item#6
Slab-10'from New Positive Major
EQ Basin 2 Aeration Displacement 375 D12 Equipment
Item#6
*All Major Equipment Items can be found at the end of the Specifications Book.
9. ODOR CONTROL—Other than aeration provided from new blowers to prevent anaerobic conditions,no odor control is
specifically added as part of this project.
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 10

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
COMP
LETE SETBACKS- FOR NEW WASTEWATER TREATMENT STRUCTURES
1. The minimum distance for each setback parameter to the wastewater treatment/storage units per 15A NCAC 02T.0506(b)
are as follows:
Is Minimum Distance
Minimum Distance Requirement met by the
Setback Parameter Required from Nearest Design?If"No",identify
Treatment/Storage Setback Waivers in Item D.2
Unit
Below
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate 100 ft ®Yes ❑No
ownership or not to be maintained as part of the project site
Any private or public water supply source 100 ft ®Yes ❑ No
Surface waters(streams—intermittent and perennial,perennial 50 ft ®Yes ❑No
waterbodies,and wetlands)
Any well with exception of monitoring wells 100 ft ®Yes ❑No
Any property line 50 ft ®Yes ❑ No
2. Have any setback waivers been obtained per 15A NCAC 02T .0506(d)? ❑ Yes or ® No. If yes, have these waivers been
written, notarized and signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register of Deeds? ❑Yes or❑ No. If
no, provide an explanation: None Required
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 11

r ,
State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENV RONMEN1AL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
SECTION 5: APPLICATION CERTIFICATION BY PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
Professional Engineer's Certification per 15A NCAC 02T.0105:
I,Steven R.Gandy, Ph.D.,P.E., attest that this application package for an Authorization to Construct
for the Town of Boonville WWTP Rehabilitation
was prepared under my direct supervisory control and to the best of my knowledge is accurate, complete and consistent
with the information supplied in the engineering plans, specifications, calculations, and all other supporting
documentation for this project. I further attest that to the best of my knowledge the proposed design has been
prepared in accordance with all applicable regulations and statutes, 15 NCAC 02H. 0100, 15A NCAC 02T, North Carolina
General Statute 133-3, North Carolina General Statute 143-215.1, and Division of Water Resources Minimum Design
Criteria for NPDES Wastewater Treatment Facilities, and this Authorization to Construct Permit Application,except as
provided for and explained in Section 4.B.1 of this Application. I understand that the Division of Water Resources'
issuance of the Authorization to Construct Permit may be based solely upon this Certification and that the Division may
waive the technical review of the plans, specifications, calculations and other supporting documentation provided in this
application package. I further understand that the application package may be subject to a future audit by the Division.
Although certain portions of this submittal package may have been prepared,signed and sealed by other professionals
licensed in North Carolina, inclusion of these materials under my signature and seal signifies that I have reviewed the
materials and have determined that the materials are consistent with the project design.
I understand that in accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B,any person who knowingly makes
any false statement, representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor,
which may include a fine not to exceed$10,000, as well as civil penalties up to$25,000 per violation.
North Carolina Professional Engineer's seal with written signature placed over or adjacent to the seal and dated:
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 12

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIPONMCN I-,,L QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
SECTION 6: APPLICATION CERTIFICATION BY APPLICANT
Applicant's Certification per 15A NCAC 02T.0106(b):
I, Vaughn Benton, Mayor,Town of Boonville, attest that this application package for an Authorization to Construct
(Typed Name of Signature Authority and Title)
for the Town of Boonville WWTP Rehabilitation
has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I also understand that if all
required parts of this application package are not completed and that if all required supporting information and
attachments are not included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete. I further certify that in
accordance with 1SA NCAC 02T.0120(b),the Applicant or any affiliate has not been convicted of environmental crimes,
has not abandoned a wastewater facility without proper closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all
appeals have been abandoned or exhausted, are compliant with any active compliance schedule, and does not have any
overdue annual fees.
I understand that the Division of Water Resources' issuance of the Authorization to Construct Permit may be based
solely upon acceptance of the Licensed Professional Engineer's Certification contained in Section 5, and that the Division
may waive the technical review of the plans,specifications, calculations and other supporting documentation provided
in this application package. I further understand that the application package may be subject to a future audit.
I understand that in accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6E any person who knowingly makes
any false statement, representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor,
which may includelu a fine not to exceed $10,00 , as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
Signature: /. Date: S ct /,"1,
THE COMPLETED APPLICATION AND SUPPORTING INFORMATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES/NPDES
By U.S. Postal Service By Courier/Special Delivery:
1617 MAIL SERVICE CENTER 512 N. SALISBURY STREET, 9TH FLOOR
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1617 RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27604
TELEPHONE NUMBER: [phone]
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 13

Appendix A
BioWin Model Data for Boonville Wastewater Treatment
Plant

Flowsheet
Infl-CODup
EQ Basin Aerobic Effluent
>
RAS Pump CBOD-T[myL] 3.40
COD-T[my'L] 44.52
N-NOx[m9NfL] 16.63
N-Thal-T jmgM] 2.17
N-TN[mgN ) 18.80
P-TP Im8F!L] 2.30
WAS Pump Tss jma,L] 7.29
N-NN3[rn9N+L] 0.31
WAS
14,4
Daily Influent Flow(Gallons/Day)
Influent Flow
200,000 i 1
180,000 —
160,000
140,000
3120,000
010,000• —
LL 80,000
6
0,000 ,
40,000
20,000 1
0 r r
12AM 6AM 12PM 6PM 12'AM 6AM 12PM 6PM 12AM
Modeled Effluent Data vs Design Effluent Concentration
Parameter Design Effluent Modeled Effluent
Concentration Concentration
Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3-N) < 1.0 mg/L 0.31 mg/L
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5) <7.0 mg/L 3.40 mg/L
Nitrate+Nitrite Nitrogen(NO3-N + NO2-N) 18.0 mg/L 16.63 mg/L
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen(TKN) Monitor Only 2.17 mg/L
Total Nitrogen 20.0 mg/L 18.80 mg/L
Total Phosphorus 2.65 mg/L 2.30 mg/L
Total Suspended Solids <17.0 mg/L 7.29 mg/L

Appendix B
Town of Boonville, NC
NPDES Permit
(Appendix B: NPDES Permit is included in this document and
on USB as a separate document)

ROY COOPER
Cavorter
MICHAEL S. REGAN
swdary
f, ;�f • LINDA CULPEPPER
�*%' �
hr(smi Macho
NORTH CAROLINA
6nwinomuemc!Quality
November 29,2018
Mr.Rusty Hunter
Town of Boonville
P.O.Box 326 -
Boonville,NC 270 1 1-0326 Subject: Issuance of NPDES Permit NC0020931
Town of Boonville W WTP
Grade II Biological WPCS
Yadkin County
Dear Mr.Hunter,
Division personnel have reviewed and approved your application for renewal of the subject permit.
Accordingly,we are forwarding the attached NPDES discharge permit. This permit is issued pursuant to the
requirements of North Carolina General Statute 143-215.1 and the Memorandum of Agreement between North
Carolina and the U.S.Environmental Protection Agency dated October 15,2007(or as subsequently amended).
This final permit includes no major changes from the draft permit sent to you on August 22,2028.
If any parts,measurement frequencies or sampling requirements contained in this permit are unacceptable
to you,you have the right to an adjudicatory hearing upon written request within thirty(30)days following
receipt of this letter. This request must be in the form of a written petition,conforming to Chapter 150B of the
North Carolina General Statutes,and filed with the Office of Administrative Hearings(6714 Mail Service Center,
Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-6714). Unless such demand is made,this decision shall be final and binding.
Please note that this permit is not transferable except after notice to the Division. The Division may
require modification or revocation and reissuance of the permit. This permit does not affect the legal
requirements to obtain any other Federal,State,or Local governmental permit that may be required. If you have
any questions concerning this permit,please contact Emily DelDuco at emily,delduco©nedenr.gov or at the
number listed below. .
dipy ly,
Linda Culpepper
Interim Director
cc: NPDES files
cc: Winston-Salem Regional Office
North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality(Dnnsion of Water Resources
1ai7 Meil Service Center I Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1617
919-707-9125 •

1 �
Permit NC0020931
Grade II Biological WPCS[15A NCAC 08G.0302]
STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
PERMIT
TO DISCHARGE WASTEWATER UNDER THE
NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM
In compliance with the provision of North Carolina General Statute 143-215.1,other lawful standards and regulations
promulgated and adopted by the North Carolina Environmental Management Commission,and the Federal Watt:Pollution
•
Control Act,as amended,the
Town of Boonville
is hereby authorized to discharge wastewater from a facility located at the
Boonville WWTP
456 Lon Avenue
Boonville
Yadkin County
to receiving waters designated as Tanyard Creek in the Yadkin-Pee Dee River Basin,in accordance with,
effluent.limitations, monitoring requirements, and other applicable conditions set forth in Parts I,II, III
and IV hereof.
This permit shall become effective January 1, 2019.
This permit and authorization to discharge shall expire at midnight on December 31,2023.
Signed this day November 26,2018. •
6//:
•
;1' Culpepper,Interim Director
vision of Water Resources
By Authority of the Environmental Management Commission
Page 1 of 7

Permit NC0020931
Grade II Biological WPCS[ISA NCAC 08G.03021
SUPPLEMENT TO PERMIT COVER SHEET
All previous NPDES Permits issued to this facility,whether for operation or discharge are hereby revoked.As of
this permit issuance,any previously issued permit bearing this number is no longer effective.Therefore,the
exclusive authority to operate and discharge from this facility arises under the permit conditions,requirements,
terms,and provisions included herein.
The Town of Boonville is hereby authorized to:
1. Continue discharging up to 0.20 MOD of treated, 100%-domestic wastewater from a treatment
facility that includes the following components:
• Bar screen
• Splittei box
• Comminutor
• Aeration basins
• Secondary clarifiers
• Ultraviolet disinfection equipment
• Digesters
• Sludge drying beds
• Plow measurement
This facility is located at the Boonville Wastewater Treatment Plant off Lon Avenue(Boonville)
in Yadkin County.
2. Discharge wastewater from said
g treatment works via Outfall 001 into Tanyard Creek[Stream
Index: 12-64](see attached map),currently a class C water in the Yadkin-Pee Dee River Basin[
HUC:030401011001].
•
Page 2 of 7

•
Permit NC0020931
Grade II Biological WPCS[15A NCAC 080.0302]
PART I<
A.(1) EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
[15A NCAC 02B.0400 et seq.,02 3.0500 et seq.]
During the period beginning on effective date of this permit and lasting until expiration,the Permittee is
authorized to discharge from outfall 001. Such discharges shall be limited and monitored)by the Permittee as
specified below:
PARAMETER LIMITS MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
Monthly Weekly Measurement Sample Sample Location
[eDMR code) Averse Av ane gu cv
Flow[50050] 0.20 MOD Continuous Recording Influent or Effluent
BOD,5 day,20°C 3 30.0
[C0310] mg/L45.0 mg/L Weekly Composite Influent and Effluent
Total Suspended Solids 30.0
[C0530] mg/L 45.0 mg/L Weekly Composite Influent and Effluent
NH3 sa N[C0610] Weekly Composite Effluent
[0400] >6.0 and<9.0 standard units Weekly Grab Effluent
Dissolved Oxygen Daily averages 6.0 mg/L Weekly Grab Effluent
[00300]
Dissolved00 Oxygen4[0 Weekly Grab U2,D2
Fecal Co]iform
(geometric mean) 200/100 ml 400/100 ml Weekly Grab - Effluent
[316161
Temperature°C[00010] Daily Grab Effluent
Temperature°C[00010] Weekly Grab U2,D2
Total Nitrogen
(NO2+NO3+Z ) Quarterly Composite Effluent
fC0600)
Total Phosphorus
[C0665] Quarterly Composite Effluent
Chronic Toxioity5
fTGP3B1 Quarterly Composite Effluent
Notes
1. The permittee shall submit discharge monitoring reports electronically using NC DWR's eDMR application
system. (See A(4).)
2. U:Upstream of the discharge. D:Downstream at NCSR 1367.
3. The monthly average effluent HODS and Total Suspended Solids concentrations shall not exceed 15%of the
respective influent value(85%removal).
4. The daily average dissolved oxygen effluent concentration shall not be less than 5.0 mg/L.
5. Chronic Toxicity(Ceriodaphnia)PIF at 81%;January,April,Jury,and October;(See A(2).)
There shall be no discharge of floating solids or visible foam in other than trace amounts.
•
Page 3 of 7

PcnnitNC0020931
Grade II Biological WPCS[15A NCAC 08G.0302]
A.(2) CHRONIC TOXICITY PERMIT LIMIT(Quarterly)
[15A NCAC 02B.0200]
The effluent discharge shall at no time exhibit observable inhibition of reproduction or significant mortality to
Ceriodaphnia dubia at an effluent concentration of 81%. .
The permit holder shall perform at a minimum,Quarterly monitoring using test procedures outlined in the"North
Carolina Ceriodaphnia Chronic Effluent Bioassay Procedure,"Revised December 2010,or subsequent versions
or"North Carolina Phase II Chronic Whole Effluent Toxicity Test Procedure"(Revised-December 2010)or
subsequent versions.The tests will be performed during the months of January,April,July and October.
These months signify the first month of each three-month toxicity testing quarter assigned to the facility.
Effluent sampling for this testing must be obtained during representative effluent discharge and shalt be
performed at the NPDES permitted final effluent discharge below all treatment processes.
If the test procedure performed as the first test of any single quarter results in a failure or ChV below the
permit limit,then multiple-concentration testing shall be performed at a minimum,in each of the two
following months as described in"North Carolina Phase II Chronic Whole Effluent Toxicity Test
Procedure"(Revised-December 2010)or subsequent versions.
All toxicity testing results required as part of this permit condition will be entered on the Effluent Discharge
Monitoring Form(MR 1)for the months in which tests were performed,using the parameter code TGP3B for the
pass/fail results and TEP3B for the Chronic Value. Additionally,DWR Form AT-3(original)is to be sent to the
following address:
Attention: North Carolina Division of Water Resources
Water Sciences Section/Aquatic Toxicology Branch
1621 Mail Service Center
Raleigh,`North Carolina 27699-1621
Completed Aquatic Toxicity Test Forms shall be filed with the Water Sciences Section no later than 30 days after
the end of the reporting period for which the report is made.
Test data shall be complete,accurate,include all supporting chemical/physical measurements and all
concentration/response data,and be certified by laboratory supervisor and ORC or approved designate signature.
Total residual chlorine of the effluent toxicity sample must be measured and reported if chlorine is employed for
disinfection of the waste stream.
Should there be no discharge of flow from the facility during a month in which toxicity monitoring is required,
the permittee will complete the information located at the top of the aquatic toxicity(AT)test form indicating the
facility name,permit number,pipe number,county,and the month/year of the report with the notation of"No
Flow"in the comment area of the form. The report shall be submitted to the Water Sciences Section at the
address cited above.
Should the permittee fail to monitor during a month in which toxicity monitoring is required,monitoring will be
required during the following month.Assessment of toxicity compliance is based on the toxicity testing quarter,
which is the three-month time interval that begins on the first day of the month in which toxicity testing is
required by this permit and continues until the final day of the third month.
Should any test data from this monitoring requirement or tests performed by the North Carolina Division of Water
Resources indicate potential impacts to the receiving stream,this permit may be re-opened and modified to
include alternate monitoring requirements or limits.
NOTE: Failure to achieve test conditions as specified in the cited document,such as minimum control organism
survival,minimum control organism reproduction,and appropriate environmental controls,shall constitute an
invalid test and will require immediate follow-up testing to be completed no later than the last day of the month
following the month of the initial monitoring.
Page 4 of 7

PermitNC0020931
Grade II Biological WPCS[15A NCAC 08G.03021
A.(3) NUTRIENT REOPENER FOR HIGH ROCK LAKE
[NCGS 143.215.1 (b)]
This permit may be reopened and modified to implement nutrient requirements in accordance with any future
TMDL and/or nutrient management strategy for High Rock Lake.
A.(4) ELECTRONIC REPORTING OF DISCHARGE MONITORINGR.EPORTS
[U.S. 143-215.1(B)]
Federal regulations require electronic submittal of all discharge monitoring reports(DMRs)and program reports.
The final NPDFS Electronic Reporting Rule was adopted and became effective on December 21,2015.
NOTE: This special condition supplements or supersedes the following sections within Part 11 of this permit
(Standard Conditions far NPDES Permits):
• Section B.(11.) Signatory Requirements
• Section D.(2.) Reporting
• Section D.(6.) Records Retention •
• Section E.(5.) Monitoring Reports
1. Reportine Requrements [Supersedes Section D.(2,)and Section E.(5,)(a)1
The permittee shall report discharge monitoring data electronically using the NC DWR's Electronic
Discharge Monitoring Report(eDMR)internet application.
Monitoring results obtained during the previous month(s)shall be summarized for each month and submitted
electronically using eDMR. The eDMR system allows permitted facilities to enter monitoring data and
submit DMRs electronically using the Internet. Until such time that the state's eDMR application is
compliant with EPA's Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation(CROMERR),pennittees will be
required to submit all discharge monitoring data to the state electronically using eDMR and will be required
to complete the eDMR submission by printing,signing,and submitting one signed original and a copy of the
computer printed eDMR to the following address:
NC DEQ/Division of Water Resources I Water Quality Permitting Section
ATTENTION: Central Files
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1617
If a permittee is unable to use the eDMR system due tO a demonstrated hardship or due to the facility being
physically located in an area where less than 10 percent of the households have broadband access,then a
temporary waiver from the NPDIIS electronic reporting requirements may be granted and discharge
monitoring data may be submitted on paper DMR forms(MR 1, 1.1,2,3)or alternative forms approved by
the Director. Duplicate signed copies shall be submitted to the mailing address above. See"How to Request
a Waiver from Electronic Reporting"section below.
Regardless of the submission method,the first DMR is due on the last day of the month following the
issuance of the permit or in the case of a new facility,on the last day of the month following the
commencement of discharge.
Starting on December 21,2020,the permittee must electronically report the following compliance
monitoring data and reports,when applicable:
Page 5 of 7

Permit NC0020931
Grade U Biological WPCS[15A NCAC 08G.03021
• Sewer Overflow/Bypass Event Reports;
• Pretreatment Program Annual Reports;and
• Clean Water Act(CWA)Section 316(b)Annual Reports.
The permittee may seek an electronic reporting waiver from the Division(see"How to Request a Waiver
from EIectronic Reporting"section below).
2, Electronic Submissions
In accordance with 40 CFR 122.41(1)(9),the permittee must identify the initial recipient at the time of each
electronic submission. The permittee should use the EPA's website resources to identify the initial recipient
for the electronic submission.
Initial recipient of electronic NPDES information fnorrn NPDES-regulated facilities means the entity(EPA or
the state authorized by EPA to implement the NPDES program)that is the designated entity for receiving
electronic NPDES data[see 40 CFR 127.2(b)],
EPA plans to establish a website that will also link to the appropriate electronic reporting tool for each type of
electronic submission and for each state. Instructions on how to access and use the appropriate electronic
reporting tool will be available as well. Information on EPA's NPDES Electronic Reporting Rule is found at:
http://www2.epa.gov/compliance/final-national-pollutant-discharge-elzminuation-system-epdes-electronic-
reporting-rule.
Electronic submissions must start by the dates listed in the`Reporting Requirements"section above.
3. Row to Request a Waiver from Electronic Reporting
The permittee may seek a temporary electronic reporting waiver from the Division. To obtain an electronic
reporting waiver,a permittee must first submit an electronic reporting waiver request to the Division.
Requests for temporary electronic reporting waivers must be submitted in writing to the Division for written
approval at least sixty(60)days prior to the date the facility would be required under this permit to begin
submitting monitoring data and reports. The duration of a temporary waiver shall not exceed 5 years and
shall thereupon expire. At such time,monitoring data and reports shall be submitted electronically to the
Division unless the permittee re-applies for and is granted a new temporary electronic reporting waiver by the
Division. Approved electronic reporting waivers are not transferrable. Only permittees with an approved
reporting waiver request may submit monitoring data and reports on paper to the Division for the period that
the approved reporting waiver request is effective.
Information on eDMR and the application for a temporary electronic reporting waiver are found on the
following web page:
http://deq.nc.gov/about/diviaions/water-resources/edmr
4. Signatory Requirements ISunplements Section B.(11.)(b)and Supersedes Section B.(12.)(d)l
All eDMRs submitted to the permit issuing authority shall be signed by a person described in Part II,Section
B.(11.)(a)or by a duly authorized representative of that person as described in Part II,Section B.(11.)(b). A
person,and not a position,must be delegated signatory authority for eDMR reporting purposes.
For eDMR submissions,the person signing and submitting the DMR must obtain an eDMR user account and
login credentials to access the eDMR system. For more information on North Carolina's eDMR system,
registering for eDMR and obtaining an eDMR user account,please visit the following web page:
Page 6 of 7

Permit NC0020931
Grade II Biological WPCS[15A NCAC 080.0302]
http://deq.nc.goviabout/divisions/water-resourcesledmr
Certification. Any person submitting an electronic DMR using the state's eDMR system shall make the
following certification[40 CPR 122.22]. NO OTHER STATEMENTS OF CERTIFICATION WILL BE
ACCEPTED:
•
"I certjfy, under penalty of law,that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or
supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and
evaluate the information submitted.Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or
those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of
my knowledge and belief,true,accurate,and complete.I am aware that there are significant penalties for
submitting false information, including the possibility of f nes and imprisonment for knowing violations."
5. Records Retention(Supplements Section D.
The permittee shall retain records of all Discharge Monitoring Reports,including cDMR submissions. These
records or copies shall be maintained for a period of at least 3 years from the date of the report. This period
may be extended by request of the Director at any time[40 CFR 122.411.
A. (5.)EFFLUENT MERCURY ANALYSIS
[15A NCAC 02B.0400 et seq.,02B.0500 et seq.]
The Permittee shall provide in conjunction with the next permit renewal application a minimum of one effluent
mercury analysis using EPA Method 1631E determined within 12 months prior to the application date.Any
additional effluent mercury measurements conducted from the effective date of this permit and up to the
application date shall also be submitted with the renewal application.
If the mercury analysis is not provided with the application,the application may be returned as incomplete and the
Permittee considered non-compliant.
Page 7 of 7

wt
•
- - .., ....... .- ..... ;< _ d :r•L :`•.,7- _. ,ti...ca:u,ia_.'Ix "a'z.:j,;`r..r_-,• • . ••
'k•.
-,_: . _
ems- :!� y _ . __-.'•• " 1) *�'r�'" li,,•'!,".-..,
•••• •
T.� •'4.,0....t.
.a:. -.tip ..x ; s,.: 3 a.r...'a'.. F.': 4..•
-,�
4 .l15.
_,;_--,i.--,,... _ ,.... ,. . , , i,_:
' •.
.�; -, b _ c � .' lam 1
Gib j
•
L _ } + 3
- ' i --.fix l= ,> S ;�t
•
•
�. ;' •_ y't _ • _ ".r ;:i. ",� ."• Lam -
: ay V yy4. v :. ,,, ,>ti .•44c• _ • •1. 1�4 +yam:
I �.+ r Tom . •Y_.'ct`1.,. i= ' '" _
•
� C �Q I .k i u- ¢- . fe«
B•4. If....; .tY: • '3ti • :V .. _Q a:s _
Cto - „Ka •
�v x f:; ... 1 -
-` 0 SE
f3
•
- .- —. ---..-, ::';'---'"Iy.1-: ...:
•r ;
• ., -� _ �� c
Z .11A_w _ yr �$ri •
e� �e
•
t"
W ' ,may `z
i
•
s'.
•

NPDES Permit Standard Conditions
Page 1 of 18
PART II
STANDARD CONDITIONS FOR NPDES PERMITS
Section A. Definitions
2/Month
Samples are collected twice per month with at least ten calendar days between sampling events.These samples shall be
representative of the wastewater discharged during the sample period.
3fWcek
Samples are collected three times per week on three separate calendar days.These samples shall be representative of
the wastewater discharged during the sample period.
.dct or"the Act"
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act,also known as the Clean Water Act(CWA),as amended,33 USC 1251,et.
seq.
Annual Average
The arithmetic mean of all"daily discharges"of a pollutant measured during the calendar year.In the case of fecal
coliform,the geometric mean of such discharges.
Arithmetic Mean
The summation of the individual values divided by the number of individual values.
Bypass
The known diversion of waste streams from any portion of a treatment facility including the collection system,which is
not a designed or established or operating mode for the facility.
Calendar Day
The period from midnight of one day until midnight of the next day.However,for purposes of this permit,any
consecutive 24-hour period that reasonably represents the calendar day may be used for sampling.
Calendar Week
The period from Sunday through the following Saturday.
Calendar Quarter
One of the following distinct periods:January through March,April through June,July through September,and
October through December.
Composite Sample
A sample collected over a 24-hour period by continuous sampling or combining grab samples of at least 100 mL in
such a manner as to result in a total sample representative of the wastewater discharge during the sample period.The
Director may designate the most appropriate method(specific number and size of aliquots necessary,the time interval
between grab samples,etc.)on a case-by-case basis.Samples may be collected manually or automatically.Composite
samples may be obtained by the following methods:
(1) Continuous:a single,continuous sample collected over a 24-hour period proportional to the rate of flow.
(2) Constant time/variable volume:a series of grab samples collected at equal time intervals over a 24 hour period
of discharge and combined proportional to the rate of flow measured at the time of individual sample
collection,or
(3) Variable time/constant volume:a series of grab samples of equal volume collected over a 24 hour period with
the time intervals between samples determined by a preset number of gallons passing the sampling point.Flow
measurement between sample intervals shall be determined by use of a flow recorder and totalizer,and the
preset gallon interval between sample collection fixed at no greater than 1/24 of the expected total daily flow at
the treatment system,or
Version 11/09/2011.1

.LIES Permit Standard Conditions
Page 2 of 18
(4) Constant time/constant volume:a series of grab samples of equal volume collected over a 24-hour period at a
constant time interval.Use of this method requires prior approval by the Director.This method may only be
used in situations where effluent flow rates vary less than 15 percent.The following restrictions also apply:
➢ Influent and effluent grab samples shall be of equal size and of no less than 100 milliliters
➢ Influent samples shall not be collected more than once per hour.
> Permittees with wastewater treatment systems whose detention time<24 hours shall collect effluent grab
samples at intervals of no greater than 20 minutes apart during any 24-hour period.
➢ Permittees with wastewater treatment systems whose detention time exceeds 24 hours shall collect effluent
grab samples at least every six hours;there must be a minimum of four samples during a 24-hour sampling
period.
Continuous flow measurement
Plow monitoring that occurs without interruption throughout the operating hours of the facility.Flow shalt be
monitored continually except for the infrequent times when there may be no flow or for infrequent maintenance
activities on the flow device.
Daily Discharge
The discharge of a pollutant measured during a calendar day or any 24-hour period that reasonably represents the
calendar day for purposes of sampling.For pollutants measured in units of mass,the"daily discharge"is calculated as
the total mass of the pollutant discharged over the day.For pollutants expressed in other units of measurement,the
"daily discharge"is calculated as the average measurement of the pollutant over the day.(40 CFR 122.2;see also
"Composite Sample,"above.)
Daily Maximum,
The highest"daily discharge"during the calendar month.
Daily Sampling
Parameters requiring daily sampling shall be sampled 5 out of every 7 days per week unless otherwise specified in the
permit.Sampling shall be conducted on weekdays except where holidays or other disruptions of normal operations
prevent weekday sampling.If sampling is required for all seven days of the week for any permit parameter(s),that
requirement will be so noted on the Effluent Limitations and Monitoring Page(s).
DWR or"the Division"
The Division of Water Resources,Department of Environment and Natural Resources.
Lfluent
Wastewater discharged following all treatment processes from a water pollution control facility or other point source
whether treated or untreated.
EMC
The North Carolina Environmental Management Commission
The United States Environmental Protection Agency
Facility Closure
Cessation of all activities that require coverage under this NPDES permit.Completion of facility oosure will allow this
permit to be rescinded.
Geometric Mean
The Nth root of the product of the individual values where N=the number of individual values.For purposes of
calculating the geometric mean,values of"0"(or"<[detection level)")shall be considered=1.
Grab Sample
Individual samples of at least 100.mL collected over a period of time not exceeding 15 minutes.Grab samples can be
collected manually.Grab samples must be representative of the discharge(or the receiving stream,for instream
samples). .
Version 11/09/2011.1

NPDES Permit Standard Conditions
Page 3 of 18
1-iarardous Substance
Any substance designated under 40 CFR Part 116 pursuant to Section 311 of the CWA.
Instantaneous flow measurement
The flow measured during the minimum time required for the flow measuring device or method to produce a result in
that instance.To the extent practical,instantaneous flow measurements coincide with the collection of any grab
samples required for the same sampling period so that together the samples and flow are representative of the discharge
during that sampling period.
Monthly Average(concentration limit)
The arithmetic mean of all"daily dis barges"of a pollutant measured during the calendar month.In the case of fecal
coliform or other bacterial parameters or indicators,the geometric mean of such discharges.
Permit Issuing Authority
The Director of the Division of Water Resources.
Quarterly Average(concentration limit)
The arithmetic mean of all samples taken over a calendar quarter.
Severe property damage
Substantial physical damage to property,damage to the treatment facilities which causes them to become inoperable,or
substantial and permanent loss of natural resources which can reasonably be expected to occur in the absence of a
bypass.Severe property damage excludes economic loss caused by delays in production.
Toxic Pollutant:
Any pollutant listed as toxic under Section 307(a)(I)of the CWA.
Upset •
An incident beyond the reasonable control of the Permitter causing unintentional and temporary noncompliance with
permit effluent limitations and/or monitoring requirements.An upset does not include noncompliance caused by
operational error,improperly designed treatment facilities,inadequate treatment facilities,lack of preventive
maintenance,or careless or improper operation.
Weekly Average(concentration Iimit)
The arithmetic mean of all"daily discharges"of a pollutant measured during the calendar week.In the case of fecal
coliform or other bacterial parameters or indicators,the geometric mean of such discharges.
Section B. General Conditions
1. Duty to Comply
The Permittee must comply with all conditions of this permit Any permit noncompliance constitutes a violation of
the CWA and is grounds for enforcement action;for permit termination,revocation and reissuance,or
modification;or denial of a permit renewal application[40 CFR 122.411.
a. The Permittee shall comply with effluent standards or prohibitions established under section 307(a)of the
CWA for toxic pollutants and with standards for sewage sludge use or disposal established under section
405(d)of the CWA within the time provided in the regulations that establish these standards or prohibitions or
standards for sewage sludge use or disposal,even if the permit has not yet been modified to incorporate the
requirement. •
b. The CWA provides that any person who violates.section[s]301,302,306,307,308,318 or 405 of the Act,or
any permit condition or limitation implementing any such sections in a permit issued under section 402,or any
requirement imposed in a pretreatment program approved under sections 402(aX3)or 402(b)(8)of the Act,is
subject to a civil penalty not to exceed$37,500 per day for each violation. [33 USC 1319(d)and 40 CFR
122.41(aX2)]
c. The CWA provides that any person who negligently violates sections 301,302,306,307,308,318,or 405 of
the Act,or any condition or limitation implementing any of such sections in a permit issued under section 402
of the Act,or any requirement'repotted in a pretreatment program approved under section 402(a)(3)or
402(b)(8)of the Act,is subject to criminal penalties of$2,500 to$25,000 per day of violation,or
Version 11/09/20111

rrPDES Permit Standard Conditions
Page 4 of 18 R
imprisonment of not more than 1 year,or both.In the case of a second or subsequent conviction for a negligent
violation,a person shall be subject to criminal penalties of not more than$50,000 per day of violation,or by
imprisonment of not more than 2 years,or both. [33 USC 1319(c)(1)and 40 CFR 122.41(a)(2)]
d. Any person who knowingly violates such sections,or such conditions or limitations is subject to criminal
penalties of$5,000 to$50,000 per day of violation,or imprisonment for not more than 3 years,or both.In the
case of a second or subsequent conviction for a knowing violation,a person shall be subject to criminal
penalties of not more than$100,000 per day of violation,or imprisonment of not more than 6 years,or both.
[33 USC 1319(eX2)and 40 CFR 122.41(a)(2)]
e. Any person who knowingly violates section 301;302,303,306,307,308,318 or 405 of the Act,or any permit
condition or limitation implementing any of such sections in a permit issued under section 402 of the Act,and
who knows at that time that he thereby places another person in imminent danger of death or serious bodily
injury,shall,upon conviction,be subject to a fine of not more than$250,000 or imprisonment of not more than
15 years,or both.In the case of a second or subsequent conviction for a knowing endangerment violation,a
person shall be subject to a fine of not more than$500,000 or by imprisonment of not more than 30 years,or
both.An organization,as defined in section 309(c)(3)(B)(iii)of the CWA,Shah,upon conviction of violating
the imminent danger provision,be subject to a fine of not more than$1,000,000 and can be fined up to
$2,000,000 for second or subsequent convictions, [40 CFR 122.41(a)(2)]
£ Under state law,a civil penalty of not more than$25,000 per violation may be assessed against any person
who violates or fails to act in accordance with the terns,conditions,or requirements of a permit..[North
Carolina General Statutes§ 143-215.6A]
g. Any person may be assessed an administrative penalty by the Administrator for violating section 301,302,
306,307,308,318 or 405 of this Act,or any permit condition or limitation implementing any of such sections
in a permit issued under section 402 of this Act.Administrative penalties for Class I violations are not to
exceed$16,000 per violation,with the maximum amount of any Class I penalty assessed not to exceed
$37,500.Penalties for CIass II violations are not to exceed$16,000 per day for each day during which the
violation continues,with the maximum amount of any Class lI penalty not to exceed$177,500.[33 USC
13 19(g)(2)and 40 CFR 122.41(a)(3)]
2. Duty to Mitigate
The Permittee shall take all reasonable steps to minimize or prevent any discharge or sludge use or disposal in
violation of this permit with a reasonable likelihood of adversely affecting human health or the environment[40
CFR 122.41(d)].
3. Civil and Criminal Liability
Except as provided in permit conditions on"Bypassing"(Part ILC.4),"Upsets"(Part 1I.C.5)and"Power Pailures"
(Part II.C.7),nothing in this permit shall be construed to relieve the Permittee from any responsibilities,liabilities,
or penalties for noncompliance pursuant to NCGS 143-215.3,143-215.6 or Section 309 of the Federal Act,33 USC
1319.Furthermore,the Permittee is responsible for consequential damages,such as fish kills,even though the
responsibility for effective compliance may be temporarily suspended.
4. Oil and Hazardous Substance Liability
Nothing in this permit shall be construed to preclude the institution of any legal action or relieve the Permittee
from any responsibilities,liabilities,or penalties to which the Permittee is or may be subject to under NCGS 143-.
215.75 et seq.or Section 311 of the Federal Act,33 USG 1321.Furthermore,the Permittee is responsible for
consequential damages,such as fish kills,even though the responsibility for effective compliance may be
temporarily suspended.
5. Property Rights
The issuance of this permit does not convey any property rights in either real or personal property,or any exclusive
privileges,nor does it authorize any injury to private property or any invasion of personal rights,nor any
infringement of Federal,State or local Iaws or regulations[40 CFR 122.41(g)].
6. Onshore or Offshore Construction
This permit does not authorize or approve the construction of any onshore or offshore physical structures or
facilities or the undertaking of any work in any navigable,waters.
Version 11/09/2011.1

NPDES Permit Standard Conditions
Page 5 of 18
7. Severability
The provisions of this permit are severable.If any provision of this permit,or the application of any provision of
this permit to any circumstances,is held invalid,the application of such provision to other circumstances,and the
remainder of this permit,shall not be affected thereby[NCGS 15013-23].
8. Duty to Provide lnfortrfation
The Permittee shall furnish to the Permit Issuing Authority,within a reasonable time,any information which the
Permit Issuing Authority may request to determine whether cause exists for modifying,revoking and reissuing,or
terminating this permit or to determine compliance with this permit.The Permittee shall also furnish to the Permit
Issuing Authority upon request,copies of records required by this permit[40 CFR 122.41(h)j.
9. Duty to Reapply
If the Permittee wishes to continue an activity regulated by this permit after the expiration date of this permit,the
Permittee must apply for and obtain a new permit[40 CFR 122.41(b)].
10. Expiration of Permit
The Permittee is not authorized to discharge after the expiration date.In order to receive automatic authorization to
discharge beyond the expiration date,the Permittee shall submit such information,forms,and fees as are required
by the agency authorized to issue permits no later than 180 days prior to the expiration date unless permission for a
later date has been granted by the Director.(The Director shall not grant permission for applications to be
submitted later than the expiration date of the existing permit)[40 CFR 122.21(d)]Any Permittee that has not
requested renewal at least 180 days prior to expiration,or any Permittee that does not have a permit after the
expiration and has not requested renewal at least 180 days prior to expiration,will subject the Permittee to
enforcement procedures as provided in NCGS 143-215.6 and 33 USC 1251 et.seq.
11. Signatory Requirements
All applications,reports,or information submitted to the Permit Issuing Authority shall be signed and certified(40
CFR 122.41(k)].
a. All permit applications shall be signed as follows:
(1) For a corporation: by a responsible corporate officer.For the purpose of this Section,a responsible
corporate officer means: (a)a president,secretary,treasurer or vice president of the corporation in charge
of a principal business function,or any other person who performs similar policy or decision making
functions for the corporation,or(b)the manager of one or more manufacturing,production,or operating
facilities,provided,the manager is authorized to make management decisions which govern the operation
of the regulated facility including having the explicit or implicit duty of making major capital investment
recommendations,and initiating and directing other comprehensive measures to assure long term
environmental compliance with environmental laws and regulations;the manager can ensure that the
necessary systems are established or actions taken to gather complete and accurate information for permit
application requirements;and where authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the
manager in accordance with corporate procedures.
(2) For a partnership or sole proprietorship: by a general partner or the proprietor,respectively;or
(3) For a municipality,State,Federal,or other public agency: by either a principal executive officer or
ranking elected official[40 CFR 122.22].
b. All reports required by the permit and other information requested by the Permit Issuing Authority shall be
signed by a person described in paragraph a.above or by a duly authonzed representative of that person.A
person is a duly authorized representative only if
(1) The authorization is made in writing by a person described above;
(2) The authorization specified either an individual or a position having responsibility for the overall operation
*of the regulated facility or activity,such as the position of plant manager,operator of a well or well field,
superintendent,a position of equivalent responsibility,or an individual or position having overall
responsibility for environmental matters for the company.(A duly authorized representative may thus be
either a named individual or any individual occupying a named position.);and
(3) The written authorization is submitted to the Permit Issuing Authority[40 CFR 122.22]
Verson 11/09/2011.1

e4PDES Permit Standard Conditions
Page 6 of 18
c. Changes to authorization:If an authorization under paragraph(b)of this section is no longer accurate because
a different individual or position has responsibility for the overall operation of the facility,a new authorization
satisfying the requirements of paragraph(b)of this section must be submitted to the Director prior to or
together with any reports,information,or applications to be signed by an authorized representative[40 CFR
122.22)
d. Certification.Any person signing a document under paragraphs a.or b.of this section shall make the following
certification[40 CFR 122.221 NO OTHER STATEMENTS OF CBlt.t IFICAT1ON WILL BE ACCEPTED:
"!cert ,under penalty of law, that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or
supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and
evaluate the information submitted.Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or
those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is,to the best of my
knowledge and belief true, accurate,and complete.I am aware that there are significant penalties for
submitting false information,including the possibility offines and imprisonment for knowing violations."
12. Permit Actions
This permit may be modified,revoked and reissued,or terminated for cause.The filing of a request by the
Permittee for a permit modification,revocation and reicsuance,or termination,or a notification of planned changes
or anticipated noncompliance does not stay any permit condition[40 CFR 122.41(f)].
13. Permit Modification,Revocation and Reisseance,or Termination
The issuance of this permit does not prohibit the permit issuing authority from reopening and modifying the permit,
revolting and reissuing the permit,or terminating the permit as allowed by the laws,rules,and regulations
contained in Title 40,Code of Federal Regulations,Parts 122 and 123;Title 15A of the North Carolina
Administrative Code,Subchapter 02H.0100;and North Carolina General Statute 143.215.1 et.al.
14. Annual Adnainisterino and Compliance Monitoring Fee Requirements
The Permittee must pay the annual administering and compliance monitoring fee within thirty days after being
billed by the Division.Failure to pay the fee in a timely manner in accordance with 15A NCAC 02H.0105(bX2)
may cause this Division to initiate action to revoke the permit
Section C. Operation and Mainteuance of Pollution Controls
1. Certified Operator
Owners of classified water pollution control systems must designate operators,certified by the Water Pollution
Control System Operators Certification Commission(WPCSOCC),of the appropriate type and grade for the
system,and,for each classification must[T15A NCAC 08G.0201]:
a. designate one Operator in Responsible Charge(ORC)who possesses a valid certificate of the type and grade at
least equivalent to the type and grade of the system;
b. designate one or more Back-up Operator(s)in Responsible Charge(Back-up ORCs)who possesses a valid
certificate of the type of the system and no more than one grade less than the grade of the system,with the
exception of no backup operator in responsible charge is required for systems whose minimum visitation
requirements are twice per year;and
c. submit a signed completed"Water Pollution Control System Operator Designation Form"to the Commission
(or to the local health department for owners of subsurface systems)countersigned by the designated certified
operators,designating the Operator in Responsible Charge(ORC)and the Back-up Operator in Responsible
Charge(Back-up ORC):
(1) 60 calendar days prior to wastewater or residuals being introduced into a new system;or
(2) within 120 calendar days following.
receiving notification of a change in the classification of the system requiring the designation of a new
Operator in Responsible Charge(ORC)and Back-up Operator in Responsible Charge(Back-up ORC)
of the proper type and grade;or
> a vacancy in the position of Operator in Responsible Charge(ORC)or Back-up Operator in
Responsible Charge(Back-up ORC).
Version 11/09/2011 1

NPDES Permit Standard Conditions
Page 7 of 18
(3) within seven calendar days of vacancies in both ORC and Back-up ORC positions replacing or designating
at least one of the responsibilities.
The ORC of each Class I facility(or the Back-up ORC,when acting as surrogate for the ORC)must
> Visit the facility as often as is necessary to insure proper operation of the treatment system;the treatment
facility must be visited at least weekly
> Comply with all other conditions of 15A NCAC 08G.0204.
The ORC of each Class II,III and IV facility(or the Back-up ORC,when acting as surrogate for the ORC)must
> Visit the facility as often as is necessary to,insure proper operation of the treatment system;the treatment.
facility must be visited at least five days per week,excluding holidays
> Properly manage and document daily operation and maintenance of the facility
> Comply with all other conditions of 15A NCAC 08G.0204.
2. Proper Operation and Maintenance
The Permittee shall at all times properly operate and maintain all facilities and systems of treatment and control
(and related appurtenances)which are installed or used by the Permittee to achieve compliance with the conditions
of this permit.Proper operation and maintenance also includes adequate laboratory controls and appropriate quality
assurance procedures.This provision requires the Permittee to install and operate backup or auxiliary facilities only
when necessary to achieve compliance with the conditions of the permit[40 CFR 122.41(e)].
• NOTE: Properly and officially designated operators are fully responsible for all proper operation and maintenance
of the facility,and all documentation required thereof,whether acting as a contract operator[subcontractor]or a
member of the Perniittee's staff.
3. Need to Halt or Reduce not a Defense
It shall not be a defense for a Permittee in an enforcement action that it would have been necessary to halt or
reduce the permitted activity in order to maintain compliance with the condition of this permit[40 CFR 122.41(c)].
4. Bypassing of Treatment Facilities
a. Bypass not exceeding limitations[40 CFR 122.41(m)(2)]
The Permittee may allow any bypass to occur which does not cause effluent limitations to be exceeded,but
only if it also is for essential maintenance to assure efficient operation.These bypasses are not subject to the
provisions of Paragraphs b.and c.of this section.
b. Notice[40 CFR 122.41(m)(3)]
(1) Anticipated bypass.If the Permittee knows in advance of the need for a bypass,it shall submit prior notice,
if possible at least ten days before the date of the bypass;including an evaluation of the anticipated quality
and effect of the bypass.
(2) Unanticipated bypass.The Perr tree shall submit notice of an unanticipated bypass as required in Part
II.E.6.(24-hour notice).
c. Prohibition of Bypass
(1) Bypass from the treatment facility is prohibited and the Permit Issuing Authority may take enforcement
action against a Permittee for bypass,unless:
(A)Bypass was unavoidable to prevent loss of life,personal injury or severe property damage;
(B) There were no feasible alternatives to the bypass,such as the use of auxiliary treatment facilities,
retention of untreated wastes or maintenance during normal periods of equipment downtime.This
condition is not satisfied if adequate backup equipment should have been installed in the exercise of
reasonable engineering judgment to prevent a bypass which occurred during normal periods of
equipment downtime or preventive maintenance;and
(C) The Permittee submitted notices as required under Paragraph b.of this section.
(2) Bypass from the collection system is prohibited and the Permit Issuing Authority may take enforcement
action against a Permittee for a bypass as provided in any current or future system-wide collection system
permit associated with the treatment facility.
Version 11/09/2011.1

1VPDES Permit Standard Conditions
Page 8 of 18
(3) The Permit Issuing Authority may approve an anticipated bypass,after considering its adverse effects,if
the Permit Issuing Authority determines that it will meet the three conditions Iisted above in Paragraph c.
(1)of this section. .
5. Upsets
a. Effect of an upset[40 CFR 122.41(n)(2)]: An upset constitutes an affirmative defense to an action brought for
noncompliance with such technology based permit effluent limitations if the requirements of paragraph b.of
this condition are met.No determination made during administrative review of claims that noncompliance was
caused by upset,and before an action for noncompliance,is final administrative action subject to judicial
review.
b. Conditions necessary for a demonstration of upset:Any Permittee who wishes to establish the affirmative
defense of upset shall demonstrate,through properly signed,contemporaneous operating togs,or other relevant
evidence that
(1)An upset occurred and that the Pemrittee can identify the cause(s)of the upset;
(2)The Permittee facility was at the time being properly operated;and
(3)The Permittee submitted notice of the upset as required in Part II.E.6.(b)of this permit.
(4)The Permittee complied with any remedial measures required under Part IIB.2.of this permit
c. Burden of proof[40 CFR 122.41(n)(4)]: The Pernittee seeking to establish the occurrence of an upset has
the burden of proof in any enforcement proceeding.
6. Removed Substances
Solids,sludges,filter backwash,or other pollutants removed in the course of treatment or control of wastewaters
shall be utilized/disposed of in accordance with NCGS 143-215.1 and in a manner such as to prevent any pollutant
from such materials from entering waters of the State or navigable waters of the Umted States except as permitted
by the Commission.The Permittee shall comply with all applicable state and Federal regulations governing the
disposal of sewage sludge,including 40 CFR 503,Standards for the Use and Disposal of Sewage Sludge;40 CFR
Part 258,Criteria For Municipal Solid Waste Landfills;and 1SA NCAC Subchapter 2T,Waste Not Discharged To
Surface Waters.The Permittee shall notify the Permit Issuing Authority of any significant change in its sludge use
or disposal practices.
7. Power Failures
The Permittee is responsible for maintaining adequate safeguards(as required by 15A NCAC 02H.0124)to
prevent the discharge of untreated or inadequately treated wastes during electrical power failures either by means
of alternate power sources,standby generators or retention of inadequately treated effluent.
Section D. Monitoring and Records
1, Representative Sampling
Samples collected and measurements taken,as required herein,shall be representative of the permitted discharge.
SaLdl.aes collected at a frequency less than daily shall be taken on a day and time that is representative of the
discharge for the period the sample represents.All samples shall be taken at the monitoring points specified in this
permit and,unless otherwise specified,before the effluent joins or is diluted by any other wastestream,body of
water,or substance.Monitoring points shall not be changed without notification to and the approval of the Permit
Issuing Authority[40 CFR 122.41(j)].
2. Reporting •
Monitoring results obtained during the previous month(s)shall be summarized for each month and reported on a
monthly Discharge Monitoring Report(DMR)Form(MR 1, 1.1,2,3)or alternative forms approved by the
Director,postmarked no later than the last calendar day of the month following the completed reporting period.
The first DMR is due on the last day of the month following the issuance of the permit or in the case of a new
facility,on the last day of the month following the commencement of discharge.Duplicate signed copies of these,
and all other reports required herein,shall be submitted to the following address:
Version 11/0912011 i

NPDES Permit Standard.Conditions
Page 9 of 18
7
NC DENR/Division of Water Resources/Water Quality Permitting Section
ATTENTION:Central Files
1617 Mall Service Center
Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1617
3. Flow Measurements
Appropriate flow measurement devices and methods consistent with accepted scientific practices shall be selected
and used to ensure the accuracy and reliability of measurements of the volume of monitored discharges.The
devices shall be installed,calibrated and maintained to ensure that the accuracy of the measurements is consistent
with the accepted capability of that type of device.Devices selected shall be capable of measuring flows with a
maximum deviation of less than 10%from the true discharge rates throughout the range of expected discharge
volumes.Flow measurement devices shall be accurately calibrated at a minimum of once per year and maintained
to ensure that the accuracy of the measurements is consistent with the accepted capability of that type of device.
The Director shall approve the flow measurement device and monitoring location prior to installation.
Once-through condenser cooling water flow monitored by pump logs,or pump hour meters as specified in Part I of
this permit and based on the manufacturer's pump curves shall not be subject to this requirement.
4. Test Procedures
Laboratones used for sample analysis must be certified by the Division.Permittees should contact the Division's
. Laboratory Certification Section(919 733-3908 or http://portal.ncdenr.org/web/wq/lab/cert)for information •
regarding laboratory certifications.
Facilities whose personnel are conducting testing of field-certified parameters only must hold the appropriate field
parameter Iaboratory certifications.
Test procedures for the analysis of pollutants shall conform to the EMC regulations(published pursuant to NCGS
143-215.63 et.seq.),the Water and Air Quality Reporting Acts,and to regulations published.pursuant to Section
304(g),33 USC 1314,of the CWA(as amended),and 40 CFR 136;or in the case of sludge use or disposal,
approved under 40 CFR 136,unless otherwise specified in 40 CFR 503,unless other test procedures have been
specified in this permit[40 CFR 122.41].
To meet the intent of the monitoring required by this permit,all test procedures must produce minimum detection
and reporting levels that are below the permit discharge requirements and all data generated must be reported down
to the minimum detection or lower reporting level of the procedure.If no approved methods are determined
capable of achieving minimum detection and reporting levels below permit discharge requirements,then the most
sensitive(method with the lowest possible detection and reporting level)approved method must be used.
5. Penalties for Tampering
The CWA provides that any person who falsifies,tampers with,or knowingly renders inaccurate,any monitoring
device or method required to be maintained under this permit shall,upon conviction,be punished by a fine of not
more than$10,000 per violation,or by imprisonment for not mere than two years per violation,or by both.If a
conviction of a person is for a violation committed after a first conviction of such person under this paragraph,
punishment is a fine of not more than$20,000 per day of violation,or by imprisonment of not more than 4 years,
or both[40 CFR 122.41].
6. Records Retention
Except for records of monitoring information required by this permit related to the Permittee's sewage sludge use
and disposal activities,which shall be retained for a period of at least five years(or longer as required by 40 CFR
503),the Permittee shall retain records of all monitoring information,including..
➢ all calibration and maintenance records
> all original strip chart recordings for continuous monitoring instrumentation
> copies of all reports required by this permit
•
> copies of all data used to complete the application for this permit
These records or copies shall be maintained for a period of at least 3 years from the date of the sample,
measurement,report or application.This period may be extended by request of the Director at any time[40 CFR
122.41].
Version 11/09/2011.1

k.u'DES Permit Standard Conditions
Page 10 of 18
7. Recording Results
For each measurement or sample taken pursuant to the requirements of this permit,the Permittee shall record the
following information[40 CFR 122.41):
a. The date,exact place,and time of sampling or measurements;
b. The individual(s)who performed the sampling or measurements;
c. The date(s)analyses were performed;
d. The individual(s)who performed the analyses;
e. The analytical techniques or methods used;and
£ The results of such analyses.
8. Inspection and Entry_
The Perniittee shall allow the Director,or an authorized representative(including an authorized contractor-acting as
a representative of the Director),upon the presentation of credentials and other documents as may be required by
law,to;
a. Enter,at reasonable times,upon the Permittee's premises where a regulated facility or activity is located or
conducted,or where records must be kept under the conditions of this permit;
b. Have access to and copy,at reasonable times,any records that must be kept under the conditions of this permit;
c. Inspect at reasonable times any facilities,equipment(including monitoring and control equipment),practices,
or operations regulated or required under this permit;and
d Sample or monitor at reasonable times,for the purposes of assuring permit compliance or as otherwise
authorized by the CWA,any substances or parameters at any location[40 CFR 122.41(i)].
Section E Reporting Requirements
1. Change in Discharge
All discharges authorized herein shall be consistent with the terms and conditions of this permit.The discharge of
any pollutant identified in this permit more frequently than or at a level in excess of that authorized shall constitute
a violation of the permit.
2. Planned Changes
The Permitter shall give notice to the Director as soon as possible of any planned physical alterations or additions
to the permitted facility[40 CFR 122.41(1)].Notice is required only when:
a_ The alteration or addition to a permitted facility may meet one of the criteria for new sources at 40 CFR
122,29(b);or
b. The alteration or addition could significantly change the nature or increase the quantity of pollutants
discharged.This notification applies to pollutants subject neither to effluent limitations in the permit,nor to
notification requirements under 40 CFR 122.42(a)(1);or
c. The alteration or addition results in a significant change in the Permittee's sludge use or disposal practices,and
such alteration,addition or change may justify the application of permit conditions that are different from or
absent in the existing permit,including notification of additional use or disposal sites not reported during the
permit application process or not reported pursuant to an approved land application plan.
3. Anticipated Noncompliance
The Permrttee shall give advance notice to the Director of any planned changes to the permitted facility or other
activities that might result in noncompliance with the permit[40 CFR 122.41(1X2)].
4. Transfers
This permit is not transferable to any person without prior written notice to and approval front the Director in
accordance with 40 CFR 122.61.The Director may condition approval in accordance with NCGS 143-215.1,in
particular NCGS 143-215.1(b)(4)b.2.,and may require modification or revocation and reissuance of the permit,or
a minor modification,to identify the new permittee and incorporate such other requirements as may be necessary
under the CWA[40 CFR 122.41(1)(3), 122.61J or state statute.
Version 11/09/2011.1

•
NPDES Permit Standard Conditions
Page I1 of 18
5. Monitoring Reports
Monitoring results shall be reported at the intervals specified elsewhere in this permit[40 CFR 122.41(I)(4)].
a. Monitoring results must be reported on a Discharge Monitoring Report(DMR)(See Part II.D.2)or forms
provided by the Director for reporting results of monitoring of sludge use or disposal practices.
b_ If the Permittee monitors any pollutant more frequently than required by this permit using test procedures
approved under 40 CFR Part 136 and at a sampling location specified in this permit or other appropriate
instrument governing the discharge,the results of such monitoring shall be included in the calculation and
reporting of the data submitted on the DMR.
6. Twenty-four Flour Reporting
a. The Permittee shall report to the Director or the appropriate Regional Office any noncompliance that
potentially threatens public health or the environment.Any information shall be provided orally within 24
hours from the time the Permittee became aware of the cucurnstances.A written submission shall also be
provided within 5 days of the time the Permittee becomes aware of the circumstances.The written submission
shall contain a description of the noncompliance,and its cause;the period of noncompliance,including exact
dates and times,and if the noncompliance has not been corrected,the anticipated time it is expected to
continue;and steps taken or planned to reduce,eliminate,and prevent reoccurrence of the noncompliance[40
CFR 122.41(1)(6)].
b. The Director may waive the written report on a case-by-case basis for reports under this section if the oral
report has been received within 24 hours,
c. Occurrences outside normal business hours may also be reported to the Division's Emergency Response
personnel at(800)662-7956,[phone] or(919)733-3300.
7. Other Noncompliance
The Permittee shall report all instances of noncompliance not reported under Part 11.E.5 and 6.of this permit at the
time monitoring reports are submitted.The reports shall contain the information listed in Part II.E.6.of this permit
[40 CFR 122.41(1)(7)].
8. Other Information
Where the Permittee becomes aware that it failed to submit any relevant facts in a permit application,or submitted
incorrect information in a permit application or in any report to the Director,it shall promptly submit such facts or
information[40 CFR 122.41(1X8)].
9. Noncompliance Notification
The Permittee shall report by telephone to either the central office or the appropriate regional office of the Division
as soon as possible,but in no case more than 24 hours or on the next working day following the occurrence or first
knowledge of the occurrence of any of the following:
a. Any occurrence at the water pollution control facility which results in the discharge of significant amounts of
wastes which are abnormal in quantity or characteristic,such as the dumping of the contents of a sludge
digester;the known passage of a slug of hazardous substance through the facility,or any other unusual
circumstances.
b. Any process unit failure,due to known or unknown reasons,that render the facility incapable of adequate
wastewater treatment such as mechanical or electrical failures of pumps,aerators,compressors,etc.
c. Any failure of a pumping station,sewer line,or treatment facility resulting in a by-pass without treatment of all
or any portion of the influent to such station or facility.
Persons reporting such occurrences by telephone shall also file a written report within 5 days following first
knowledge of the occurrence.Also see reporting requirements for municipalities in Part IV.C.2.c.of this permit.
10. Availability of Reports
Except for data determined to be confidential under NCGS 143-215.3(a)(2)or Section 308 of the Federal Act,33
USC 1318,all reports prepared in accordance with the terms shall be available for public inspection at the offices
of the Division.As required by the Act,effluent data shall not be considered confidential.Knowingly making any
false statement on any such report may result in the imposition of criminal penalties as provided for in NCGS 143-
215.l(b)(2)or in Section 309 of the Federal Act.
Version 11(09/2011.1

NPDES Permit Standard Conditions
Page 12 of 18
11. Penalties for Falsification of Reports
The CWA provides that any person who knowingly makes any false statement,representation,or certification in
any record or other document submitted or required to be maintained under this permit,including monitoring
reports or reports of compliance or noncompliance shall,upon conviction,be punished by a fine of not more than
$25,000 per violation,or by imprisonment for not more than two years per violation,or by both[40 CFR 122.411
12. &nnual Performance Reports
Permittees who own or operate facilities that primarily collect or treat municipal or domestic wastewater and have
an average annual flow greater than 200,000 gallons per day shall provide an annual report to the Permit Issuing
Authority and to the users/customers served by the Permittee(NCGS 143-215.1C).The report shall summarize the
performance of the collection or treatment system,as well as the extent to which the facility was compliant with
applicable Federal or State laws,regulations and rules pertaining to water quality.The report shall be provided no
later than sixty days after the end of the calendar or fiscal year,depending upon which annual period is used for
evaluation.
The report shall be sent to:
NC DENR/Division of Water Resources/Water Quality Permitting Section
ATTENTION:Central Files
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1617
Version 11/O92011.1

NPDES Permit Standard Conditions
Page 13 of 18
PART III
OTHER REQUIREMENTS
Section A. Construction
a. The Permittee shall not commence construction of wastewater treatment facilities,nor add to the plant's treatment
capacity,nor change the treatment process(es)utilized at the treatment plant unless(I)the Division has issued an
Authorization to Construct(AtC)permit or(2)the Permittee is exempted from such AtC permit requirements
under Item b. of this Section.
b. In accordance with NCGS 143-215.1(a5)[SL 2011-394],no permit shall be required to enter into a contract for the
construction,installation,or alteration of any treatment work or disposal system or to construct,install,or alter any
treatment works or disposal system within the State when the system's or work's principle function is to conduct,
treat,equalize,neutralize,stabilize,recycle,or dispose of industrial waste or sewage from an industrial facility and
the discharge of the industrial waste or sewage is authorized under a permit issued for the discharge of the
industrial waste or sewage into the waters of the State. Notwithstanding the above,the permit issued for the
discharge may be modified if required by federal regulation.
c. Issuance of an AtC will not occur until Final Plans and Specifications for the proposed construction have been
submitted by the Permittee and approved by the Division.
Section B. Groundwater Monitoring
The Permitter shall,upon written notice from the Director,conduct groundwater monitoring as may be required to
determine the compliance of this NPDES permitted facility with the current groundwater standards.
Section C. Chi n2es in Discharges of Toxic Substances
The Perminee shall notify the Permit Issuing Authority as soon as it knows or has reason to believe(40 CFR 122.42):
a. That any activity has occurred or will occur which would result in the discharge,on a routine or frequent basis,of
any toxic pollutant which is not limited in the permit,if that discharge will exceed the highest of the following
'notification levels";
(1) One hundred micrograms per liter(100 µg/L);
(2) Two hundred micrograms per liter(200 µg/L)for acrolein and acrylonitrile;five hundred micrograms per liter
(500 µg/L)for 2,4-dinitmphenol and for 2-methyl-4,6-dinitrophenol;and one milligram per liter(I mg/L)for
antimony;
(3) Five times the maximum concentration value reported for that pollutant in the permit application.
b. That any activity has occurred or will occur which would result in any discharge,on a non-routine or infrequent
basis,of a toxic pollutant which is not limited in the permit,if that discharge will exceed the highest of the
following"notification levels";
(1) Five hundred micrograms per liter(500 µg/L);
(2) One milligram per liter(1 mg/L)for antimony;
(3) Ten times the maximum concentration value reported for that pollutant in the permit application.
Section 1➢. Facility Closure Requirements
The Permittee must notify the Division at least 90 days prior to the closure of any wastewater treatment system covered
by this permit.The Division may require specific measures during deactivation of the system to prevent adverse •
impacts to waters of the State.This permit cannot be rescinded while any activities requiring this permit continue at the
permitted facility.
Version 11/09/2011.1

ivt'DBS Permit Standard Conditions
Page 14 of 18
PART IV
SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR MUNICIPAL FACILITIES
Section A. Definitions
In addition to the definitions in Part II of this permit,the following definitions apply to municipal facilities:
Indirect Discharge or Industrial User
Any non-domestic source that discharges wastewater containing pollutants into a POTW regulated under section
307(b),(c)or(d)of the CWA.[40 CFR 403.3(i)and(j)and 15A NCAC 02H.0903(6)(11)]
Interference
Inhibition or disruption of the POTW treatment processes;operations;or its sludge process,use,or disposal which
causes or contributes to a violation of any requirement of the Permittee's(or any satellite POTW's if different from the
Permittee)NPDES,collection system,or non-discharge permit or prevents sewage sludge use or disposal in
compliance with specified applicable.State and Federal statutes,regulations,or permits.[15A NCAC 0211
.0903(b)(14)]
Pass Through
A discharge which exits the POTW into waters of the State in quantities or concentrations which,alone or with
discharges from other sources,causes a violation,including an increase in the magnitude or duration of a violation,of
the Permittee's(or any satellite POTW's,if different from the Permittee)NPDFS,collection system,or non-discharge
permit. [I5A NCAC 02H.0903(b)(23)]
Publicly Owned Treatment Works(POTW)
A treatment works as defined by Section 212 of the CWA,which is owned by a State or local government organization.
This definition includes any devices and systems used in the storage,treatment,recycling and reclamation of municipal
sewage or industrial wastes of a liquid nature.It also includes the collection system,as defined in 15A NCAC 2T
.0402,only if it conveys wastewater to a POTW treatment plant.The term also means the local government
organization,or municipality,as defined in section 502(4)of the CWA,which has jurisdiction over indirect discharges
to and the discharges from such a treatment works.In this context,the organization may be the owner of the POTW
treatment plant or the owner of the collection system into which an indirect discharger discharges.This second type of
POTW may be referred to as a"satellite POTW organization."[15A NCAC 02H.0903(b)(26)]
"Significant Industrial User"or"SXU"
An Industrial User that discharges wastewater into a publicly owned treatment works and that[15A NCAC 021-1
.0903(b)(33)]:
1. Discharges an average of 25,000 gallons per day or more of process wastewater to the POTW(excluding sanitary,
noncontact cooling and boiler blowdown wastewaters);or
2. Contributes process wastewater which makes up five percent or more of the NPDES or non-discharge permitted
flow limit or organic capacity of the POTW treatment plant.In this context,organic capacity refers to BOD,TSS
and ammonia;or
3. Is subject to categorical standards under 40 Ct'E.Part 403.6 and 40 CFR Parts 405471;or
4. Is designated as such by the Permittee on the basis that the Industrial User has a reasonable potential for adversely
affecting the POTW's operation or for violating any pretreatment standard or requirement,or the POTW's effluent
limitations and conditions in its NPDES or non-discharge permit,or to limit the POTW's sludge disposal options;
5. Subject to approval under 15A NCAC 02H.0907(b),the Permittee may determine that an Industrial User meeting
the criteria in paragraphs 1 or 2 of this definition above has no reasonable potential for adversely affecting the
POTW's operation or for violating any pretreatment standard or requirement,the POTW's effluent limitations and
conditions in its NPDES or non-discharge permit,or to limit the POTW's sludge disposal options,and thus is not a
Significant Industrial User(SIU);or
6. Subject.to approval under 15A NCAC 02H.0907(b),the Permitter may determine that an Industrial User meeting
the criteria in paragraph 3 of this definition above meets the requirements of 40 CFR Part 403.3(v)(2)and thus is a
non-significant categorical Industrial User.
Section B. Publicly Owned Treatment Works(POTWs)
Version 11/09/2011.1

L'PDES Permit Standard Conditions
Page 15 of 18
All POTWs must provide adequate notice to the Director of the following[40 CFR 122.42(b)]:
1. Any pew introduction of pollutants into the POTW from an indirect discharger,regardless of the means of
transport,which would be subject to section 301 or 306 of CWA if it were directly discharging those pollutants;
and
2. Any substantial change in the volume or character of pollutants being introduced by an indirect discharger as
influent to that POTW at the time of issuance of the permit
3. For purposes of this paragraph,adequate notice shall include information on(1)the quality and quantity of effluent
introduced into the POTW,and(2)any anticipated impact that may result from the change of the quantity or
quality of effluent to be discharged from the POTW.
Section C. Municipal Control of Pollutants from Industrial Users.
1. Effluent limitations are listed in Part I of this permit Other pollutants attributable to inputs from Industrial Users
discharging to the POTW may be present in the Permittee's discharge.At such time as sufficient information
becomes available to establish limitations for such pollutants,this permit may be revised to specify effluent
limitations for any or all of such other pollutants in accordance with best practicable technology or water quality
standards.
2. Prohibited Discharges
a. The Permittee shall develop and enforce their Pretreatment Program to implement the prohibition against the
introduction of pollutants or discharges into the waste treatment system or waste collection system which
cause or contribute to Pass Through or Interference as defined in 15A NCAC 0211.09W and 40 CFR 403. [40
CFR 403.5(ax1)]
b. The Permittee shall develop and enforce their Pretreatment Program to implement the prohibitions against the
introduction of the following wastes in the waste treatment or waste collection system[40 CFR 403.5(b)J:
(1) Pollutants which create a fire or explosion hazard in the POTW,including,but not limited to,
wastes with treams a closed cup flashpomt of less than 140 degrees Fahrenheit or 60 degrees Centigrade
using the test methods specified in 40 CFR 261.21;
(2) Pollutants which cause corrosive structural damage to the POTW,but in no case discharges with pH lower
than 5.0,unless the works is specifically designed to accommodate such discharges;
(3) Solid or viscous
isco s pollutants in amounts which cause obstruction to the flow in the POTW resulting in
Interference;
(4) Any pollutant,including oxygen demanding pollutants(BOD,
released in a Discharge at a flow rate
and/or pollutant concentration which will cause Interference with the POTW;
(5) Heat in amounts which will inhibit biological activity in the POTW resulting in Interference,but in no
case heat in such quantities that the temperature at the POTW Treatment Plant exceeds 40°C(104°F)
unless the Division,upon request of the POTW,approves alternate temperature limits;
(6) Petroleum oil,non-biodegradable cutting oil,or products of mineral oil origin in amounts that will cause
Interference or Pass Through;
(7) Pollutants which result in the presence of toxic gases,vapors,or fumes within the POTW in a quantity that
may cause acute worker health and safety problems;or
(8) Any trucked or hauled pollutants,except at discharge points designated by the POTW.
c. The Permittee shall investigate the source of all discharges into the POTW,including slug loads and other
unusual discharges,which have the potential to adversely impact the.Perniittee's Pretreatment Program and/or
the operation of the POTW.
The Permittee shall report such discharges into the POTW to the Director or the appropriate Regional Office.
Any information shall be provided orally within 24 hours from the time the Permittee became aware of the
circumstances.A written submission shall also be provided within 5 days of the time the Permittee becomes
aware of the circumstances.The written submission shall contain a description of the discharge;the
investigation into possible sources;the penod of the discharge,including exact dates and times;if the
discharge has not ceased,the anticipated time it is expected to continue;and steps taken or planned to reduce,
eliminate,and prevent reoccurrence of the noncompliance,
Version 11/09/2011.1

ivfDES Permit Standard Conditions
Page 16 of 18
3. With regard to the effluent requirements listed in Part I of this permit,it may be necessary for the Permittee to
supplement the requirements of the Federal Pretreatment Standards(40 CFR,Part 403)to ensure compliance by
the Permittee with all applicable effluent limitations.Such actions by the Permittee may be necessary regarding
some or all of the industries discharging to the municipal system.
4. The Permittee shall require any Industrial User(IU)discharging to the POTW to meet Federal Pretreatment
Standards developed under Section 307(b)of the Act as amended(which includes categorical standards and
specific local limits,best management practices and narrative requirements).Prior to accepting wastewater from
any Significant Industrial User(SIU),the Permittee shall either develop and submit to the Division a new
Pretreatment Program or,as necessary,a modification of an existing Pretreatment Program,for approval as
required under section D below as well as 15A NCAC 02H.0907(a)and(b).[40 CFR I22.44(j)(2)]
5. This permit shall be modified,or alternatively,revoked and reissued,to incorporate or modify an approved POTW
Pretreatment Program or to include a compliance schedule for the development of a POTW Pretreatment Program
as required under Section 402(b)(8)of the CWA and implementing regulations or by the requirements of the
approved State pretreatment program,as appropriate.
Sector+p. Pretreatment Programs
Under authority of sections 307(b)and(c)and 402(b)(8)of the CWA and implementing regulations 40 CFR 403,
North Carolina General Statute 143-215.3(14)and implementing regulations 15A NCAC 02H.0900,and in accordance
with the approved pretreatment program,all provisions and regulations contained and referenced in the pretreatment
program submittal are an enforceable part of this permit. [40 CFR 122.446)(2)]
The Permittee shall operate its approved pretreatment program in accordance with Section 402(b)(8)of the CWA,40
CFR 403, I5A NCAC 02H.0900,and the legal authorities,policies,procedures,and financial provisions contained in
its pretreatment program submission and Division approved modifications thereof Such operation shall include but is
not limited to the implementation of the following conditions and requirements.Terms not defined in.Part II or Part IV
of this permit are as defined in 15A NCAC 02H.0903 and 40 CFR 403.3.
1. Sewer Use Ordinance(SUO)
The Permittee shall maintain adequate legal authority to implement its approved pretreatment program. [I5A
NCAC 02H.0903(b)(32),.0905 and.0906(b)(1);40 CFR 403.8(f)(1)and 403.9(b)(1)and(2)]
2. Industrial Waste Survey LIWS)
The Permittee shall implement an IWS consisting of the survey of users of the POTW collection system or
treatment plant,as required by 40 CFR 403.8(f)(2)(i-iii)and I5A NCAC 02H.0905[also 40 CFR 122.44(j)(1)],
including identification of all Industrial Users that may have an impact on the POTW and the character and amount
of pollutants contributed to the POTW by these Industrial Users and identification of those Industrial Users
meeting the definition of SIU.Where the Permittee accepts wastewater from one or more satellite POTWs,the
IWS for the Permittee shall address all satellite POTW services areas,unless the pretreatment program in those
satellite service areas is administered by a separate Permittee with an approved Pretreatment Program.The
Permittee shall submit a summary of its IWS activities to the Division at least once every five years,and as
required by the Division.The IWS submission shall include a summary of any investigations conducted under
paragraph C.2.c.of this Part. [15A NCAC 02H.0903(bX13),.0905 and.0906(bx2);.40 CFR 403.8(f)(2)and 403.9]
3. Monitoring Plan
The Permittee shall implement a Division-approved Monitoring Plan for the collection of facility specific data to
be used in a wastewater treatment plant Headworks Analysis(HWA)for the development of specific pretreatment
local limits.Effluent data from the Plan shall be reported on the DMRs(as required by Parts ILD and ILE.5.).(15A
NCAC 02H.0903(b)(16),.0906(b)(3)and.0905]
4. Fleadworka Analysis(HWA)and Local Limits
The Permittee shall obtain Division approval of a HWA at least once every five years,and as required by the
Division.Within 180 days of the effective date of this permit(or any subsequent permit modification)the
Permittee shall submit to the Division a written technical evaluation of the need to revise local limits(i.e.,an
updated HWA or documentation of why one is not needed) [40 CFR 122.44].The Permittee shall develop,in
accordance with 40 CFR 403.5(c)and 15A NCAC 02H.0909,specific Local Limits to implement the prohibitions
listed in 40 CFR 403.5(a)and(b)and 15A NCAC 02H.0909.Pursuant to 40 CFR 403.5,local limits are
Version 11/09/2011 1

NPDES Permit Semilard Conditions
Page 17 of 18
enforceable Pretreatment Standards as defined by 40 CFR 403.3(1).[15A NCAC 02H.0903(b)(10),.0905,and
.0906(b)(4)J
5- Industrial User Pretreatment Permits(IUP)Sc Allocation Tables .
In accordance with NCGS 143-215.1,the Permittee shall issue to all Significant Industrial Users,permits for
operation of pretreatment equipment and discharge to the Permittee's collection system or treatment works.These
permits shall contain limitations,sampling protocols,reporting requirements,appropriate standard and special
conditions,and compliance schedules as necessary for the installation of treatment and control technologies to
assure that their wastewater discharge will meet all applicable pretreatment standards and requirements.The
Permittee shall maintain a current Allocation Table(AT)which summaries the results of the HWA and the limits
from all IUPs.Permitted IUP loadings for each parameter cannot exceed the treatment capacity of the POTW as
determined by the HWA.[15A NCAC 02H.0906(b)(6),.0909,.0916,and.0917;40 CFR 403.5,403.8(f)(1)(ni);
NCGS 143-215.67(a)]
6. Authorization to Construct(AtC)
The Permittee shall ensure that an Authorization to Construct permit(AtC)is issued to all applicable Industrial
Users for the construction or modification of any pretreatment facility.Prior to the issuance of an AtC,the
proposed pretreatment facility and treatment process must be evaluated for its capacity to comply with all
Industrial User Pretreataiertt Permit(IUP)limitations. [15A NCAC 02H.0906(bX7)and.0905;NCGS 143-
215.l(a)(8)]
7. POTW Inspection&Monitoring of their!Us
The Permittee shall conduct inspection,surveillance,and monitoring activities as described in its Division
approved pretreatment program in order to determine,independent of information supplied by Industrial Users,
compliance with applicable pretreatment standards.[15A NCAC 02H.0908(e);40 CFR 403.8(f)(2)(v)] The
Permittee must:
a. Inspect all Significant Industrial Users(SIUs)at least once per calendar year;
b. Sample all Significant Industrial Users(SIUs)at least once per calendar year for all SIU permit-limited
parameters including flow except as allowed under 15A NCAC.0908(e);and
c. At least once per year,document an evaluation of any non-significant categorical Industrial User for
compliance with the requirements in 40 CFR 403.3(v)(2),and either continue or revoke the designation as non-
significant
8. IU Self Monitoring and Reporting
The Permittee shall require all Industrial Users to comply with the applicable monitoring and reporting
requirements outlined in the Division-approved pretreatment program,the industry's pretreatment permit,or in 15A
NCAC 02H.0908. [15A NCAC 02H.0906(b)(5)and.0905;40 CFR 403.8(f)(1)(v)and(2)(iii);40 CFR
122.44(j)(2)and 40 CFR 403.12]
9. Enforcement Response Plan(BRP)
The Permittee vhelt enforce and obtain appropriate remedies for violations of all pretreatment standards
promulgated pursuant to section 307(b)and(c)of the CWA(40 CFR 405 et.seq.),prohibitive discharge standards
as set forth in 40 CFR 403.5 and 15A NCAC 02H.0909,specific local limitations,and other pretreatment
requirements.All remedies,enforcement actions and other,shall be consistent with the Enforcement Response
Plan(ERP)approved by the Division.[15A NCAC 02H.0903(b)(7),.0906(b)(8)and.0905;40 CFR 403.8(f)(5)]
10. Pretreatment Annual Reports(PAR)
The Permittee shall report to the Division in accordance with 15A NCAC 02H.0908.In lieu of submitting annual
reports,Modified Pretreatment Programs developed under 15A NCAC 02H.0904(b)may be required to submit a
partial annual report or to meet with Division personnel periodically to discuss enforcement of pretreatment
requirements and other pretreatment implementation issues.
For all other active pretreatment programs,the Permittee shall submit two copies of a Pretreatment Annual Report
(PAR)describing its pretreatment activities over the previous calendar year to the Division at the following
address:
Version 11/09/2011.1

NPDES Permit Standard Conditions
Page 18 of 18
NC DENR/Division of Water Resources/Water Quality Permitting Section
Pretreatment,Emergency Response,and Collection Systems(PSRCS)Unit
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1617
These reports shall be submitted by March 1 of each year and shall contain the following:
a. Narrative
A narrative summary detailing actions taken,or proposed,by the Permittee to correct significant non-
compliance and to ensure compliance with pretreatment requirements;
b. Pretreatment Program Summary(PPS)
A pretreatment program summary(PPS)on forms or m a format provided by the Division;
c. Significant Non-Compliance Report(SNCR)
A list of Industrial Users(Ns)in significant noncompliance(SNC)with pretreatment requirements,and the
nature of the violations on forms or in a format provided by the Division;
d Industrial Data Summary Foms(.IDSF)
Monitoring data from samples collected by both the POTW and the Significant Industrial Users(Sills).These
analytical results must be reported on Industrial Data Summary Forms(IDSF)or on other forms or in a format
provided by the Division;
e. Other Information
Copies of the POTW's allocation table,new or modified enforcement compliance schedules,public notice of
Ills in SNC,a summary of data or other information related to significant noncompliance determinations for
Ns that are not considered Sills,and any other information,upon request,which in the opinion of the Director
is needed to determine compliance with the pretreatment implementation requirements of this permit;
11. Public Notice
The Penirittee shall publish annually a list of Industrial Users(Ns)that were in significant noncompliance(SNC)
as defined in the Permittee's Division-approved Sewer Use Ordinance with applicable pretreatment requirements
and standards during the previous twelve month period.This list shall be published within four months of the
applicable twelve month period.[15A NCAC 02H.0903(b)(34),.0908(b)(5)and.0905 and 40 CFR
403.8(f)(2)(viii)].
12. Record Keeping
The Perimttee shall retain for a minimum of three years records of monitoring activities and results,along with
support information including general records,water quality records,and records of industrial impact on the
POTW and shall retain all other Pretreatment Program records as required by 1SA NCAC 02H.0908(f).[15A
NCAC 02H.0908(f);40 CFR 403.12(o)]
13. pretreatment Program Resources
The Permittee shall maintain adequate funding and qualified personnel to accomplish the objectives of its approved
pretreatment program.and retain a written description of those current levels of inspection.USA NCAC 02H
.0906(b)(9)and(10)and.0905;40 CFR 403.8(f)(3),403.9(b)(3)]
14. Modification to Pretrcatt cnt 1?rograrns
Modifications to the approved pretreatment program including but not limited to local limits modifications,POTW
monitoring of their Significant Industrial Users(Sills),and Monitoring Plan modifications,shall be considered a
permit modification and shall be governed by 40 CFR 403.18, 15 NCAC 02H.0114 and 15A NCAC 0211.0907.
Version 11/09/2011.1

Appendix C
Written Description of Equalization Basin and Digester

Equalization Basin Description:
The Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP) in the Town of Boonville presents a need to add an
Equalization Basin (EQ Basin);this structure acts as a bufferh]used to captureJand temporarily store
peak stormwater flows and bringing a steady flow to the splitter box that will be manifested in a better
overall operation of the wastewater treatment plant. The EQ Basin will be installed hydraulically
between the bar screen and the existing splitter box which partitions the flow between three WWTP's
which have a total permitted capacity of 200E000 gpd. The volume of the EQ basin exceeds 25% of
the WWTP's maximum permitted capacity.
The Equalization Basin was designed in a rectangular shape with the following dimensions 20'x
28'x13'with a 12"wall thicknessl]an overflow and 12" of freeboard. Acceptable materials include
steel and concrete. The Equalization Basin has an access stair and a platform to allow access for the
operator in addition to climbing rungs on the interior. A duplex set of blowers will also be installed to
supply air to the diffusers which will maintain DO(dissolved Oxygen)within the unit as well as create
mixing to keep the liquid homogenous and reduce sedimentation. The minimum number of coarse
bubble diffusers accepted shall be 12. All construction including the EQ BasinIstairsOplatform and
handrails must meet localI statelIand national building code.
Structural:
A concrete slab is required to support the structure. Plans are attached to this application showing
the dimensions and structural requirements. each way. The unit is to be bed over 12" compacted
NCDOT ABC stone on subgrade.Structural design must be followed for walls and slab as is indicated
in construction drawings.

Digester Description:
The WWTP in the Town of Boonville has limited ability to remove solids from the WWTP's at a rate
sufficient to prevent buildup within the individual WWTP's. A digestor is proposed top be constructed
as part of this project to alleviate the limited solids processing the site currently experiences. Other
measures taken in this project include the addition of portable drying dumpsters and the
rehabilitation of the older set of drying beds.The aerobic digester will improve the treatment in the
wastewater treatment plant by the prevention of bulking and filamentous bacteria associated with
excessive sludge age.
The digester was designed in a cylindrical shape with the following dimensions 31'diameter and 15'
heighliwith a 12"wall thicknessElan overflow and 12" of freeboard. Acceptable materials include
steel and concrete. The digester has an access stair with a platform to allow the access for the
operatorfland climbing rungs for the interior. A duplex set of blowers is to be installed to facilitate
aerobic conditions with respect to DO but also to stir the material as required for compaction and
discrete settling. The minimum number of coarse bubble diffusers accepted shall be 32.The air will
supply oxygen to the microorganisms in the sludge to promote digestion.
The digester will have a floating decant arm that will allow to decant the water and send it back to the
head of the plant and also serves as an overflow. The sludge collected at the bottom of the digester
will be pumped to the drying beds by usage of a new sludge pump station shown as Pump Station#2
in the attached construction drawings.
An 18"thick concrete slab is required to support the digestor as shown in the construction drawings.
The slab is to be bedded over 12" compacted NCDOT ABC stone on undisturbed subgrade.
Structural design must be followed for walls and slab as is indicated in the construction drawings.ALL
work including digestoaplatforml]stairsIand handrails must meet localDStatel]and national building
code.

Appendix D
Calculations for:
A- Digester
B- Equalization Basin
C- 02 Transfer
D- Tertiary Disc Filters ( Hydraulic loading)

CALCULATIONS
DIGESTER:
31'
•
15'
•
V = rrxr2xh
V = irx15.52x15'
V = 11,321.5 ft3 = 84,691 gallons
**Digestor hydraulic loading is determined by operational preference to obtain optimal SRT and
WAS ratio.This will be manipulated after installation to determine best operational RAS for wwtp
performance and based on drying bed capacity, environmental conditions, precipitation,wwtp
total volumetric flow, Nh3 residual for the individual trains,wwtp sludge production and DO
demand for the individual wwtp units. Overflow of 12"wilt carry more that than the surge flow of
500,000 gpd and not exceed the freeboard of 12"height.

EQUALIZATION BASIN:
13' Ili
♦
20'
4
25'
Required Volume
EQ Basin Volume Requirement=25%Permitted Flow=200,000 gallons/4=50,000 gallons
50,000 gallons=6,685 f t3
Basin Volume
Actual Basin Volume= 12'X 28'X 20' =6,720 ft3=50,066 gallons
50,060 Actual<50,000 Required.
*Basin Depth below 12"freeboard
Hydraulic Loading for EQ Basin
Surge factor=2.5
Permitted max flow=200.000 gpd=140 gpm
Surge Flow=0.5 MGD=350 gpm to unit max
Overflow of 12"will carry>>500,000 gpd back to Splitter Box by gravity

•
DIGESTER 02 TRANSFER:
Blower HP: 25
*Type Diffusers: Coarse= (1-2 lbs 02)/(HP*Hour)
1.5 lbs 02
= 1.5 25h 1 hour
HP *H P) l
37.5 lbs 02
hour
17,025 mg 02
hour
= 238 mg 02/min
*Reference
WSEC-2017-FS-024 MRRDC LSF Aeration Design.pub(wef.org)
EQUALIZATION BASIN 02 DEMAND:
Equalization Volume=79,036 gallons
Max Flow Permitted = 139 gpm =525 liters/min
Aeration System can maintain :
238 mg 02/min / 525 liters/min = 238/525=(0.5 mg 02)/Liter =Aerobic Conditions

I
TERTIARY DISC FILTERS
Hydraulic Loading
The disc filters shall be capable of filtration at the surge rate of 0.5 MGD,even while backwashing
alternate discs.The standard unit for the three acceptable units screened so far is capable of disc
addition to treat over 1 MGD=700 gpm.The unit is also equipped with a hydraulic bypass using a
4'8 1/8"weir in the event the filter becomes non-functional, irrevocably blinded, or hydraulicly
overloaded with regard to the filter panels.The weir is>2 X as long as the total of weir length of the
splitter box weir;therefore,water would overflow the existing splitter box at the head of the WWTP's
long before it overflowed the filters.

Appendix E
Pump Curves
Pump Station #1 Sulzer XFP 80C
Pump Station #2 Sulzer XFP 80C
Pump Station #3 Sulzer XFP 80C
Pump Station #4 VFD FLYGT N 3085

1
1 r i y
XFP 80C CB1 60HZ (wet pit)
_ Test Standard
HIS- Head —60it ISO 9998.HI11.6ft4651t$W
61- - 5SH2
52 _so i VFD effioency Is not included.
50i ....-its Hz (Note:P1 a not including any VFD tosses)
M [—42 Hz
44= v
42
This pump(non oil-cooled)is suitable for wet
.?ii, pump installation only
3a �z-. It is NOT svdabie far dry pump installation
13.14
•e,, Al
3e a -a 86v9L
2a= \ :.
26 ' t^ e%
24 Rt. '
20
1$ •.6%
is ::cw
12
10
a
s-
4-
2
0 50 100 150 200 300 350 400 450 Of US gem
2022-11-09
Operating data specification Power input 3.85 hp
Row 260 US g.p.m. Head 33.1 ft
Efficiency 81 8% Shaft power 3.52 hp
NPSH 6.54 ft Fluid Wastewater
Temperature 68'F Nature of system Single head pump
No.of pumps 1
Pump data
Type XFP 80C C81 60HZ(wet pit) Make SULZER
Series XFP PE1•PE3 Impeller Contrablock Plus impeller,1 vane
N'of vanes 1 ! Impeller size 7 1/16 inch
Free passage 3 inch Suction flange DN100
Discharge flange DN80 Type of installation
Moment of inertia 0.318 lb fe Wet well Installation with pedestal
Motor data
Rated voltage 460 V Frequency 60 Hz
Rated power P2 4.69 hp Nominal Speed 1730 rpm
Number of poles 4 Efficiency 89.5%
Power factor 0.8 Rated current 6.2 A
Starting current 41.5 A Rated torque 14.2 Ibl ft
Starting torque 20.4 Ibf ft Degree of protection I P 68
Insulation class H , No.starts per hour 15
S.iize(reserves the right to change any data and ddnenslens stomata prbr MAMA! ---- SoaistO 540222.2022,10f13 taurd 513),64 at
end can nut se held responsible for the use 0 ntormel on cornwned in Oat softweie Data vanitn October 22 I

FLYGT N 3085 -Pump Curve
Al 3085 MT 3 phase 4 poles 60hz US
[ r
ft] Head
40
38
36
34=
32- _
30:
26: _ -----:N.
i , am_`
24 L.
22=
20= Eff.
18: 64.4 �
16 \_
14 53.
12
10 ___` -
=.2152mm
8 \ 466135mm
6
4
2
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 [US g.p.m.]

.
Appendix F
Proposed Construction Sequence

•
• I •
114 Edinburgh S.Drive,Ste.200 T 919.827.0864
X Draper Aden Associates
c Cary, NC 27511 TRCcompanies.com
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent
Town Of Boonville, NC
Construction Sequence
It is to be understood that the contractor is not responsible for operation of the wastewater treatment
facility. Furthermore,any work by the contractor that will necessitate alterations to the process units
or flows, either temporarily or permanently, will be coordinated with the Town and through the
Engineer with Engineer with proper notice to allow for planning and adjustments to be made to
remain in compliance the plants operating permit and the approved plans and specifications for this
project. Period Progress meetings will be held to ensure schedule is being followed and to help
mitigate construction/supply issues as they arise.
1. After the project is awarded and notice to proceed is issued,a pre-construction meeting will
be held on site.
A. All permits will be reviewed and notice to proceed is issued; a pre-construction meeting
will be held on site.
B. Contact information will be disseminated for the Town's staff, Engineer, Construction,
and DEQ representative.
C. Contractor to submit proposed schedule of work and schedule of values.
2. All sedimentation and erosion control measures will be installed.
3. Field location of all utilities by the contractor prior to major excavation.
4. Bypass pumping will be coordinated with the Town's utility staff at least one week in advance.
5. Slab and new equalization Basin constructed and assembled on site with all appurtenances
needed for operation.
6. Slab and new digester constructed and assembled on site with all appurtenances needed for
operation.
7. Installation of four new pump stations.
8. Slab PEMB constructed.
9. Slab and disc filter system constructed and assembled on site with all appurtenances
needed for operation.
10. UV system rehabilitated.
11. All other work completed as shown on the construction drawings.
12. Landscaping vegetative cover established.
13. Substantial completion
14. Punch list.
15. As-built drawings.
16. Close out documents.
17. Removal of sedimentation and erosion control devices.
18. Final Completion.
All work shall be fully complaint with any relevant local,State and Federal regulations.

TOWN OF BOONVILLE
Improvements For Better WWTP
Effluent-Boonville
TOWN OF BOONVILLE
NORTH CAROLINA
PROJECT MANUAL
June 2024
FINAL SPECIFICATIONS
FOR REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
�oFtTp c qR ,,-
` Q�OEss� Q ��i
3 T-
FNt
''/i l;1tC °\,`,
TRC Project Number: 554801
NCDEQ Project Number:
Collab_422

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Advertisement for Bids • 1-2
Instructions to Bidders C-200: 1-11
NCGS 133-3 Compliance • 1
Bid Form C-410: 1-12
Bid Bond C-430: 1-2
Qualification Statement C-451: 1-11
Notice of Award C-510: 1
Agreement C-520: 1-7
Performance Bond C-610: 1-3
Payment Bond C-615: 1-3
Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract C-700: 1-70
Notice to Proceed C-550: 1
Contractor's Pay Application C-620: 1-4
Field Order C-942: 1
Work Change Directive C-940: 1
Change Order C-941: 1
Substantial Completion C-625: 1
Contractor's Release of Liens • 1
Division of Water Infrastructure MBE/WBE Compliance Supplement- 1-7
Town of Boonville, NC June 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
TOC - 1 of 3

SPECIFICATIONS
Submittal Procedures 01 33 00: 1-5
Quality Control 01 45 00: 1-2
Product Requirements 01 60 00: 1-3
Execution Requirements 01 70 00: 1-2
Construction Layout & As-built Information 01 71 10: 1
Painting and Coating 09 90 00: 1-2
Concrete Protective Coatings 09 96 56: 1-18
Pipe & Pipe Fittings 15 10 15: 1-7
Valves and Specialties 23 05 29: 1-8
Cast-In-Place 30 30 00: 1-16
Clearing, Grading, and Excavation 31 00 00: 1-8
Earth Moving 31 20 00: 1-14
Subgrade Preparation for Roads 31 23 13: 1-2
Erosion Siltation and Pollution 31 25 00: 1-3
Concrete Paving 32 13 13: 1-10
Sanitary Sewer 33 30 00: 1-4
Flow Control 33 37 23: 1-4
Major Equipment Item #1 Stay-in-place PVC Formwork 40 00 01: 1-4
Major Equipment Item #2 Disc Filter Equipment 40 00 02: 1-3
Major Equipment Item #3 Concrete 40 00 03: 1-26
Major Equipment Item #4 Submersible Sewage Pump 40 00 04: 1-6
Major Equipment Item #5 Pre-Engineered Metal Building 40 00 05: 1-14
Major Equipment Item #6 Hybrid Blower Systems 40 00 06 1-7
Town of Boonville, NC June 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
TOC - 2of3

f
APPENDIX
NCDEQ Authorization to Construct Appendix 1:Pending
NCDEQ DWI Engineering Plans and Specifications Approval Appendix 2:Pending
Town of Boonville, NC June 2024
Improvements for Better\NWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
TOC - 3of3

Advertisement for Bids
Town of Boonville — Owner
110 Carolina Ave. North
Boonville, NC 27011
Separate sealed Bids for the construction of:
Town of Boonville Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent: The work includes demolition
of the old Parshall Flume that is going to be replace with a Magnetic Flow Meter. Addition
of a new Equalization Basin and Digester, New Tertiary Filters, four(4) Pump Stations. A
New PEMB with HVAC, dewatering dumpster(s), UV system relocation, and all other work
as shown on the construction drawings. All piping, electrical components, brackets,
braces and appurtenances are to be included in the original scope of work so that the
final product is functional and permittable according to the issued ATC for this work.
Bids will be received by: The Town of Boonville at the Town Hall: 110 Carolina Ave
North, Boonville, NC 27011
until 2:00 PM, (Local Time) Date TBD, and then at said office publicly opened and read
aloud.
The Contract Documents may be examined at the following location(s):
Owner—Town of Boonville, 110 Carolina Ave North, Boonville, NC 27011
Issuing Engineer Office — TRC 114 Edinburgh South Drive, Suite 200, Cary, NC 27511
[phone]
Contract Documents can be downloaded for free from the TRC Companies Online
Planroom https://www.trccompanies.com/knowledge/trc-construction-planroom/or purchased
from:
TRC Engineers, Inc. —
located at 114 Edinburgh South Drive, Suite 200, Cary, NC 27511 upon payment of
$100 (non-refundablgl
General Contractor's license is required.
With request for Bidding Documents please supply the following information:
• Company name
• Contact person
• Street address
• Phone and fax numbers of Bidding office
• N.C. contractor's license numbers with limitation and classification.
Also please indicate if firm will be a bidder, supplier, or sub-contractor.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
AFB- 1of2

Bids will be received for a single prime Contract. Bids shall be on a lump sum and unit
price basis.
A non-mandatory Pre-Bid meeting will be held TBD at the Boonville Town Hall, 110
Carolina Ave North, Boonville, NC 27011.
Each bid must be accompanied by a Bid Security and other documents as specified in
the Instructions to Bidders.
By the Town of Boonville, North Carolina.
+ + END OF ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS + +
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
AFB- 2 of 2

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ARTICLE 1—DEFINED TERMS
1.01 Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated in the General
Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. Additional terms used in these Instructions to
Bidders have the meanings indicated below:
A. Issuing Office—The office from which the Bidding Documents are to be issued.
ARTICLE 2—COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
2.01 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents may be obtained from the Issuing Office in the
number and format stated in the advertisement or invitation to bid.
2.02 Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither Owner nor
Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the
use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents.
2.03 Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above
terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not authorize or
confer a license for any other use.
ARTICLE 3—QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS
3.01 To demonstrate Bidder's qualifications to perform the Work, Bidder shall submit with its
Bid (a) written evidence establishing its qualifications such as financial data, previous
experience, and present commitments, and (b) the following additional information:
A. Fill out EJCDC C-451 "Qualifications Statement" found in the Bidding Documents.
3.02 A Bidder's failure to submit required qualification information within the times indicated
may disqualify Bidder from receiving an award of the Contract.
3.03 No requirement in this Article 3 to submit information will prejudice the right of Owner to
seek additional pertinent information regarding Bidder's qualifications.
3.04 Bidder is advised to carefully review those portions of the Bid Form requiring Bidder's
representations and certifications.
ARTICLE4—SITE AND OTHER AREAS; EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS; EXAMINATION OF
SITE; OWNER'S SAFETY PROGRAM; OTHER WORK AT THE SITE
4.01 Site and Other Areas
A. The Site is identified in the Bidding Documents. By definition, the Site includes
rights-of-way, easements, and other lands furnished by Owner for the use of the
Contractor. Any additional lands required for temporary construction facilities,
construction equipment, or storage of materials and equipment, and any access
needed for such additional lands, are to be obtained and paid for by Contractor.
4.02 Existing Site Conditions
A. Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions
1. The Supplementary Conditions identify:
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
ITB- 1 of 11

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
a. those reports known to Owner of explorations and tests of subsurface
conditions at or adjacent to the Site.
b. those drawings known to Owner of physical conditions relating to existing
surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground
Facilities).
c. reports and drawings known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental
Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site.
d. Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings.
2. Owner will make copies of reports and drawings referenced above available to
any Bidder on request. These reports and drawings are not part of the Contract
Documents, but the Technical Data contained therein upon whose accuracy
Bidder is entitled to rely, as provided in the General Conditions, has been
identified and established in the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is
responsible for any interpretation or conclusion Bidder draws from any
Technical Data or any other data, interpretations, opinions, or information
contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings.
3. If the Supplementary Conditions do not identify Technical Data, the default
definition of Technical Data set forth in Article 1 of the General Conditions will
apply.
B. Underground Facilities: Information and data shown or indicated in the Bidding
Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the
Site are set forth in the Contract Documents and are based upon information and
data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities,
including Owner, or others.
C. Adequacy of Data: Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data
furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to subsurface conditions, other
physical conditions, and Underground Facilities, and possible changes in the
Bidding Documents due to differing or unanticipated subsurface or physical
conditions appear in Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 of the General Conditions.
Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to
prospective Bidders with respect to a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the
Site, if any, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to any Hazardous
Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or
indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents
to be within the scope of the Work, appear in Paragraph 5.06 of the General
Conditions.
4.03 Site Visit and Testing by Bidders
A. Bidder shall conduct the required Site visit during normal working hours, and shall
not disturb any ongoing operations at the Site.
1. Site Visits will be made by appointment only with the Owner's Public
Works Department.
B. Bidder is not required to conduct any subsurface testing, or exhaustive
investigations of Site conditions.
C. On request, and to the extent Owner has control over the Site, and schedule
permitting, the Owner will provide Bidder access to the Site to conduct such
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
ITB-2 of 11

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, and studies as Bidder
deems necessary for preparing and submitting a successful Bid. Owner will not
have any obligation to grant such access if doing so is not practical because of
existing operations, security or safety concerns, or restraints on Owner's authority
regarding the Site.
D. Bidder shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations regarding excavation
and location of utilities, obtain all permits, and comply with all terms and conditions
established by Owner or by property owners or other entities controlling the Site with
respect to schedule, access, existing operations, security, liability insurance, and
applicable safety programs.
E. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the Site to its former condition
upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests, and studies.
4.04 Owner's Safety Program
A. Site visits and work at the Site may be governed by an Owner safety program. As
the General Conditions indicate, if an Owner safety program exists, it will be noted
in the Supplementary Conditions.
4.05 Other Work at the Site
A. Reference is made to Article 8 of the Supplementary Conditions for the identification
of the general nature of other work of which Owner is aware (if any) that is to be
performed at the Site by Owner or others (such as utilities and other prime
contractors) and relates to the Work contemplated by these Bidding Documents. If
Owner is party to a written contract for such other work, then on request, Owner will
provide to each Bidder access to examine such contracts (other than portions
thereof related to price and other confidential matters), if any.
ARTICLE 5-BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS
5.01 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid to:
A. examine and carefully study the Bidding Documents, and any data and reference
items identified in the Bidding Documents;
B. visit the Site, conduct a thorough, alert visual examination of the Site and adjacent
areas, and become familiar with and satisfy itself as to the general, local, and Site
conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work;
C. become familiar with and satisfy itself as to all Laws and Regulations that may
affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work including but not limited to
American Iron and Steel requirements as mandated by Section 746 of Title VII of
the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2017 (Division A - Agriculture, Rural
Development, Food and Drug Administration, and Related Agencies Appropriations
Act, 2017) and subsequent statutes mandating domestic preference which apply to
the following products made primarily of iron or steel: lined or unlined pipes and
fittings, manhole covers and other municipal castings, hydrants, tanks, flanges, pipe
clamps and restraints, valves, structural steel, reinforced precast concrete, and
construction materials. The deminimis and minor components waiver apply to this
contract.;
D. carefully study all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or
adjacent to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
ITB-3 of 11

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
surface or subsurface structures at the Site that have been identified in the
Supplementary Conditions, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports
and drawings, and (2) reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental
Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site that have been identified in the
Supplementary Conditions, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports
and drawings;
E. consider the information known to Bidder itself; information commonly known to
contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations
obtained from visits to the Site; the Bidding Documents; and the Site-related reports
and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, with respect to the effect of such
information, observations, and documents on (1) the cost, progress, and
performance of the Work; (2) the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and
procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder; and (3) Bidder's safety
precautions and programs;
F. agree, based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding
paragraph, that at the time of submitting its Bid no further examinations,
investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the
determination of its Bid for performance of the Work at the price bid and within the
times required, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding
Documents.
G. become aware of the general nature of the work to be performed by Owner and
others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents;
H. promptly give Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or
discrepancies that Bidder discovers in the Bidding Documents and confirm that the
written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Bidder;
I. determine that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and
convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance and furnishing
of the Work; and
1. agree that the submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation
by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article, that
without exception the Bid and all prices in the Bid are premised upon performing
and furnishing the Work required by the Bidding Documents.
ARTICLE 6—PRE-BID CONFERENCE
6.01 A mandatory pre-Bid conference will be held at the time and location stated in the
invitation or advertisement to bid. Representatives of Owner and Engineer will be
present to discuss the Project. Bidders are encouraged to attend and participate in the
conference. Engineer will transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as
Engineer considers necessary in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral
statements may not be relied upon and will not be binding or legally effective.
ARTICLE 7—INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA
7.01 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted
to Engineer in writing. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer
in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered to all parties
recorded as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
ITB-4of11

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
seven days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only questions
answered by Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will
be without legal effect.
7.02 Addenda may be issued to clarify, correct, supplement, or change the Bidding
Documents.
ARTICLE 8-BID SECURITY
8.01 A Bid must be accompanied by Bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of
5% ] percent of Bidder's maximum Bid price (determined by adding the base bid
and all alternates) and in the form of a certified check, bank money order, or a Bid bond
(on the form included in the Bidding Documents) issued by a surety meeting the
requirements of Paragraphs 6.01 and 6.02 of the General Conditions.
8.02 The Bid security of the apparent Successful Bidder will be retained until Owner awards
the contract to such Bidder, and such Bidder has executed the Contract Documents,
furnished the required contract security, and met the other conditions of the Notice of
Award, whereupon the Bid security will be released. If the Successful Bidder fails to
execute and deliver the Contract Documents and furnish the required contract security
within 15 days after the Notice of Award, Owner may consider Bidder to be in default,
annul the Notice of Award, and the Bid security of that Bidder will be forfeited. Such
forfeiture shall be Owner's exclusive remedy if Bidder defaults.
8.03 The Bid security of other Bidders that Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of
receiving the award may be retained by Owner until the earlier of seven days after the
Effective Date of the Contract or 90 days after the Bid opening, whereupon Bid security
furnished by such Bidders will be released.
8.04 Bid security of other Bidders that Owner believes do not have a reasonable chance of
receiving the award will be released within seven days after the Bid opening.
ARTICLE 9-CONTRACT TIMES
9.01 The number of days within which, or the dates by which, the Work is to be substantially
completed and ready for final payment are set forth in the Agreement.
ARTICLE 10-LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
10.01 Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, for failure to timely attain a Milestone,
Substantial Completion, or completion of the Work in readiness for final payment, are set
forth in the Agreement.
ARTICLE 11-SUBSTITUTE AND "OR-EQUAL" ITEMS
11.01 The Contract for the Work, as awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment
specified or described in the Bidding Documents, and those "or-equal" or substitute or
materials and equipment subsequently approved by Engineer prior to the submittal of
Bids and identified by Addendum. No item of material or equipment will be considered by
Engineer as an "or-equal" or substitute unless written request for approval has been
submitted by Bidder and has been received by Engineer at least 15 days prior to the
date for receipt of Bids. Each such request shall comply with the requirements of
Paragraphs 7.04 and 7.05 of the General Conditions. Each such request shall include
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
ITB-5 of 11

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Manufacturer's Certification letter for compliance with Section 746 of Title VII of the
Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2017 (Division A - Agriculture, Rural
Development, Food and Drug Administration, and Related Agencies Appropriations
Act, 2017) and subsequent statutes mandating domestic preference, if applicable.
Refer to Manufacturer's Certification Letter provided in these Contract Documents.
The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed item is upon Bidder. Engineer's
decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed item will be final. If Engineer approves
any such proposed item, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum issued to all
prospective Bidders. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner.
11.02 All prices that Bidder sets forth in its Bid shall be based on the presumption that the
Contractor will furnish the materials and equipment specified or described in the Bidding
Documents, as supplemented by Addenda. Any assumptions regarding the possibility of
post-Bid approvals of"or-equal" or substitution requests are made at Bidder's sole risk.
11.03 If an award is made, Contractor shall be allowed to submit proposed substitutes and "or-
equals" in accordance with the General Conditions.
ARTICLE 12-SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS
12.01 A Bidder shall be prepared to retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other
F�1dand al titres � o the Work if required by p
rv,czrzrrS�-efancicv v"m^"�n-r^v� �rr� vl .-'.`^`^....7
Documents (most commonly in the Specifications) to do so. If a prospective Bidder
objects to retaining any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and
the concern is not relieved by an Addendum, then the prospective Bidder should refrain
Contractor to retain any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity against
12.03 The apparent Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall within five
days after Bid opening, submit to Owner a list of the Subcontractors or Suppliers
proposed for the following portions of the Work:
If requested by Owner, such list shall be accompanied by an experience statement with
pertinent information regarding similar projects and other evidence of qualification for
each such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. If Owner or Engineer,
after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor,
Supplier, individual, or entity, Owner may, before the Notice of Award is given, request
apparent Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute, in which case apparent
Successful Bidder shall submit a substitute, Bidder's Bid price will be increased (or
decreased) by the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution, and Owner may
consider such price adjustment in evaluating Bids and making the Contract award.
12.04 If apparent Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, Owner may award
the Contract to the next lowest Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors,
Suppliers, or other individuals or entities. Declining to make requested substitutions will
constitute grounds for forfeiture of the Bid security of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor,
Supplier, individual, or entity so listed and against which Owner or Engineer makes no
written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to
Owner and Engineer subject to subsequent revocation of such acceptance as provided
in Paragraph 7.06 of the General Conditions.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
ITB-6 of 11

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
12.05 Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or
entity against whom Contractor has a reasonable objection.
12.06 The Contractor shall not award work to Subcontractor(s) in excess of the limits stated in
SC 7.06A.
ARTICLE 13-PREPARATION OF BID
13.01 The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents.
A. All blanks on the Bid Form shall be completed in ink and the Bid Form signed in ink.
Erasures or alterations shall be initialed in ink by the person signing the Bid Form. A
Bid price shall be indicated for each section, Bid item, alternate, adjustment unit
price item, and unit price item listed therein.
B. If the Bid Form expressly indicates that submitting pricing on a specific alternate
item is optional, and Bidder elects to not furnish pricing for such optional alternate
item, then Bidder may enter the words "No Bid" or"Not Applicable."
C. Bidder shall pay special attention to Item 5.01 of the Bid Form.
13.02 A Bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name by a corporate officer
(whose title must appear under the signature), accompanied by evidence of authority to
sign. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown.
13.03 A Bid by a limited liability company shall be executed in the name of the firm by a
member or other authorized person and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign.
The state of formation of the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown.
13.04 A Bid by an individual shall show the Bidder's name and official address.
13.05 A Bid by a joint venture shall be executed by an authorized representative of each joint
venturer in the manner indicated on the Bid Form. The official address of the joint
venture shall be shown.
13.06 All names shall be printed in ink below the signatures.
13.07 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of
which shall be filled in on the Bid Form.
13.08 Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the
Bid shall be shown.
13.09 The Bid shall contain evidence of Bidder's authority and qualification to do business in
the state where the Project is located, or Bidder shall covenant in writing to obtain such
authority and qualification prior to award of the Contract and attach such covenant to the
Bid. Bidder's state contractor license number, if any, shall also be shown on the Bid
Form.
ARTICLE 14-BASIS OF BID
14.01 Lump Sum
A. Bidders shall submit a Bid on a lump sum basis as set forth in the Bid Form.
er
14v1 Base Bid with Alternates
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
ITB-7of11

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
A. Bidders shall submit a Rid a l mp su p ice-basis fer the base lilid--and
include a separate price for each alternate described in the Bidding Documents and
as provided for in the Bid Form. The price for each alternate will be the amount
added to or deleted from the base Bid if Owner selects the alternate.
Q In the comparison of Ride alternates will he applied in the o e order ^f priority as am
listed in the Bid Form.
14.02 Unit Price
A. Bidders shall submit a Bid on a unit price basis for each item of Work listed in the
unit price section of the Bid Form.
B. The "Bid Price" (sometimes referred to as the extended price) for each unit price Bid
item will be the product of the "Estimated Quantity" (which Owner or its
representative has set forth in the Bid Form) for the item and the corresponding "Bid
Unit Price" offered by the Bidder. The total of all unit price Bid items will be the sum
of these "Bid Prices"; such total will be used by Owner for Bid comparison purposes.
The final quantities and Contract Price will be determined in accordance with
Paragraph 13.03 of the General Conditions.
C. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be
resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any
column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct
sum.
14.03 Allowances
A. For cash allowances the Bid price shall include such amounts as the Bidder deems
proper for Contractor's overhead, costs, profit, and other expenses on account of
cash allowances, if any, named in the Contract Documents, in accordance with
Paragraph 13.02.E of the General Conditions.
ARTICLE 15-SUBMITTAL OF BID
15.01 With each copy of the Bidding Documents, a Bidder is furnished one separate unbound
copy of the Bid Form, and, if required, the Bid Bond Form. The unbound copy of the Bid
Form is to be completed and submitted with the Bid security and the other documents
required to be submitted under the terms of Article 7 of the Bid Form.
15.02 A Bid shall be received no later than the date and time prescribed and at the place
indicated in the advertisement or invitation to bid and shall be enclosed in a plainly
marked package with the Project title, the name and address of Bidder, and shall be
accompanied by the Bid security and other required documents. If a Bid is sent by mail
or other delivery system, the sealed envelope containing the Bid shall be enclosed in a
separate package plainly marked on the outside with the notation "BID ENCLOSED." A
mailed (FedEx/UPS) Bid shall be addressed to:
Tim Collins
Department of Public Works
PO Box 326, Boonville, NC 27011.
15.03 Bids received after the date and time prescribed for the opening of bids, or not submitted
at the correct location or in the designated manner, will not be accepted and will be
returned to the Bidder unopened.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
ITB-8 of 11

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ARTICLE 16-MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID
16.01 A Bid may be withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed in the same manner
that a Bid must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted
prior to the date and time for the opening of Bids. Upon receipt of such notice, the
unopened Bid will be returned to the Bidder.
16.02 If a Bidder wishes to modify its Bid prior to Bid opening, Bidder must withdraw its initial
Bid in the manner specified in Paragraph 16.01 and submit a new Bid prior to the date
and time for the opening of Bids.
16.03 If within 24 hours after Bids are opened any Bidder files a duly signed written notice with
Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner
that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid, that Bidder
may withdraw its Bid, and the Bid security will be returned. Thereafter, if the Work is
rebid, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Work.
ARTICLE 17-OPENING OF BIDS
17.01 Bids will be opened at the time and place indicated in the advertisement or invitation to
bid and, unless obviously non-responsive, read aloud publicly. An abstract of the
amounts of the base Bids and major alternates, if any, will be made available to Bidders
after the opening of Bids.
Of
1��1 Bides will be o o ed p ,ately
ARTICLE 18-BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE
18.01 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the period of time stated in the Bid Form,
but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid security prior to
the end of this period.
ARTICLE 19—EVALUATION OF BIDS AND AWARD OF CONTRACT
19.01 Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation,
nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced, or conditional Bids. Owner will reject the
Bid of any Bidder that Owner finds, after reasonable inquiry and evaluation, to not be
responsible. If Bidder purports to add terms or conditions to its Bid, takes exception to
any provision of the Bidding Documents, or attempts to alter the contents of the Contract
Documents for purposes of the Bid, then the Owner will reject the Bid as nonresponsive;
provided that Owner also reserves the right to waive all minor informalities not involving
price, time, or changes in the Work.
19.02 If Owner awards the contract for the Work, such award shall be to the responsible Bidder
submitting the lowest responsive Bid.
19.03 Evaluation of Bids
A. In evaluating Bids, Owner will consider whether or not the Bids comply with the
prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices, and other data, as may
be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
ITB-9 of 11

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
B. In the comparison of Bids, alternates will be applied in the same order of priority as
listed in the Bid Form Te determine the-Bid-prices oses of risen
Oo.ner shall announce to all bidders a "Base Bid-plus alternates" " ,dge� aft
will be accepted, following the order of priority established in the Bid Form, until
doing so would cause the budget to be exceeded. After determination of the
Successful Bidder based on this comparative process and on the responsiveness,
responsibility, and other factors set forth in these Instructions, the award may be
made to said Successful Bidder on its base Bid and any combination of its additive
alternate Bids for which Owner determines funds will be available at the time of
award.
19.04 In evaluating whether a Bidder is responsible, Owner will consider the qualifications of
the Bidder and may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors and
Suppliers proposed for those portions of the Work for which the identity of
Subcontractors and Suppliers must be submitted as provided in the Bidding Documents.
19.05 Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to establish the
responsibility, qualifications, and financial ability of Bidders and any proposed
Subcontractors or Suppliers.
ARTICLE 20-BONDS AND INSURANCE
20.01 Article 6 of the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary
Conditions, sets forth Owner's requirements as to performance and payment bonds and
insurance. When the Successful Bidder delivers the Agreement (executed by Successful
Bidder) to Owner, it shall be accompanied by required bonds and insurance
documentation.
ARTICLE 21-SIGNING OF AGREEMENT
21.01 When Owner issues a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it shall be accompanied
by the unexecuted counterparts of the Agreement along with the other Contract
Documents as identified in the Agreement. Within 15 days thereafter, Successful Bidder
shall execute and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement (and
any bonds and insurance documentation required to be delivered by the Contract
Documents) to Owner. Within ten days thereafter, Owner shall deliver one fully executed
counterpart of the Agreement to Successful Bidder, together with printed and electronic
copies of the Contract Documents as stated in Paragraph 2.02 of the General
Conditions.
ARTICLE 22-SALES AND USE TAXES
22.01 OWNER is not exempt from North Carolina State sales and use taxes on materials and
equipment to be incorporated in the Work. Said taxes shall be included in the Contract
Price. Contractor shall submit documentation indicating County, vendor, and amount of
NC taxes Paid.
ARTICLE 23-CONTRACTS TO BE ASSIGNED
Not Used
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
ITB- 10of11

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ARTICLE 24-FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS
24.01 Federal requirements at Article 19 of the Supplementary Conditions apply to this
Contract.
24.02 Section 746 of Title VII of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2017 (Division A -
Agriculture, Rural Development, Food and Drug Administration, and Related Agencies
Appropriations Act, 2017) and subsequent statutes mandating domestic preference
applies an American Iron and Steel requirement to this project. All iron and steel
products used in this project must be produced in the United States. The term "iron and
steel products" means the following products made primarily of iron or steel: lined or
unlined pipes and fittings, manhole covers and other municipal castings, hydrants, tanks,
flanges, pipe clamps and restraints, valves, structural steel, reinforced precast concrete,
and construction materials. The deminimis and minor components waiver [add project
specific waivers as applicable] apply to this contract.
END OF EJCDC C-200
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
ITB- 11of11

NCGS 133-3 Compliance
The intent of the equipment listed within these specifications is to comply with NCGS 133-
3 and to encourage free and open competition. The name of a certain brand, make
manufacture, or definite specification is to denote the quality standard, but does not
restrict or limit the specific brand, make manufacture, or specification names; the intent is
to set forth and convey to style, type, character, and quality of the article desired.
Wherever the words "or equal" appear in the specifications, they shall be interpreted to
mean an item of material or equipment similar and of equal quality to that named and
which is equally suited to the same use and capable of performing the same function as
that named. TRC Engineers, Inc. shall be the sole judge as to the acceptability of any
other equipment or material. Where the specifications list fewer than three names of
product or material, such products are the only products known to TRC Engineers, Inc.
that comply with the required style, type, character, appearance, and quality necessary,
although "or equal" substitutions will be evaluated if requested in writing.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better 1MNTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
NCGS 133-3 Compliance- 1 of 1

BID FORM
TOWN OF BOONVILLE—IMPROVEMENTS FOR BETTER WWTP EFFLUENT
ARTICLE 1—BID RECIPIENT
1.01 This Bid is submitted to:
Town of Boonville
110 Carolina Ave North(Street Address)
PO Box 326(Mailing Address)
Boonville, NC 27011
1.02 The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement
with Owner in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform all Work as specified or
indicated in the Bidding Documents for the prices and within the times indicated in this Bid and
in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents.
ARTICLE 2—BIDDER'S ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
2.01 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Instructions to Bidders, including without
limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid security. This Bid will remain subject to
acceptance for 90 days after the Bid opening, or for such longer period of time that Bidder may
agree to in writing upon request of Owner.
ARTICLE 3—BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS
3.01 In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents that:
A. Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Bidding Documents, and any data and
reference items identified in the Bidding Documents, and hereby acknowledges receipt of
the following Addenda:
Addendum No. Addendum, Date
B. Bidder has visited the Site, conducted a thorough, alert visual examination of the Site and
adjacent areas, and become familiar with and satisfied itself as to the general, local, and
Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work.
C. Bidder is familiar with and has satisfied itself as to all Laws and Regulations that may affect
cost, progress, and performance of the Work and including all American Iron and Steel
requirements.
D. Bidder has carefully studied all: reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions
at or adjacent to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface
or subsurface structures at the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary
Conditions, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings, if any, at
or adjacent to the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions,
especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings.
EJCDC®C-410,Bid Form for Construction Contracts.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1

E. Bidder has considered the information known to Bidder itself; information commonly
known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and
observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Bidding Documents; and any Site-related
reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, with respect to the effect of
such information, observations, and documents on (1) the cost, progress, and performance
of the Work; (2) the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of
construction to be employed by Bidder; and (3) Bidder's safety precautions and programs.
F. Bidder agrees, based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding
paragraph,that no further examinations, investigations, explorations,tests, studies,or data
are necessary for the determination of this Bid for performance of the Work at the price bid
and within the times required, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of
the Bidding Documents.
G. Bidder is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others at the
Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents.
H. Bidder has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or
discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents, and confirms that the
written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Bidder.
I. The Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all
terms and conditions for the performance and furnishing of the Work.
J. The submission of this Bid constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that
Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article, and that without exception the
Bid and all prices in the Bid are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work
required by the Bidding Documents.
ARTICLE 4—BIDDER'S CERTIFICATION
4.01 Bidder certifies that:
A. This Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed
individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive agreement or
rules of any group,association,organization,or corporation;
B. Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false
or sham Bid;
C. Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding; and
D. Bidder has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing
for the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph 4.01.D:
1. "corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing of
value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process;
2. "fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to
influence the bidding process to the detriment of Owner, (b) to establish bid prices at
artificial non-competitive levels, or (c) to deprive Owner of the benefits of free and
open competition;
3. "collusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders,
with or without the knowledge of Owner, a purpose of which is to establish bid prices
at artificial, non-competitive levels; and
EJCDC®C-410,Bid Form for Construction Contracts.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 2

4. "coercive practice" means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly,
persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or
affect the e execution of the Contract.
ARTICLE 5—BASIS OF BID
5.01 Bidder must bid ALL Divisions.
5.02 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following
price(s):
Item Quantity Unit Unit Rate Subtotal
Mobilization/Temporary Controls 1 LS
Erosion and Sediment Control 1 LS
Relocation of the existing UV System 1 LS
Demolition and disposal 1 LS
EQ Basin,slab, piping and 2 blowers 1 LS
Digester, slab, piping and 2 blowers 1 LS
Tertiary Filters 1 LS
Pre-Engineered Metal Building with concrete
slab 1 LS
VFD pump station MH-4 1 LS
Pump station MH-1 1 LS
Pump Station MH-2 1 LS
Pump Station MH-3 1 LS
Bypass pumping 1 LS
Magnetic Flow Meter 1 LS
Allowance for dewatering dumpster 2 LS $7,500
Auto Sampler 1 LS
Miscellaneous (all other work shown) 1 LS
The above prices should reflect incorporation of equipment used as a basis of design and currently
permitted for installation on this project. All specified cash allowances are included in price(s) set forth
above, and have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 13.02 of the General Conditions.
EJCDC®C-410,Bid Form for Construction Contracts.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 3

Total of All Unit Prices $
(use words)
ARTICLE 6—TIME OF COMPLETION
6.01 Bidder agrees that the Work will be substantially complete and will be completed and ready for
final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions on or before the
dates or within the number of calendar days indicated in the Agreement that should not exceed
9 months for the substantial completion of the project and 30 additional days for final
completion.
6.02 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages.
ARTICLE 7—ATTACHMENTS TO THIS BID
7.01 The following documents are submitted with and made a condition of this Bid:
A. Required Bid security;
B. List of Proposed Subcontractors;
C. List of Proposed Suppliers;
D. List of Project References;
E. Evidence of authority to do business in the state of the Project; or a written covenant to
obtain such license within the time for acceptance of Bids;
F. Contractor's License No.: [or] Evidence of Bidder's ability to obtain a State
Contractor's License and a covenant by Bidder to obtain said license within the time for
acceptance of Bids;
G. Required Bidder Qualification Statement with supporting data;
H.
I. If-Bid -0 rutnrl—e ..et,J- $2_5,000, _igncd Ccrtificatc Regarding Dcbarmcnt, Suspension,
Ineligibility arid vulurildry Exdusiurr—Luwer Tier Cuvered TrdrlsdLliuns(AD-1048)
J. tf Bid dIIIUUIII cALeedb$100,000, siglleJ RD Instruction 1940-Q, CXhibil A 1, CrI Lifi�dliUI I fUI
Contracts, Grants, and Loans.
K. Manufacturers' Certification letter of compliance with Scction 746 of Titic VII of the
Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2017 (Division A-Agriculture, Rural Development, Food
and Drug Administration, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2017) and subscqucnt
for American Iron and Steel products as providcd in thcsc Contract Documents.
EJCDC®C-410,Bid Form for Construction Contracts.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 4

ARTICLE 8—DEFINED TERMS
8.01 The terms used in this Bid with initial capital letters have the meanings stated in the Instructions
to Bidders,the General Conditions, and the Supplementary Conditions.
ARTICLE 9—BID SUBMITTAL
BIDDER: [Indicate correct name of bidding entity]
By:
[Signature]
[Printed name]
(If Bidder is a corporation, a limited liability company, a partnership, or a joint venture, attach
evidence of authority to sign.)
Attest:
[Signature]
[Printed name]
Title:
Submittal Date:
Address for giving notices:
Telephone Number:
Fax Number:
Contact Name and e-mail address:
Bidder's License No.:
(where applicable)
EJCDC®C-410,Bid Form for Construction Contracts.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 5

CI)('= PENAL SUM FORM
BID BOND
Any singular reference to Bidder,Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable.
BIDDER (Name and Address):
SURETY(Name, and Address of Principal Place of Business):
OWNER (Name and Address):
BID
Bid Due Date:
Description (Project Name— Include Location):
BOND
Bond Number:
Date:
Penal sum $
(Words) (Figures)
Surety and Bidder, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause
this Bid Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative.
BIDDER SURETY
(Seal) (Seal)
Bidder's Name and Corporate Seal Surety's Name and Corporate Seal
By: By:
Signature Signature (Attach Power of Attorney)
Print Name Print Name
Title Title
Attest: Attest:
Signature Signature
Title Title
Note:Addresses are to be used for giving any required notice.
Provide execution by any additional parties, such as joint venturers, if necessary.
EJCDC®C-430,Bid Bond(Penal Sum Form).Published 2013.
Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee.
Page 1 of 2

PENAL SUM FORM
1. Bidder and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and
assigns to pay to Owner upon default of Bidder the penal sum set forth on the face of this Bond. Payment of the
penal sum is the extent of Bidder's and Surety's liability. Recovery of such penal sum under the terms of this Bond
shall be Owner's sole and exclusive remedy upon default of Bidder.
2. Default of Bidder shall occur upon the failure of Bidder to deliver within the time required by the Bidding
Documents(or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Owner)the executed Agreement required by the Bidding
Documents and any performance and payment bonds required by the Bidding Documents.
3. This obligation shall be null and void if:
3.1 Owner accepts Bidder's Bid and Bidder delivers within the time required by the Bidding Documents (or any
extension thereof agreed to in writing by Owner) the executed Agreement required by the Bidding
Documents and any performance and payment bonds required by the Bidding Documents,or
3.2 All Bids are rejected by Owner,or
3.3 Owner fails to issue a Notice of Award to Bidder within the time specified in the Bidding Documents (or any
extension thereof agreed to in writing by Bidder and, if applicable, consented to by Surety when required
by Paragraph 5 hereof).
4. Payment under this Bond will be due and payable upon default of Bidder and within 30 calendar days after
receipt by Bidder and Surety of written notice of default from Owner, which notice will be given with reasonable
promptness, identifying this Bond and the Project and including a statement of the amount due.
5. Surety waives notice of any and all defenses based on or arising out of any time extension to issue Notice of
Award agreed to in writing by Owner and Bidder, provided that the total time for issuing Notice of Award including
extensions shall not in the aggregate exceed 120 days from the Bid due date without Surety's written consent.
6. No suit or action shall be commenced under this Bond prior to 30 calendar days after the notice of default
required in Paragraph 4 above is received by Bidder and Surety and in no case later than one year after the Bid due
date.
7. Any suit or action under this Bond shall be commenced only in a court of competent jurisdiction located in the
state in which the Project is located.
8. Notices required hereunder shall be in writing and sent to Bidder and Surety at their respective addresses shown
on the face of this Bond. Such notices may be sent by personal delivery, commercial courier, or by United States
Registered or Certified Mail, return receipt requested, postage pre-paid, and shall be deemed to be effective upon
receipt by the party concerned.
9. Surety shall cause to be attached to this Bond a current and effective Power of Attorney evidencing the authority
of the officer, agent, or representative who executed this Bond on behalf of Surety to execute, seal, and deliver such
Bond and bind the Surety thereby.
10. This Bond is intended to conform to all applicable statutory requirements. Any applicable requirement of any
applicable statute that has been omitted from this Bond shall be deemed to be included herein as if set forth at
length. If any provision of this Bond conflicts with any applicable statute, then the provision of said statute shall
govern and the remainder of this Bond that is not in conflict therewith shall continue in full force and effect.
11. The term "Bid" as used herein includes a Bid,offer, or proposal as applicable.
EJCDC®C-430,Bid Bond(Penal Sum Form).Published 2013.
Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee.
Page 2 of 2

QUALIFICATIONS STATEMENT
THE INFORMATION SUPPLIED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS CONFIDENTIAL TO THE EXTENT
PERMITTED BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS
1. SUBMITTED BY:
Official Name of Firm:
Address:
2. SUBMITTED TO:
3. SUBMITTED FOR:
Owner: Town Of Boonville
Project Name: Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent
TYPE OF WORK: Rehabilitation and Replacement
4. CONTRACTOR'S CONTACT INFORMATION
Contact Person:
Title:
Phone:
Email:
EJCDC C-451,Qualifications Statement.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers.All rights reserved.
Page 1 of 7

5. AFFILIATED COMPANIES:
Name:
Address:
6. TYPE OF ORGANIZATION:
n SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP
Name of Owner:
Doing Business As:
Date of Organization:
n PARTNERSHIP
Date of Organization:
Type of Partnership:
Name of General Partner(s):
n CORPORATION
State of Organization:
Date of Organization:
Executive Officers:
- President:
-Vice President(s):
-Treasurer:
-Secretary:
EJCDC C-451,Qualifications Statement.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers.All rights reserved.
Page 2 of 7

❑ LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
State of Organization:
Date of Organization:
Members:
n JOINT VENTURE
Sate of Organization:
Date of Organization:
Form of Organization:
Joint Venture Managing Partner
- Name:
-Address:
Joint Venture Managing Partner
- Name:
-Address:
Joint Venture Managing Partner
- Name:
-Address:
EJCDC C-451,Qualifications Statement.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers.All rights reserved.
Page 3 of 7

7. LICENSING
Jurisdiction:
Type of License:
License Number:
Jurisdiction:
Type of License:
License Number:
8. CERTIFICATIONS CERTIFIED BY:
Disadvantage Business Enterprise:
Minority Business Enterprise:
Woman Owned Enterprise:
Small Business Enterprise:
Other( ):
9. BONDING INFORMATION
Bonding Company:
Address:
Bonding Agent:
Address:
Contact Name:
Phone:
Aggregate Bonding Capacity:
Available Bonding Capacity as of date of this submittal:
EJCDC.C-451,Qualifications Statement.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers.All rights reserved.
Page 4 of 7

10. CONSTRUCTION EXPERIENCE:
Current Experience:
List on Schedule A all uncompleted projects currently under contract (If Joint Venture list
each participant's projects separately).
Previous Experience:
List on Schedule B all projects completed within the last 5 Years (If Joint Venture list each
participant's projects separately).
Has firm listed in Section 1 ever failed to complete a construction contract awarded to it?
nYES ❑ NO
If YES, attach as an Attachment details including Project Owner's contact information.
Has any Corporate Officer, Partner,Joint Venture participant or Proprietor ever failed to
complete a construction contract awarded to them in their name or when acting as a principal
of another entity?
n YES n NO
If YES, attach as an Attachment details including Project Owner's contact information.
Are there any judgments,claims, disputes or litigation pending or outstanding involving the firm
listed in Section 1 or any of its officers (or any of its partners if a partnership or any of the
individual entities if a joint venture)?
nYES ❑ NO
If YES, attach as an Attachment details including Project Owner's contact information.
11. SAFETY PROGRAM:
Name of Contractor's Safety Officer:
Include the following as attachments:
Provide as an Attachment Contractor's (and Contractor's proposed Subcontractors and
Suppliers furnishing or performing Work having a value in excess of 10 percent of the total
amount of the Bid) OSHA No. 500- Log&Summary of Occupational Injuries& Illnesses for
the past 5 years.
Provide as an Attachment Contractor's (and Contractor's proposed Subcontractors and
Suppliers furnishing or performing Work having a value in excess of 10 percent of the total
EJCDC C-451,Qualifications Statement.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers.All rights reserved.
Page 5 of 7

amount of the Bid) list of all OSHA Citations & Notifications of Penalty(monetary or other)
received within the last 5 years (indicate disposition as applicable)- IF NONE SO STATE.
Provide as an Attachment Contractor's (and Contractor's proposed Subcontractors and
Suppliers furnishing or performing Work having a value in excess of 10 percent of the total
amount of the Bid) list of all safety citations or violations under any state all received within
the last 5 years (indicate disposition as applicable) - IF NONE SO STATE.
Provide the following for the firm listed in Section V(and for each proposed Subcontractor
furnishing or performing Work having a value in excess of 10 percent of the total amount of
the Bid)the following(attach additional sheets as necessary):
Workers' compensation Experience Modification Rate (EMR)for the last 5 years:
YEAR EMR
YEAR EMR
YEAR EMR
YEAR EMR
YEAR EMR
Total Recordable Frequency Rate (TRFR)for the last 5 years:
YEAR TRFR
YEAR TRFR
YEAR TRFR
YEAR TRFR
YEAR TRFR
EJCDC C-451,Qualifications Statement.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers.All rights reserved.
Page 6 of 7

I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THE INFORMATION SUBMITTED HEREWITH, INCLUDING ANY ATTACHMENTS, IS
TRUE TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF.
NAME OF ORGANIZATION:
BY:
TITLE:
DATED:
NOTARY ATTEST:
SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME
THIS DAY OF , 20
NOTARY PUBLIC-STATE OF
MY COMMISSION EXPIRES:
REQUIRED ATTACHMENTS
1. Schedule A (Current Experience).
2. Schedule B (Previous Experience).
3. Evidence of authority for individuals listed in Section 7 to bind organization to an agreement.
4. Resumes of officers and key individuals (including Safety Officer) of firm named in Section 1.
5. Required safety program submittals listed in Section 13.
6. Additional items as pertinent.
EJCDC°C-451,Qualifications Statement.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers.All rights reserved.
Page 7 of 7

SCHEDULE A
CURRENT EXPERIENCE
Project Name Owner's Contact Person Design Engineer Contract Date Type of Work Status Cost of Work
Name: Name:
Address: Company:
Telephone: Telephone:
Name: Name:
Address: Company:
Telephone: Telephone:
Name: Name:
Address: Company:
Telephone: Telephone:
Name: Name:
Address: Company:
Telephone: Telephone:
Name: Name:
Address: Company:
Telephone: Telephone:
Name: Name:
Address: Company:
Telephone: Telephone:
Name: Name:
Address: Company:
Telephone: Telephone:
E1CDC.C-451,Qualifications Statement.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers.All rights reserved.
pope 1 of 4

SCHEDULE B
PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE(Include ALL Projects Completed within last 5 years)
Project Name Owner's Contact Person Design Engineer Contract Date Type of Work Status Cost of Work
Name: Name:
Address: Company:
Telephone: Telephone:
Name: Name:
Address: Company:
Telephone: Telephone:
Name: Name:
Address: Company:
Telephone: Telephone:
Name: Name:
Address: Company:
Telephone: Telephone:
Name: Name:
Address: Company:
Telephone: Telephone:
Name: Name:
Address: Company:
Telephone: Telephone:
Name: Name:
Address: Company:
Telephone: Telephone:
EJCDC'C-451,Qualifications Statement.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers.All rights reserved.
Page 2 of 4

SCHEDULE B
PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE(Include ALL Projects Completed within last 5 years)
Project Name Owner's Contact Person Design Engineer Contract Date Type of Work Status Cost of Work
Name: Name:
Address: Company:
Telephone: Telephone:
Name: Name:
Address: Company:
Telephone: Telephone:
Name: Name:
Address: Company:
Telephone: Telephone:
Name: Name:
Address: Company:
Telephone: Telephone:
Name: Name:
Address: Company:
Telephone: Telephone:
Name: Name:
Address: Company:
Telephone: Telephone:
Name: Name:
Address: Company:
Telephone: Telephone:
EJCDC'C-451,Qualifications Statement.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers.All rights reserved.
Page 3 of 4

SCHEDULE C- LIST OF MAJOR EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE
ITEM PURCHASE DATE CONDITION ACQUIRED VALUE
EJCDC'C-451,Qualifications Statement.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers.All rights reserved.
Page 4 of 4

EJCI)C
NOTICE OF AWARD
Date of Issuance:
Owner: Owner's Contract No.:
Engineer: Engineer's Project No.:
Project: Contract Name:
Bidder:
Bidder's Address:
TO BIDDER:
You are notified that Owner has accepted your Bid dated [ ] for the
above Contract, and that you are the Successful Bidder and are awarded a Contract for:
[describe Work, alternates, or sections of Work awarded]
The Contract Price of the awarded Contract is: $ [note if subject to unit prices, or cost-plus]
[ ] unexecuted counterparts of the Agreement accompany this Notice of Award, and one copy of the
Contract Documents accompanies this Notice of Award, or has been transmitted or made available to
Bidder electronically. [revise if multiple copies accompany the Notice of Award]
ri a set of the Drawings will be delivered separately from the other Contract Documents.
You must comply with the following conditions precedent within 15 days of the date of receipt of this Notice
of Award:
1. Deliver to Owner[ ]counterparts of the Agreement,fully executed by Bidder.
2. Deliver with the executed Agreement(s)the Contract security[e.g., performance and payment bonds]
and insurance documentation as specified in the Instructions to Bidders and General Conditions,
Articles 2 and 6.
3. Other conditions precedent(if any):
Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle Owner to consider you in default,
annul this Notice of Award,and declare your Bid security forfeited.
Within ten days after you comply with the above conditions, Owner will return to you one fully executed
counterpart of the Agreement,together with any additional copies of the Contract Documents as indicated in
Paragraph 2.02 of the General Conditions.
Owner: Contractor:
Authorized Signature Authorized Signature
By: By:
Title: Title:
Copy: Engineer Copy: Engineer
EJCDC°C-510,Notice of Award.
Prepared and published 2013 by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee.
Page 1 of 1

AGREEMENT
BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR
FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT (STIPULATED PRICE)
THIS AGREEMENT is by and between Town of Boonville ("Owner") and
("Contractor").
Owner and Contractor hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1—WORK
1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The
Work is generally described as follows: Town of Boonville Improvements For Better WWTP
Effluent
ARTICLE 2—THE PROJECT
The Project,of which the Work under the Contract Documents is a part, is generally described as
follows:
2.01 The work includes demolition of the old Parshall Flume that is going to be replace with a
Magnetic Flow Meter. Addition of a new Equalization Basin and Digester, New Tertiary Filters,
four(4) Pump Stations. A New PEMB with HVAC, dewatering dumpster(s), UV system relocation,
and all other work as shown on the construction drawings. All piping, electrical components,
brackets, braces and appurtenances are to be included in the original scope of work so that the
final product is functional and permittable according to the issued ATC for this work.
ARTICLE 3—ENGINEER
3.01 The Project has been designed by TRC Companies, 114 Edinburgh South Drive, Suite 200, Cary,
NC 27511
3.02 The Owner has retained TRC Companies ("Engineer") to act as Owner's representative, assume
all duties and responsibilities, and have the rights and authority assigned to Engineer in the
Contract Documents in connection with the completion of the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 4—CONTRACT TIMES
4.01 Time of the Essence
A. All time limits for Milestones, if any, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness
for final payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract.
4.02 Contract Times:Days
A. The Work will be substantially completed within 270 days after the date when the Contract
Times commence to run as provided in Paragraph 4.01 of the General Conditions, and
completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General
Conditions within 280 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run.
EJCDC®C-520,Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract(Stipulated Price).
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 7

4.03 Liquidated Damages
A. Contractor and Owner recognize that time is of the essence as stated in Paragraph 4.01
above and that Owner will suffer financial and other losses if the Work is not completed
and Milestones not achieved within the times specified in Paragraph 4.02 above, plus any
extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the Contract. The parties also recognize the
delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the
actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of
requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay
(but not as a penalty):
1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner $500 for each day that expires
after the time (as duly adjusted pursuant to the Contract) specified in Paragraph
4.02.A above for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete.
2. Completion of Remaining Work: After Substantial Completion, if Contractor shall
neglect, refuse, or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time (as
duly adjusted pursuant to the Contract) for completion and readiness for final
payment, Contractor shall pay Owner $500 for each day that expires after such time
until the Work is completed and ready for final payment.
3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and final
completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently.
4.04 [Deleted]
ARTICLE 5—CONTRACT PRICE
5.01 Owner shall pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents the amounts that follow, subject to adjustment under the Contract:
A. For all Work, at the prices stated in Contractor's Bid, attached hereto as an exhibit.
ARTICLE 6—PAYMENT PROCEDURES
6.01 Submittal and Processing of Payments
A. Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 15 of the
General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by Engineer as provided in
the General Conditions.
6.02 Progress Payments;Retainage
A. Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of
Contractor's Applications for Payment on or about the 15 day of each month during
performance of the Work as provided in Paragraph 6.02.A.1 below, provided that such
Applications for Payment have been submitted in a timely manner and otherwise meet the
requirements of the Contract. All such payments will be measured by the Schedule of
Values established as provided in the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price
Work based on the number of units completed) or, in the event there is no Schedule of
Values, as provided elsewhere in the Contract.
1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal
to the percentage indicated below but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments
previously made and less such amounts as Owner may withhold, including but not
limited to liquidated damages, in accordance with the Contract
EJCDC®C-520,Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract(Stipulated Price).
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 7

a. 95 percent of Work completed (with the balance being retainage); If the Work has
been 50 percent completed as determined by Engineer, and if the character and
of t c Work have been satisfactoryto Owner and Engineer, then as long
h g
progress
rh ha actor anal n of thy, Work satisfactor., to Owner and
Engineer,there will be no additional retainagc; and
b. 95 percent of cost of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work(with
the balance being retainage).
B. Upon Substantial Completion of the entire construction to be provided under the Contract
Documents, Owner shall pay an amount sufficient to increase total payments to Contractor
to 100 percent of the Work completed, less such amounts set off by Owner pursuant to
Paragraph 15.01.E of the General Conditions, and less 200 percent of Engineer's estimate of
the value of Work to be completed or corrected as shown on the punch list of items to be
completed or corrected prior to final payment.
6.03 Final Payment
A. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of
the General Conditions, Owner shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as
recommended by Engineer as provided in said Paragraph 15.06.
ARTICLE 7—INTEREST
7.01 All amounts not paid when due shall bear interest at the rate of 0 percent per annum.
ARTICLE 8—CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS
8.01 In order to induce Owner to enter into this Contract, Contractor makes the following
representations:
A. Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents, and any data and
reference items identified in the Contract Documents.
B. Contractor has visited the Site, conducted a thorough, alert visual examination of the Site
and adjacent areas, and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and
Site conditions that may affect cost, progress,and performance of the Work.
C. Contractor is familiar with and is satisfied as to all Laws and Regulations that may affect
cost, progress, and performance of the Work.
D. Contractor has carefully studied all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface
conditions at or adjacent to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to
existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site that have been identified in the
Supplementary Conditions, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and
drawings.
E. Contractor has considered the information known to Contractor itself; information
commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and
observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Contract Documents; and the Site-related
reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, with respect to the effect of
such information, observations, and documents on (1) the cost, progress, and performance
of the Work; (2) the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of
construction to be employed by Contractor; and (3) Contractor's safety precautions and
programs.
EJCDC®C-520,Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract(Stipulated Price).
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 7

F. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraph,
Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies,
or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the
Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract.
G. Contractor is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others at
the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents.
H. Contractor has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or
discrepancies that Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written
resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Contractor.
I. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of
all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work.
J. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by
Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon
performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 9—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
9.01 Contents
A. The Contract Documents consist of the following:
1. This Agreement(pages 1 to 7, inclusive).
2. Performance bond (pages 1 to 3, inclusive).
3. Payment bond (pages 1 to 3, inclusive).
4. General Conditions(pages 1 to 70, inclusive).
5. Supplementary Conditions(pages 1 to 27, inclusive).
6. Specifications as listed in the table of contents of the Project Manual.
7. Drawings listed below and dated with the general title of
Wastewater treatment Plant Rehabilitation, Sheets G-1 to G-2, C-1 to C-6, and D-1 to
D-3.
8. Exhibits to this Agreement(enumerated as follows):
a. Contractor's Bid (pages to J inclusive).
9. The following which may be delivered or issued on or after the Effective Date of the
Contract and are not attached hereto:
a. Notice to Proceed.
b. Work Change Directives.
c. Change Orders.
d. Field Orders.
B. The documents listed in Paragraph 9.01.A are attached to this Agreement (except as
expressly noted otherwise above).
C. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 9.
EJCDC®C-520,Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract(Stipulated Price).
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 4 of 7

D. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in
the General Conditions.
ARTICLE 10—MISCELLANEOUS
10.01 Terms
A. Terms used in this Agreement will have the meanings stated in the General Conditions and
the Supplementary Conditions.
10.02 Assignment of Contract
A. Unless expressly agreed to elsewhere in the Contract, no assignment by a party hereto of
any rights under or interests in the Contract will be binding on another party hereto
without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without
limitation, money that may become due and money that is due may not be assigned
without such consent(except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited
by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an
assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or
responsibility under the Contract Documents.
10.03 Successors and Assigns
A. Owner and Contractor each binds itself, its successors, assigns, and legal representatives to
the other party hereto, its successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all
covenants, agreements,and obligations contained in the Contract Documents.
10.04 Severability
A. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under
any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue
to be valid and binding upon Owner and Contractor, who agree that the Contract
Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid
and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the
stricken provision.
10.05 Contractor's Certifications
A. Contractor certifies that it has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive
practices in competing for or in executing the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph
10.05:
1. "corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing of
value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process or in the
Contract execution;
2. "fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to
influence the bidding process or the execution of the Contract to the detriment of
Owner, (b) to establish Bid or Contract prices at artificial non-competitive levels, or (c)
to deprive Owner of the benefits of free and open competition;
3. "collusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders,
with or without the knowledge of Owner, a purpose of which is to establish Bid prices
at artificial, non-competitive levels; and
EJCDC®C-520,Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract(Stipulated Price).
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 5 of 7

4. "coercive practice" means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly,
persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or
affect the execution of the Contract.
10.06 Other Provisions
A. Owner stipulates that if the General Conditions that are made a part of this Contract are
based on EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions for the Construction Contract,
published by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee®, and if Owner is the
party that has furnished said General Conditions, then Owner has plainly shown all
modifications to the standard wording of such published document to the Contractor,
through a process such as highlighting or "track changes" (redline/strikeout), or in the
Supplementary Conditions.
EJCDC®C-520,Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract(Stipulated Price).
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 6 of 7

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Owner and Contractor have signed this Agreement.
This Agreement will be effective on (which is the Effective Date of the Contract).
OWNER: CONTRACTOR:
By: By:
Title: Title:
(If Contractor is a corporation, a partnership, or a joint
venture, attach evidence of authority to sign.)
Attest: Attest:
Title: Title:
Address for giving notices: Address for giving notices:
License No.:
(where applicable)
(If Owner is a corporation,attach evidence of authority NOTE TO USER: Use in those states or other
to sign. If Owner is a public body, attach evidence of jurisdictions where applicable or required.
authority to sign and resolution or other documents
authorizing execution of this Agreement.)
EJCDC®C-520,Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract(Stipulated Price).
Copyright O 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 7 of 7

EJCDC
ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE PERFORMANCE BOND
CONTRACTOR(name and address): SURETY(name and address of principal place of business):
OWNER(name and address): Town of Boonville
110 Carolina Ave.North
Boonville,NC 27011
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
Effective Date of the Agreement:
Amount:
Description (name and location):
BOND
Bond Number:
Date(not earlier than the Effective Date of the Agreement of the Construction Contract):
Amount:
Modifications to this Bond Form: None n See Paragraph 16
Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby,subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause
this Performance Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer,agent, or representative.
CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY
(seal) (seal)
Contractor's Name and Corporate Seal Surety's Name and Corporate Seal
By: - — By:
Signature Signature(attach power of attorney)
Print Name Print Name
Title Title
Attest: Attest:
Signature Signature
Title Title
Notes:(1)Provide supplemental execution by any additional parties,such as joint venturers.(2)Any singular reference to
Contractor,Surety,Owner,or other party shall be considered plural where applicable.
EJCDC C-610,Performance Bond
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 1 of 3

1. The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed
themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the
assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the amount of
Contract,which is incorporated herein by reference. damages as described in Paragraph 7 in excess of the Balance of
the Contract Price incurred by the Owner as a result of the
2. If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract,the Surety Contractor Default;or
and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond, except
when applicable to participate in a conference as provided in 5.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for
Paragraph 3. completion, or obtain a new contractor, and with reasonable
promptness under the circumstances:
3. If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract,
the Surety's obligation under this Bond shall arise after: 5.4.1 After investigation, determine the amount for
which it may be liable to the Owner and, as soon as
3.1 The Owner first provides notice to the Contractor and practicable after the amount is determined, make payment
the Surety that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor to the Owner;or
Default. Such notice shall indicate whether the Owner is
requesting a conference among the Owner, Contractor, and 5.4.2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the
Surety to discuss the Contractor's performance. If the Owner Owner,citing the reasons for denial.
does not request a conference, the Surety may, within five (5)
business days after receipt of the Owner's notice,request such a 6. If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 5 with
conference. If the Surety timely requests a conference, the reasonable promptness,the Surety shall be deemed to be in default
Owner shall attend. Unless the Owner agrees otherwise, any on this Bond seven days after receipt of an additional written notice
conference requested under this Paragraph 3.1 shall be held from the Owner to the Surety demanding that the Surety perform its
within ten (10) business days of the Surety's receipt of the obligations under this Bond, and the Owner shall be entitled to
Owner's notice. If the Owner, the Contractor, and the Surety enforce any remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as
agree, the Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable time to provided in Paragraph 5.4,and the Owner refuses the payment or the
perform the Construction Contract, but such an agreement shall Surety has denied liability, in whole or in part,without further notice
not waive the Owner's right, if any, subsequently to declare a the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the
Contractor Default; Owner.
3.2 The Owner declares a Contractor Default, terminates 7. If the Surety elects to act under Paragraph 5.1, 5.2,or 5.3,then
the Construction Contract and notifies the Surety;and the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall not be greater
than those of the Contractor under the Construction Contract, and
3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the the responsibilities of the Owner to the Surety shall not be greater
Contract Price in accordance with the terms of the Construction than those of the Owner under the Construction Contract. Subject to
Contract to the Surety or to a contractor selected to perform the the commitment by the Owner to pay the Balance of the Contract
Construction Contract. Price,the Surety is obligated,without duplication for:
4. Failure on the part of the Owner to comply with the notice 7.1 the responsibilities of the Contractor for correction of
requirement in Paragraph 3.1 shall not constitute a failure to comply defective work and completion of the Construction Contract;
with a condition precedent to the Surety's obligations,or release the
Surety from its obligations, except to the extent the Surety 7.2 additional legal, design professional, and delay costs
demonstrates actual prejudice. resulting from the Contractor's Default, and resulting from the
actions or failure to act of the Surety under Paragraph 5;and
5. When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 3,the
Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take one of the 7.3 liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are
following actions: specified in the Construction Contract,actual damages caused by
delayed performance or non-performance of the Contractor.
5.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with the consent of the
Owner,to perform and complete the Construction Contract; 8. If the Surety elects to act under Paragraph 5.1, 5.3, or 5.4, the
Surety's liability is limited to the amount of this Bond.
5.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construction
Contract itself,through its agents or independent contractors; 9. The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for
obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction
5.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced
contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations. No right of
performance and completion of the Construction Contract, action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than
arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by the the Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and
Owner and a contractor selected with the Owners concurrence, assigns.
EJCDC®C-610,Performance Bond
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 2 of 3

10. The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including for damages to which the Contractor is entitled, reduced by all
changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of the
subcontracts,purchase orders,and other obligations. Contractor under the Construction Contract.
11. Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be 14.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the
instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page, including all
which the work or part of the work is located and shall be instituted Contract Documents and changes made to the agreement and
within two years after a declaration of Contractor Default or within the Contract Documents.
two years after the Contractor ceased working or within two years
after the Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this 14.3 Contractor Default: Failure of the Contractor, which
Bond, whichever occurs first. If the provisions of this paragraph are has not been remedied or waived, to perform or otherwise to
void or prohibited by law, the minimum periods of limitations comply with a material term of the Construction Contract.
available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be
applicable. 14.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has not
been remedied or waived, to pay the Contractor as required
12. Notice to the Surety, the Owner, or the Contractor shall be under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or
mailed or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their comply with the other material terms of the Construction
signature appears. Contract.
13. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory 14.5 Contract Documents:All the documents that comprise
or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was the agreement between the Owner and Contractor.
to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said
statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and 15. If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a contractor and
provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement subcontractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to
shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished,the intent be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be
is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a Contractor.
common law bond.
16. Modifications to this Bond are as follows:
14. Definitions
14.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount
payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction
Contract after all proper adjustments have been made including
allowance for the Contractor for any amounts received or to be
received by the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims
EJCDC®C-610,Performance Bond
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 3 of 3

EJCDC
ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE PAYMENT BOND
CONTRACTOR(name and address): SURETY(name and address of principal place of business):
OWNER: Town of Boonville
110 Carolina Ave.North
Boonville,NC 27011
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
Effective Date of the Agreement:
Amount:
Description (name and location):
BOND
Bond Number:
Date(not earlier than the Effective Date of the Agreement of the Construction Contract):
Amount:
Modifications to this Bond Form: n None n See Paragraph 18
Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby,subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause
this Payment Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent,or representative.
CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY
(seal) (seal)
Contractor's Name and Corporate Seal Surety's Name and Corporate Seal
By: By:
Signature Signature(attach power of attorney)
Print Name Print Name
Title Title
Attest: Attest:
Signature Signature
Title Title
Notes: (1)Provide supplemental execution by any additional parties,such as joint venturers.(2)Any singular reference
to Contractor,Surety,Owner,or other party shall be considered plural where applicable.
EJCDC®C-615,Payment Bond
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 1 of 3

6. If a notice of non-payment required by Paragraph 5.1.1 is
1. The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind given by the Owner to the Contractor,that is sufficient to
themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, satisfy a Claimant's obligation to furnish a written notice of
successors, and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor, non-payment under Paragraph 5.1.1.
materials, and equipment furnished for use in the
performance of the Construction Contract, which is 7. When a Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph
incorporated herein by reference,subject to the following 5.1 or 5.2, whichever is applicable, the Surety shall
terms. promptly and at the Surety's expense take the following
actions:
2. If the Contractor promptly makes payment of all sums due
to Claimants, and defends, indemnifies, and holds 7.1 Send an answer to the Claimant,with a copy to the
harmless the Owner from claims, demands, liens, or suits Owner, within sixty (60) days after receipt of the
by any person or entity seeking payment for labor, Claim,stating the amounts that are undisputed and
materials, or equipment furnished for use in the the basis for challenging any amounts that are
performance of the Construction Contract,then the Surety disputed;and
and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this
Bond. 7.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed
amounts.
3. If there is no Owner Default under the Construction
Contract, the Surety's obligation to the Owner under this 7.3 The Surety's failure to discharge its obligations
Bond shall arise after the Owner has promptly notified the under Paragraph 7.1 or 7.2 shall not be deemed to
Contractor and the Surety (at the address described in constitute a waiver of defenses the Surety or
Paragraph 13) of claims, demands, liens, or suits against Contractor may have or acquire as to a Claim,
the Owner or the Owner's property by any person or except as to undisputed amounts for which the
entity seeking payment for labor, materials, or equipment Surety and Claimant have reached agreement. If,
furnished for use in the performance of the Construction however, the Surety fails to discharge its
Contract, and tendered defense of such claims, demands, obligations under Paragraph 7.1 or 7.2,the Surety
liens,or suits to the Contractor and the Surety. shall indemnify the Claimant for the reasonable
attorney's fees the Claimant incurs thereafter to
4. When the Owner has satisfied the conditions in Paragraph recover any sums found to be due and owing to
3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense the Claimant.
defend,indemnify,and hold harmless the Owner against a
duly tendered claim,demand,lien,or suit. 8. The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount
of this Bond, plus the amount of reasonable attorney's
5. The Surety's obligations to a Claimant under this Bond fees provided under Paragraph 7.3,and the amount of this
shall arise after the following: Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good
faith by the Surety.
5.1 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with
the Contractor, 9. Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the
Construction Contract shall be used for the performance
5.1.1 have furnished a written notice of non- of the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims, if any,
payment to the Contractor, stating with under any construction performance bond. By the
substantial accuracy the amount claimed Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond,
and the name of the party to whom the they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor in the
materials were, or equipment was, performance of the Construction Contract are dedicated
furnished or supplied or for whom the to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and Surety under
labor was done or performed, within this Bond,subject to the Owner's priority to use the funds
ninety (90) days after having last for the completion of the work.
performed labor or last furnished
materials or equipment included in the 10. The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants, or
Claim;and others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated
to the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be
5.1.2 have sent a Claim to the Surety (at the liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any
address described in Paragraph 13). Claimant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond
no obligation to make payments to or give notice on
5.2 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct behalf of Claimants, or otherwise have any obligations to
contract with the Contractor have sent a Claim to Claimants under this Bond.
the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph
13). 11. The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including
changes of time,to the Construction Contract or to related
subcontracts,purchase orders,and other obligations.
EJCDC®C-615,Payment Bond
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 2 of 3

12. No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under 8. The total amount due and unpaid to the
this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in Claimant for labor, materials, or equipment
the state in which the project that is the subject of the furnished as of the date of the Claim.
Construction Contract is located or after the expiration of
one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant sent a 16.2 Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct
Claim to the Surety pursuant to Paragraph 5.1.2 or 5.2,or contract with the Contractor or with a
(2) on which the last labor or service was performed by subcontractor of the Contractor to furnish labor,
anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished materials,or equipment for use in the performance
by anyone one under the Construction Contract, whichever of of the Construction Contract. The term Claimant
(1) or(2) first occurs. If the provisions of this paragraph also includes any individual or entity that has
are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of rightfully asserted a claim under an applicable
limitation available to sureties as a defense in the mechanic's lien or similar statute against the real
jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. property upon which the Project is located. The
intent of this Bond shall be to include without
13. Notice and Claims to the Surety, the Owner, or the limitation in the terms of "labor, materials, or
Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address equipment" that part of the water, gas, power,
shown on the page on which their signature appears. light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service, or
Actual receipt of notice or Claims, however accomplished, rental equipment used in the Construction
shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received. Contract, architectural and engineering services
required for performance of the work of the
14. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors,
statutory or other legal requirement in the location where and all other items for which a mechanic's lien may
the construction was to be performed, any provision in be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor,
this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal materials,or equipment were furnished.
requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and
provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal 16.3 Construction Contract: The agreement between
requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover
so furnished,the intent is that this Bond shall be construed page, including all Contract Documents and all
as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. changes made to the agreement and the Contract
Documents.
15. Upon requests by any person or entity appearing to be a
potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor and 16.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has
Owner shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall not been remedied or waived, to pay the
permit a copy to be made. Contractor as required under the Construction
Contract or to perform and complete or comply
16. Definitions with the other material terms of the Construction
Contract.
16.1 Claim: A written statement by the Claimant
including at a minimum: 16.5 Contract Documents: All the documents that
comprise the agreement between the Owner and
1. The name of the Claimant; Contractor.
2. The name of the person for whom the labor
was done, or materials or equipment 17. If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a
furnished; contractor and subcontractor,the term Contractor in this
3. A copy of the agreement or purchase order Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term
pursuant to which labor, materials, or Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor.
equipment was furnished for use in the
performance of the Construction Contract; 18.Modifications to this Bond are as follows:
4. A brief description of the labor, materials, or
equipment furnished;
5. The date on which the Claimant last
performed labor or last furnished materials or
equipment for use in the performance of the
Construction Contract;
6. The total amount earned by the Claimant for
labor, materials,or equipment furnished as of
the date of the Claim;
7. The total amount of previous payments
received by the Claimant;and
EJCDC®C-615,Payment Bond
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 3 of 3

STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Article 1—Definitions and Terminology 1
1.01 Defined Terms 1
1.02 Terminology 5
Article 2 —Preliminary Matters 6
2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance 6
2.02 Copies of Documents 6
2.03 Before Starting Construction 6
2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives 7
2.05 Initial Acceptance of Schedules 7
2.06 Electronic Transmittals 7
Article 3 —Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse 8
3.01 Intent 8
3.02 Reference Standards 8
3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies 8
3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents 9
3.05 Reuse of Documents 10
Article 4—Commencement and Progress of the Work 10
4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed 10
4.02 Starting the Work 10
4.03 Reference Points 10
4.04 Progress Schedule 10
4.05 Delays in Contractor's Progress 11
Article 5—Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental
Conditions 12
5.01 Availability of Lands 12
5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas 12
5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions 13
5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions 14
5.05 Underground Facilities 15
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page i

5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site 17
Article 6—Bonds and Insurance 19
6.01 Performance, Payment,and Other Bonds 19
6.02 Insurance—General Provisions 19
6.03 Contractor's Insurance 20
6.04 Owner's Liability Insurance 23
6.05 Property Insurance 23
6.06 Waiver of Rights 25
6.07 Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds 25
Article 7—Contractor's Responsibilities 26
7.01 Supervision and Superintendence 26
7.02 Labor;Working Hours 26
7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment 26
7.04 "Or Equals" 27
7.05 Substitutes 28
7.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others 29
7.07 Patent Fees and Royalties 31
7.08 Permits 31
7.09 Taxes 32
7.10 Laws and Regulations 32
7.11 Record Documents 32
7.12 Safety and Protection 32
7.13 Safety Representative 33
7.14 Hazard Communication Programs 33
7.15 Emergencies 34
7.16 Shop Drawings,Samples, and Other Submittals 34
7.17 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee 36
7.18 Indemnification 37
7.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services 37
Article 8—Other Work at the Site 38
8.01 Other Work 38
8.02 Coordination 39
8.03 Legal Relationships 39
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page ii

Article 9—Owner's Responsibilities 40
9.01 Communications to Contractor 40
9.02 Replacement of Engineer 40
9.03 Furnish Data 40
9.04 Pay When Due 40
9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports,Tests, and Drawings 40
9.06 Insurance 40
9.07 Change Orders 40
9.08 Inspections,Tests, and Approvals 41
9.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities 41
9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition 41
9.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements 41
9.12 Safety Programs 41
Article 10—Engineer's Status During Construction 41
10.01 Owner's Representative 41
10.02 Visits to Site 41
10.03 Project Representative 42
10.04 Rejecting Defective Work 42
10.05 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments 42
10.06 Determinations for Unit Price Work 42
10.07 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work 42
10.08 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities 42
10.09 Compliance with Safety Program 43
Article 11—Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work 43
11.01 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents 43
11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work 44
11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work 44
11.04 Change of Contract Price 44
11.05 Change of Contract Times 45
11.06 Change Proposals 45
11.07 Execution of Change Orders 46
11.08 Notification to Surety 47
Article 12—Claims 47
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page iii

12.01 Claims 47
Article 13—Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work 48
13.01 Cost of the Work 48
13.02 Allowances 50
13.03 Unit Price Work 51
Article 14—Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work 52
14.01 Access to Work 52
14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals 52
14.03 Defective Work 53
14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work 53
14.05 Uncovering Work 53
14.06 Owner May Stop the Work 54
14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work 54
Article 15—Payments to Contractor; Set-Offs; Completion; Correction Period 55
15.01 Progress Payments 55
15.02 Contractor's Warranty of Title 58
15.03 Substantial Completion 58
15.04 Partial Use or Occupancy 59
15.05 Final Inspection 59
15.06 Final Payment 59
15.07 Waiver of Claims 61
15.08 Correction Period 61
Article 16—Suspension of Work and Termination 62
16.01 Owner May Suspend Work 62
16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause 62
16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience 63
16.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate 63
Article 17—Final Resolution of Disputes 64
17.01 Methods and Procedures 64
Article 18— Miscellaneous 64
18.01 Giving Notice 64
18.02 Computation of Times 64
18.03 Cumulative Remedies 64
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page iv

18.04 Limitation of Damages 65
18.05 No Waiver 65
18.06 Survival of Obligations 65
18.07 Controlling Law 65
18.08 Headings 65
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright O 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page v

ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
1.01 Defined Terms
A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, a term printed with
initial capital letters, including the term's singular and plural forms, will have the meaning
indicated in the definitions below. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with
initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and
paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms.
1. Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which
clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract
Documents.
2. Agreement—The written instrument, executed by Owner and Contractor, that sets
forth the Contract Price and Contract Times, identifies the parties and the Engineer,
and designates the specific items that are Contract Documents.
3. Application for Payment—The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by
Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and
which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the
Contract Documents.
4. Bid—The offer of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices
for the Work to be performed.
5. Bidder—An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner.
6. Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirements, the proposed Contract Documents,
and all Addenda.
7. Bidding Requirements—The advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders,
Bid Bond or other Bid security, if any,the Bid Form, and the Bid with any attachments.
8. Change Order—A document which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes
an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or
the Contract Times, or other revision to the Contract, issued on or after the Effective
Date of the Contract.
9. Change Proposal—A written request by Contractor, duly submitted in compliance with
the procedural requirements set forth herein, seeking an adjustment in Contract Price
or Contract Times, or both; contesting an initial decision by Engineer concerning the
requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the
Contract Documents; challenging a set-off against payments due; or seeking other
relief with respect to the terms of the Contract.
10. Claim—(a) A demand or assertion by Owner directly to Contractor, duly submitted in
compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein: seeking an adjustment
of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both; contesting an initial decision by Engineer
concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work
under the Contract Documents; contesting Engineer's decision regarding a Change
Proposal; seeking resolution of a contractual issue that Engineer has declined to
address; or seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract; or (b) a
demand or assertion by Contractor directly to Owner, duly submitted in compliance
with the procedural requirements set forth herein, contesting Engineer's decision
regarding a Change Proposal; or seeking resolution of a contractual issue that Engineer
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 65

has declined to address. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a
Claim.
11. Constituent of Concern—Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated
biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous waste, and any substance, product, waste, or other
material of any nature whatsoever that is or becomes listed, regulated, or addressed
pursuant to (a) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. ("CERCLA"); (b) the Hazardous Materials
Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5501 et seq.; (c) the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. ("RCRA"); (d) the Toxic Substances Control Act,
15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; (e) the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; (f) the
Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or (g) any other federal, state, or local statute,
law, rule, regulation, ordinance, resolution, code, order, or decree regulating, relating
to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning, any hazardous, toxic, or
dangerous waste, substance, or material.
12. Contract—The entire and integrated written contract between the Owner and
Contractor concerning the Work.
13. Contract Documents—Those items so designated in the Agreement, and which
together comprise the Contract.
14. Contract Price—The money that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion
of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. .
15. Contract Times—The number of days or the dates by which Contractor shall: (a)
achieve Milestones, if any; (b) achieve Substantial Completion; and (c) complete the
Work.
16. Contractor—The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for
performance of the Work.
17. Cost of the Work—See Paragraph 13.01 for definition.
18. Drawings—The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and
character of the Work to be performed by Contractor.
19. Effective Date of the Contract—The date, indicated in the Agreement, on which the
Contract becomes effective.
20. Engineer—The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement.
21. Field Order—A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the
Work but does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times.
22. Hazardous Environmental Condition—The presence at the Site of Constituents of
Concern in such quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or
property exposed thereto. The presence at the Site of materials that are necessary for
the execution of the Work, or that are to be incorporated in the Work, and that are
controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and
the requirements of the Contract, does not establish a Hazardous Environmental
Condition.
23. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, statutes,
rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies,
agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 65

24. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract-related funds, real
property,or personal property.
25. Milestone—A principal event in the performance of the Work that the Contract
requires Contractor to achieve by an intermediate completion date or by a time prior
to Substantial Completion of all the Work.
26. Notice of Award—The written notice by Owner to a Bidder of Owner's acceptance of
the Bid.
27. Notice to Proceed—A written notice by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which
the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to
perform the Work.
28. Owner—The individual or entity with which Contractor has contracted regarding the
Work, and which has agreed to pay Contractor for the performance of the Work,
pursuant to the terms of the Contract.
29. Progress Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing
the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to
accomplish the Work within the Contract Times.
30. Project—The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner by engineers,
contractors, and others, including planning, study, design, construction, testing,
commissioning, and start-up, and of which the Work to be performed under the
Contract Documents is a part.
31. Project Manual—The written documents prepared for, or made available for,
procuring and constructing the Work, including but not limited to the Bidding
Documents or other construction procurement documents, geotechnical and existing
conditions information, the Agreement, bond forms, General Conditions,
Supplementary Conditions, and Specifications. The contents of the Project Manual
may be bound in one or more volumes.
32. Resident Project Representative—The authorized representative of Engineer assigned
to assist Engineer at the Site.As used herein,the term Resident Project Representative
or"RPR" includes any assistants or field staff of Resident Project Representative.
33. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are
representative of some portion of the Work and that establish the standards by which
such portion of the Work will be judged.
34. Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of
required submittals and the time requirements for Engineer's review of the submittals
and the performance of related construction activities.
35. Schedule of Values—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating
portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for
reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment.
36. Shop Drawings—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or
information that are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and
submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings,
whether approved or not,are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents.
EJCDCe C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 65

37. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner
upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements, and
such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor.
38. Specifications—The part of the Contract that consists of written requirements for
materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work,
and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the
Work.
39. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with
any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work.
40. Substantial Completion—The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has
progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a specified
part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so
that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it
is intended. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as
applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof.
41. Successful Bidder—The Bidder whose Bid the Owner accepts, and to which the Owner
makes an award of contract, subject to stated conditions.
42. Supplementary Conditions—The part of the Contract that amends or supplements
these General Conditions.
43. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor
having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials
or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or a Subcontractor.
44. Technical Data—Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the
Supplementary Conditions, with respect to either (a) subsurface conditions at the Site,
or physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site
(except Underground Facilities) or (b) Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site.
If no such express identifications of Technical Data have been made with respect to
conditions at the Site, then the data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements
of subsurface water levels, laboratory test results, and other factual, objective
information regarding conditions at the Site that are set forth in any geotechnical or
environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are
hereby defined as Technical Data with respect to conditions at the Site under
Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04,and 5.06.
45. Underground Facilities—All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires,
manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any
encasements containing such facilities, including but not limited to those that convey
electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other
communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm
water,other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems.
46. Unit Price Work—Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.
47. Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof
required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the
result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to
produce such construction; furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and
equipment into such construction; and may include related services such as testing,
start-up, and commissioning, all as required by the Contract Documents.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 4 of 65

48. Work Change Directive—A written directive to Contractor issued on or after the
Effective Date of the Contract, signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer,
ordering an addition, deletion,or revision in the Work.
1.02 Terminology
A. The words and terms discussed in the following paragraphs are not defined but,when used
in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning.
B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives:
1. The Contract Documents include the terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered,"
"as directed" or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of professional
judgment by Engineer. In addition, the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable,"
"acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are used to
describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that
such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination will be solely to
evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the Contract
Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement
indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and
shall not be effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct
the performance of the Work, or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility
contrary to the provisions of Article 10 or any other provision of the Contract
Documents.
C. Day:
1. The word "day" means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next
midnight.
D. Defective:
1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is
unsatisfactory,faulty,or deficient in that it:
a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or
b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard,
test,or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or
c. has been damaged prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment (unless
responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by Owner at
Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 or 15.04).
E. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide:
1. The word "furnish," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment,
shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or
some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable
condition.
2. The word "install," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment,
shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or
equipment complete and ready for intended use.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 5 of 65

3. The words "perform" or "provide," when used in connection with services, materials,
or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment
complete and ready for intended use.
4. If the Contract Documents establish an obligation of Contractor with respect to
specific services, materials, or equipment, but do not expressly use any of the four
words "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide," then Contractor shall furnish and
install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use.
F. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well-
known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract
Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning.
ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance
A. Bonds: When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner,
Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may required uired to furnish.
q
B. Evidence of Contractor's Insurance: When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of
the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner, with copies to each
named insured and additional insured (as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or
elsewhere in the Contract), the certificates and other evidence of insurance required to be
provided by Contractor in accordance with Article 6.
C. Evidence of Owner's Insurance: After receipt of the executed counterparts of the
Agreement and all required bonds and insurance documentation, Owner shall promptly
deliver to Contractor, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as
identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise), the certificates and other
evidence of insurance required to be provided by Owner under Article 6.
2.02 Copies of Documents
A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor four printed copies of the Contract (including one fully
executed counterpart of the Agreement), and one copy in electronic portable document
format (PDF). Additional printed copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of
reproduction.
B. Owner shall maintain and safeguard at least one original printed record version of the
Contract, including Drawings and Specifications signed and sealed by Engineer and other
design professionals. Owner shall make such original printed record version of the Contract
available to Contractor for review. Owner may delegate the responsibilities under this
provision to Engineer.
2.03 Before Starting Construction
A. Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract (or as
otherwise specifically required by the Contract Documents), Contractor shall submit to
Engineer for timely review:
1. a preliminary Progress Schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for
starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones
specified in the Contract;
2. a preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 6 of 65

3. a preliminarySchedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and
prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides
the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress
payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate
amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work.
2.04 Preconstruction Conference;Designation of Authorized Representatives
A. Before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by Owner, Contractor,
Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding
among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph
2.03.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings, Samples, and other submittals, processing
Applications for Payment, electronic or digital transmittals, and maintaining required
records.
B. At this conference Owner and Contractor each shall designate, in writing, a specific
individual to act as its authorized representative with respect to the services and
responsibilities under the Contract. Such individuals shall have the authority to transmit
and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on
behalf of each respective party.
2.05 Initial Acceptance of Schedules
A. At least 10 days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference,
attended by Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate, will be held to review for
acceptability to Engineer as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with
Paragraph 2.03.A. Contractor shall have an additional 10 days to make corrections and
adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be
made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer.
1. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides an orderly
progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance
will not impose on Engineer responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing,
scheduling, or progress of the Work, nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from
Contractor's full responsibility therefor.
2. Contractor's Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a
workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals.
3. Contractor's Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and
substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to the component
parts of the Work.
2.06 Electronic Transmittals
A. Except as otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract,the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor
may transmit, and shall accept, Project-related correspondence, text, data, documents,
drawings, information, and graphics, including but not limited to Shop Drawings and other
submittals, in electronic media or digital format, either directly, or through access to a
secure Project website.
B. If the Contract does not establish protocols for electronic or digital transmittals, then
Owner, Engineer, and Contractor shall jointly develop such protocols.
C. When transmitting items in electronic media or digital format,the transmitting party makes
no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of the items
resulting from the recipient's use of software application packages, operating systems, or
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 7 of 65

computer hardware differing from those used in the drafting or transmittal of the items, or
from those established in applicable transmittal protocols.
ARTICLE 3—DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE
3.01 Intent
A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if
required by all.
B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or
part thereof)to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents.
C. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, if there is a discrepancy between the
electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents (including any printed copies
derived from such electronic or digital versions) and the printed record version,the printed
record version shall govern.
D. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, and agreements, whether
written or oral.
E. Engineer will issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents as provided
herein.
3.02 Reference Standards
A. Standards Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations
1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference
p
standards, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or
Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the
standard specification, manual, reference standard, code, or Laws or Regulations in
effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Contract if there
were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract
Documents.
2. No provision of any such standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code,
or any instruction of a Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or
responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any of their subcontractors,
consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the part of the Contract
Documents prepared by or for Engineer. No such provision or instruction shall be
effective to assign to Owner, Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members,
partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to
supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake
responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the part of the Contract Documents
prepared by or for Engineer.
3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies
A. Reporting Discrepancies:
1. Contractor's Verification of Figures and Field Measurements: Before undertaking each
part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study the Contract Documents, and check
and verify pertinent figures and dimensions therein, particularly with respect to
applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer
any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy that Contractor discovers, or has actual
knowledge of, and shall not proceed with any Work affected thereby until the conflict,
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 8 of 65

error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved, by a clarification or interpretation by
Engineer, or by an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents issued
pursuant to Paragraph 11.01.
2. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents: If, before or during the performance of
the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within
the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable
Law or Regulation, (b) actual field conditions, (c) any standard specification, manual,
reference standard, or code, or (d) any instruction of any Supplier, then Contractor
shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the
Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15) until
the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved, by a clarification or
interpretation by Engineer, or by an amendment or supplement to the Contract
Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01.
3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict,
error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had
actual knowledge thereof.
B. Resolving Discrepancies:
1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the
provisions of the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer shall
take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between
such provisions of the Contract Documents and:
a. the provisions of any standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code,
or the instruction of any Supplier (whether or not specifically incorporated by
reference as a Contract Document); or
b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the
Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents
would result in violation of such Law or Regulation).
3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents
A. During the performance of the Work and until final payment, Contractor and Owner shall
submit to the Engineer all matters in question concerning the requirements of the Contract
Documents (sometimes referred to as requests for information or interpretation—RFIs), or
relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents,as soon as possible
after such matters arise. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the
Contract Documents, and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder.
B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, render a written clarification, interpretation, or
decision on the issue submitted, or initiate an amendment or supplement to the Contract
Documents. Engineer's written clarification, interpretation, or decision will be final and
binding on Contractor, unless it appeals by submitting a Change Proposal, and on Owner,
unless it appeals by filing a Claim.
C. If a submitted matter in question concerns terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents that do not involve (1) the performance or acceptability of the Work under the
Contract Documents, (2) the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or
otherwise), or (3) other engineering or technical matters, then Engineer will promptly give
written notice to Owner and Contractor that Engineer is unable to provide a decision or
interpretation. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on resolution of such a matter
in question,either party may pursue resolution as provided in Article 12.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 9 of 65

3.05 Reuse of Documents
A. Contractor and its Subcontractors and Suppliers shall not:
1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications,
or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of
Engineer or its consultants, including electronic media editions, or reuse any such
Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the
Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and
specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer;or
2. have or acquire any title or ownership rights in any other Contract Documents, reuse
any such Contract Documents for any purpose without Owner's express written
consent, or violate any copyrights pertaining to such Contract Documents.
B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the
Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract
Documents for record purposes.
ARTICLE 4—COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK
4.01 Commencement of Contract Times;Notice to Proceed
A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of
the Contract or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to
Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective
Date of the Contract. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the
sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the
Contract,whichever date is earlier.
4.02 Starting the Work
A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times
commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to such date.
4.03 Reference Points
A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction
which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the
Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve
the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or
relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to
Engineer whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or
requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be
responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property
monuments by professionally qualified personnel.
4.04 Progress Schedule
A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph
2.05 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below.
1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance (to the extent indicated in
Paragraph 2.05) proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in
changing the Contract Times.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 10 of 65

2. Proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will change the Contract Times
shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 11.
B. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all disputes
or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution
of any disputes or disagreements, or during any appeal process, except as permitted by
Paragraph 16.04, or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing.
4.05 Delays in Contractor's Progress
A. If Owner, Engineer, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or
interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled
to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times and Contract Price. Contractor's
entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment
being essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times.
B. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for
delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor. Delay,
disruption, and interference attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or
Supplier shall be deemed to be within the control of Contractor.
C. If Contractor's performance or progress is delayed, disrupted, or interfered with by
unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of Owner, Contractor, and
those for which they are responsible, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable
adjustment in Contract Times. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract
Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor's ability to complete
the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor's sole and
exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph.
Causes of delay, disruption, or interference that may give rise to an adjustment in Contract
Times under this paragraph include but are not limited to the following:
1. severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes such as fires, floods, epidemics, and
earthquakes;
2. abnormal weather conditions;
3. acts or failures to act of utility owners (other than those performing other work at or
adjacent to the Site by arrangement with the Owner, as contemplated in Article 8);
and
4. acts of war or terrorism.
D. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting
from the existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition, an Underground Facility
that was not shown or indicated by the Contract Documents, or not shown or indicated
with reasonable accuracy, and those resulting from Hazardous Environmental Conditions,
are governed by Article 5.
E. Paragraph 8.03 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or
progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent
to the Site.
F. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for
any delay, disruption,or interference if such delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or
interference caused by or within the control of Contractor.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 11 of 65

G. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or
Contract Times under this paragraph within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying,
disrupting, or interfering event.
ARTICLE 5—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
5.01 Availability of Lands
A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or
restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which
Contractor must comply in performing the Work.
B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall furnish Contractor with a current statement
of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which permanent improvements
are to be made and Owner's interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a
mechanic's or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and
Regulations.
C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for
temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment.
5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas
A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas:
1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment,temporary construction facilities,the
storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site,
adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or
otherwise, and other adjacent areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not
unreasonably encumber the Site and such other adjacent areas with construction
equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility
for (a) damage to the Site; (b) damage to any such other adjacent areas used for
Contractor's operations; (c) damage to any other adjacent land or areas; and (d) for
injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of any such land or areas;
provided that such damage or injuries result from the performance of the Work or
from other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is
responsible.
2. If a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of any such land or area
because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of
the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible, Contractor shall (a) take
immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.12, or otherwise;
(b) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with
such owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute
resolution proceeding, or at law; and (c) to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and
Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers,
directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of
each and any of them from and against any such claim, and against all costs, losses,
and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects,
attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute
resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable,
brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer, or any other party
indemnified hereunder to the extent caused directly or indirectly, in whole or in part
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 12 of 65

by, or based upon, Contractor's performance of the Work, or because of other actions
or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible.
B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work the
Contractor shall keep the Site and other adjacent areas free from accumulations of waste
materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials,
rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations.
C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and
the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the completion of the Work
Contractor shall remove from the Site and adjacent areas all tools, appliances, construction
equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all
property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.
D. Loading of Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be
loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any
part of the Work or adjacent structures or land to stresses or pressures that will endanger
them.
5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions
A. Reports and Drawings:The Supplementary Conditions identify:
1. those reports known to Owner of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or
adjacent to the Site;
2. those drawings known to Owner of physical conditions relating to existing surface or
subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities); and
3. Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings.
B. Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the
accuracy of the Technical Data expressly identified in the Supplementary Conditions with
respect to such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract
Documents. If no such express identification has been made, then Contractor may rely
upon the accuracy of the Technical Data (as defined in Article 1) contained in any
geotechnical or environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to
Contractor. Except for such reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or
make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members,
partners, employees,agents, consultants, or subcontractors,with respect to:
1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including,
but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and
procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and
programs incident thereto;or
2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or
shown or indicated in such drawings; or
3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any Technical Data or any
such other data, interpretations,opinions,or information.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 13 of 65

5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions
A. Notice by Contractor: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is
uncovered or revealed at the Site either:
1. is of such a nature as to establish that any Technical Data on which Contractor is
entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; or
2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Drawings or Specifications; or
3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or
4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered
and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the
Contract Documents;
then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further
disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection
therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15), notify Owner and
Engineer in writing about such condition. Contractor shall not further disturb such
condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except with respect to an
emergency) until receipt of a written statement permitting Contractor to do so.
B. Engineer's Review: After receipt of written notice as required by the preceding paragraph,
Engineer will promptly review the subsurface or physical condition in question; determine
the necessity of Owner's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect to the
condition; conclude whether the condition falls within any one or more of the differing site
condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A above; obtain any pertinent cost or schedule
information from Contractor; prepare recommendations to Owner regarding the
Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in
question and the need for any change in the Drawings or Specifications; and advise Owner
in writing of Engineer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations.
C. Owner's Statement to Contractor Regarding Site Condition: After receipt of Engineer's
written findings, conclusions, and recommendations,Owner shall issue a written statement
to Contractor (with a copy to Engineer) regarding the subsurface or physical condition in
question, addressing the resumption of Work in connection with such condition, indicating
whether any change in the Drawings or Specifications will be made, and adopting or
rejecting Engineer's written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, in whole or in
part.
D. Possible Price and Times Adjustments:
1. Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract
Times, or both, to the extent that the existence of a differing subsurface or physical
condition, or any related delay, disruption, or interference, causes an increase or
decrease in Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work;
subject, however,to the following:
a. such condition must fall within any one or more of the categories described in
Paragraph 5.04.A;
b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a unit price basis, any adjustment in
Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03; and,
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 14 of 65

c. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned
on such adjustment being essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work
within the Contract Times.
2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract
Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if:
a. Contractor knew of the existence of such condition at the time Contractor made a
commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the
submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract, or
otherwise; or
b. the existence of such condition reasonably could have been discovered or
revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or study
of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements
or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Contractor prior to Contractor's
making such commitment; or
c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A.
3. If Owner and Contractor agree regarding Contractor's entitlement to and the amount
or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, then any
such adjustment shall be set forth in a Change Order.
4. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount
or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, no later
than 30 days after Owner's issuance of the Owner's written statement to Contractor
regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question.
5.05 Underground Facilities
A. Contractor's Responsibilities: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract
Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is
based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such
Underground Facilities, including Owner, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly
provided in the Supplementary Conditions:
1. Owner and Engineer do not warrant or guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any
such information or data provided by others; and
2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor
shall have full responsibility for:
a. reviewing and checking all information and data regarding existing Underground
Facilities at the Site;
b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents
as being at the Site;
c. coordination of the Work with the owners (including Owner) of such
Underground Facilities, during construction; and
d. the safety and protection of all existing Underground Facilities at the Site, and
repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work.
B. Notice by Contractor: If Contractor believes that an Underground Facility that is uncovered
or revealed at the Site was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not
shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, then Contractor shall, promptly after
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 15 of 65

becomingaware thereof and before further disturbingconditions affected therebyor
performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by
Paragraph 7.15), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to
that owner and to Owner and Engineer.
C. Engineer's Review: Engineer will promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude
whether such Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents,
or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; obtain any pertinent cost or
schedule information from Contractor; prepare recommendations to Owner regarding the
Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with the Underground Facility in question;
determine the extent, if any,to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications
to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground
Facility; and advise Owner in writing of Engineer's findings, conclusions, and
recommendations. During such time, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and
protection of such Underground Facility.
D. Owner's Statement to Contractor Regarding Underground Facility: After receipt of
Engineer's written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, Owner shall issue a written
statement to Contractor (with a copy to Engineer) regarding the Underground Facility in
question, addressing the resumption of Work in connection with such Underground Facility,
indicating whether any change in the Drawings or Specifications will be made, and adopting
or rejecting Engineer's written findings, conclusions, and recommendations in whole or in
part.
E. Possible Price and Times Adjustments:
1. Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or
Contract Times, or both, to the extent that any existing Underground Facility at the
Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or
indicated with reasonable accuracy, or any related delay, disruption, or interference,
causes an increase or decrease in Contractor's cost of, or time required for,
performance of the Work; subject, however,to the following:
a. Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be
aware of or to have anticipated the existence or actual location of the
Underground Facility in question;
b. With respect to Work that is paid for on a unit price basis, any adjustment in
Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03;
c. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned
on such adjustment being essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work
within the Contract Times;and
d. Contractor gave the notice required in Paragraph 5.05.B.
2. If Owner and Contractor agree regarding Contractor's entitlement to and the amount
or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, then any
such adjustment shall be set forth in a Change Order.
3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount
or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, no later
than 30 days after Owner's issuance of the Owner's written statement to Contractor
regarding the Underground Facility in question.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 16 of 65

5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site
A. Reports and Drawings:The Supplementary Conditions identify:
1. those reports and drawings known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental
Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and
2. Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings.
B. Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the
accuracy of the Technical Data expressly identified in the Supplementary Conditions with
respect to such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract
Documents. If no such express identification has been made, then Contractor may rely on
the accuracy of the Technical Data (as defined in Article 1) contained in any geotechnical or
environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor. Except for
such reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against
Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees,
agents, consultants,or subcontractors with respect to:
1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including,
but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and
procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and
programs incident thereto; or
2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or
shown or indicated in such drawings; or
3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any Technical Data or any
such other data, interpretations, opinions or information.
C. Contractor shall not be responsible for removing or remediating any Hazardous
Environmental Condition encountered, uncovered, or revealed at the Site unless such
removal or remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the
scope of the Work.
D. Contractor shall be responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing all
Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or
anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible, and for any associated costs; and for the
costs of removing and remediating any Hazardous Environmental Condition created by the
presence of any such Constituents of Concern.
E. If Contractor encounters, uncovers, or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition whose
removal or remediation is not expressly identified in the Contract Documents as being
within the scope of the Work, or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is
responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, then Contractor shall
immediately: (1) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (2) stop all Work in connection
with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required
by Paragraph 7.15); and (3) notify Owner and Engineer (and promptly thereafter confirm
such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the
necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take
corrective action, if any. Promptly after consulting with Engineer, Owner shall take such
actions as are necessary to permit Owner to timely obtain required permits and provide
Contractor the written notice required by Paragraph 5.06.F. If Contractor or anyone for
whom Contractor is responsible created the Hazardous Environmental Condition in
question,then Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition,
and impose a set-off against payments to account for the associated costs.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 17 of 65

F. Contractor shall not resume Work in connection with such Hazardous Environmental
Condition or in any affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits
related thereto, and delivered written notice to Contractor either (1) specifying that such
condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work,
or(2) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely.
G. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if
any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such
Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by
Contractor, then within 30 days of Owner's written notice regarding the resumption of
Work, Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may impose a set-off.
H. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work
based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under
such special conditions, then Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area
affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work, following the contractual change
procedures in Article 11. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by
Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 8.
I. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold
harmless Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members,
partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them
from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees
and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or
arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous
Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition (1) was
not shown or indicated in the Drawings, Specifications, or other Contract Documents,
identified as Technical Data entitled to limited reliance pursuant to Paragraph 5.06.B, or
identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (2)
was not created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in
this Paragraph 5.06.H shall obligate Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and
against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence.
J. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and
hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners,
employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and
against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and
charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or
arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the failure to
control, contain, or remove a Constituent of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor or
by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible, or to a Hazardous Environmental Condition
created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this
Paragraph 5.06.J shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and
against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence.
K. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of
Constituents of Concern or to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed
at the Site.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 18 of 65

ARTICLE 6—BONDS AND INSURANCE
6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds
A. Contractor shall furnish a performance bond and a payment bond, each in an amount at
least equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of all
of Contractor's obligations under the Contract. These bonds shall remain in effect until one
year after the date when final payment becomes due or until completion of the correction
period specified in Paragraph 15.08, whichever is later, except as provided otherwise by
Laws or Regulations, the Supplementary Conditions, or other specific provisions of the
Contract. Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds as are required by the
Supplementary Conditions or other specific provisions of the Contract.
B. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract except as provided otherwise by
Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in "Companies
Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as
Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (as amended and
supplemented) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S.
Department of the Treasury. A bond signed by an agent or attorney-in-fact must be
accompanied by a certified copy of that individual's authority to bind the surety. The
evidence of authority shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact
signed the accompanying bond.
C. Contractor shall obtain the required bonds from surety companies that are duly licensed or
authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds in the required
amounts.
D. If the surety on a bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent,
or its right to do business is terminated in any state or jurisdiction where any part of the
Project is located, or the surety ceases to meet the requirements above, then Contractor
shall promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall, within 20 days after the event giving
rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with
the bond and surety requirements above.
E. If Contractor has failed to obtain a required bond, Owner may exclude the Contractor from
the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 16.
F. Upon request, Owner shall provide a copy of the payment bond to any Subcontractor,
Supplier, or other person or entity claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the
performance of the Work.
6.02 Insurance—General Provisions
A. Owner and Contractor shall obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in
the Supplementary Conditions.
B. All insurance required by the Contract to be purchased and maintained by Owner or
Contractor shall be obtained from insurance companies that are duly licensed or
authorized, in the state or jurisdiction in which the Project is located, to issue insurance
policies for the required limits and coverages. Unless a different standard is indicated in the
Supplementary Conditions, all companies that provide insurance policies required under
this Contract shall have an A.M. Best rating of A-VII or better.
C. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each named insured and additional
insured (as identified in this Article, in the Supplementary Conditions, or elsewhere in the
Contract), certificates of insurance establishing that Contractor has obtained and is
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 19 of 65

maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Upon
request by Owner or any other insured, Contractor shall also furnish other evidence of such
required insurance, including but not limited to copies of policies and endorsements, and
documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles. Contractor may block
out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any policy or
endorsement furnished under this provision.
D. Owner shall deliver to Contractor, with copies to each named insured and additional
insured (as identified in this Article, the Supplementary Conditions, or elsewhere in the
Contract), certificates of insurance establishing that Owner has obtained and is maintaining
the policies, coverages, and endorsements required of Owner by the Contract (if any).
Upon request by Contractor or any other insured, Owner shall also provide other evidence
of such required insurance (if any), including but not limited to copies of policies and
endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles.
Owner may block out(redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in
any policy or endorsement furnished under this provision.
E. Failure of Owner or Contractor to demand such certificates or other evidence of the other
party's full compliance with these insurance requirements, or failure of Owner or
Contractor to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided, shall not be
construed as a waiver of the other party's obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance.
F. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the insurance required of such party by
the Contract, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase
prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the
required coverage.
G. If Contractor has failed to obtain and maintain required insurance, Owner may exclude the
Contractor from the Site, impose an appropriate set-off against payment, and exercise
Owner's termination rights under Article 16.
H. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if a party has failed to obtain required
insurance, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent insurance to protect such other
party's interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage,
and the Contract Price shall be adjusted accordingly.
I. Owner does not represent that insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract
necessarily will be adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor's interests.
J. The insurance and insurance limits required herein shall not be deemed as a limitation on
Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner and other individuals and
entities in the Contract.
6.03 Contractor's Insurance
A. Workers' Compensation: Contractor shall purchase and maintain workers' compensation
and employer's liability insurance for:
1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee
benefit acts.
2. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act and Jones Act
coverage (if applicable).
3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death
of Contractor's employees (by stop-gap endorsement in monopolist worker's
compensation states).
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 20 of 65

4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable).
B. Commercial General Liability—Claims Covered: Contractor shall purchase and maintain
commercial general liability insurance, covering all operations by or on behalf of
Contractor,on an occurrence basis,against:
1. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any
person other than Contractor's employees.
2. claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage.
3. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction
of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom.
C. Commercial General Liability—Form and Content: Contractor's commercial liability policy
shall be written on a 1996 (or later) ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form)
and include the following coverages and endorsements:
1. Products and completed operations coverage:
a. Such insurance shall be maintained for three years after final payment.
b. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured (as identified in
the Supplementary Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract) evidence of
continuation of such insurance at final payment and three years thereafter.
2. Blanket contractual liability coverage,to the extent permitted by law, including but not
limited to coverage of Contractor's contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph
7.18.
3. Broad form property damage coverage.
4. Severability of interest.
5. Underground,explosion,and collapse coverage.
6. Personal injury coverage.
7. Additional insured endorsements that include both ongoing operations and products
and completed operations coverage through ISO Endorsements CG 20 10 10 01 and CG
20 37 10 01 (together); or CG 20 10 07 04 and CG 20 37 07 04 (together); or their
equivalent.
8. For design professional additional insureds, ISO Endorsement CG 20 32 07 04,
"Additional Insured—Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named
Insured" or its equivalent.
D. Automobile liability: Contractor shall purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance
against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property
damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of any motor vehicle. The
automobile liability policy shall be written on an occurrence basis.
E. Umbrella or excess liability: Contractor shall purchase and maintain umbrella or excess
liability insurance written over the underlying employer's liability, commercial general
liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Subject to
industry-standard exclusions, the coverage afforded shall follow form as to each and every
one of the underlying policies.
F. Contractor's pollution liability insurance: Contractor shall purchase and maintain a policy
covering third-party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs, as a result
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 21 of 65

of pollution conditions arising from Contractor's operations and completed operations.This
insurance shall be maintained for no less than three years after final completion.
G. Additional insureds: The Contractor's commercial general liability, automobile liability,
umbrella or excess, and pollution liability policies shall include and list as additional
insureds Owner and Engineer, and any individuals or entities identified in the
Supplementary Conditions; include coverage for the respective officers, directors,
members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of
all such additional insureds; and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall
provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby (including as applicable those
arising from both ongoing and completed operations) on a non-contributory basis.
Contractor shall obtain all necessary endorsements to support these requirements.
H. Contractor's professional liability insurance: If Contractor will provide or furnish
professional services under this Contract, through a delegation of professional design
services or otherwise, then Contractor shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining
applicable professional liability insurance. This insurance shall provide protection against
claims arising out of performance of professional design or related services, and caused by
a negligent error, omission, or act for which the insured party is legally liable. It shall be
maintained throughout the duration of the Contract and for a minimum of two years after
Substantial Completion. If such professional design services are performed by a
Subcontractor, and not by Contractor itself, then the requirements of this paragraph may
be satisfied through the purchasing and maintenance of such insurance by such
Subcontractor.
I. General provisions:The policies of insurance required by this Paragraph 6.03 shall:
1. include at least the specific coverages provided in this Article.
2. be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Article and in the
Supplementary Conditions,or required by Laws or Regulations,whichever is greater.
3. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled,
materially changed, or renewal refused until at least 10 days prior written notice has
been given to Contractor. Within three days of receipt of any such written notice,
Contractor shall provide a copy of the notice to Owner, Engineer, and each other
insured under the policy.
4. remain in effect at least until final payment (and longer if expressly required in this
Article) and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or
replacing defective Work as a warranty or correction obligation, or otherwise, or
returning to the Site to conduct other tasks arising from the Contract Documents.
5. be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims that
may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's
other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by
Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts
any of them may be liable.
J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met by such policies,
and not by reference to excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 22 of 65

6.04 Owner's Liability Insurance
A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor u er Paragraph 6.03,
Owner, at Owner's option, may purchase and maintain at Owner's e ense Owner's own
liability insurance as will protect Owner against claims which may a se from operations
under the Contract Documents.
B. Owner's liability policies, if any, operate separately and independently from policies
required to be provided by Contractor, and Contractor cannot rely upon Owner's liability
policies for any of Contractor's obligations to the Owner, Engineer,or third parties.
6.05 Property Insurance
A. Builder's Risk: Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall
purchase and maintain builder's risk insurance upon the Work on a completed value basis,
in the amount of the full insurable replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible
amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and
Regulations).This insurance shall:
1. include the Owner and Contractor as named insureds, and all Subcontractors, and any
individuals or entities required by the Supplementary Conditions to be insured under
such builder's risk policy, as insureds or named insureds. For purposes of the
remainder of this Paragraph 6.05, Paragraphs 6.06 and 6.07, and any corresponding
Supplementary Conditions, the parties required to be insured shall collectively be
referred to as "insureds."
2. be written on a builder's risk "all risk" policy form that shall at least include insurance 1
for physical loss or damage to the Work,temporary buildings,falsework, and materials
and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes
of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact;
aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown,
boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic
activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal;
demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other
than that caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be
specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions. If insurance against mechanical
breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake;
volcanic activity, and other earth movement; or flood, are not commercially available
under builder's risk policies, by endorsement or otherwise, such insurance may be
provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor.
3. cover, as insured property, at least the following: (a) the Work and all materials,
supplies, machinery, apparatus, equipment, fixtures, and other property of a similar
nature that are to be incorporated into or used in the preparation, fabrication,
construction, erection, or completion of the Work, including Owner-furnished or
assigned property; (b) spare parts inventory required within the scope of the Contract;
and (c) temporary works which are not intended to form part of the permanent
constructed Work but which are intended to provide working access to the Site, or to
the Work under construction, or which are intended to provide temporary support for
the Work under construction, including scaffolding, form work, fences, shoring,
falsework, and temporary structures.
4. cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property
(including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects).
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 23 of 65

5. extend to cover damage or loss to insured property while in temporary storage at the
Site or in a storage location outside the Site (but not including property stored at the
premises of a manufacturer or Supplier).
6. extend to cover damage or loss to insured property while in transit.
7. allow for partial occupation or use of the Work by Owner, such that those portions of
the Work that are not yet occupied or used by Owner shall remain covered by the
builder's risk insurance.
8. allow for the waiver of the insurer's subrogation rights, as set forth below.
9. provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of
loss covered.
10. not include a co-insurance clause.
11. include an exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to
any defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions.
12. include performance/hot testing and start-up.
13. be maintained in effect, subject to the provisions herein regarding Substantial
Completion and partial occupancy or use of the Work by Owner, until the Work is
complete.
B. Notice of Cancellation or Change: All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other
evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with this
Paragraph 6.05 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not
be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 10 days prior written
notice has been given to the purchasing policyholder. Within three days of receipt of any
such written notice, the purchasing policyholder shall provide a copy of the notice to each
other insured.
C. Deductibles:The purchaser of any required builder's risk or property insurance shall pay for
costs not covered because of the application of a policy deductible.
D. Partial Occupancy or Use by Owner: If Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the
Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 15.04, then
Owner (directly, if it is the purchaser of the builder's risk policy, or through Contractor) will
provide notice of such occupancy or use to the builder's risk insurer. The builder's risk
insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or
occupancy; rather, those portions of the Work that are occupied or used by Owner may
come off the builder's risk policy, while those portions of the Work not yet occupied or
used by Owner shall remain covered by the builder's risk insurance.
E. Additional Insurance: If Contractor elects to obtain other special insurance to be included in
or supplement the builder's risk or property insurance policies provided under this
Paragraph 6.05, it may do so at Contractor's expense.
F. Insurance of Other Property: If the express insurance provisions of the Contract do not
require or address the insurance of a property item or interest, such as tools, construction
equipment, or other personal property owned by Contractor, a Subcontractor, or an
employee of Contractor or a Subcontractor, then the entity or individual owning such
property item will be responsible for deciding whether to insure it, and if so in what
amount.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 24 of 65

6.06 Waiver of Rights
9
A. All policies purchased in accordance with Paragraph 6.05, expressly including the builder's
risk policy, shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or
damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any insureds thereunder, or
against Engineer or its consultants, or their officers, directors, members, partners,
employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors. Owner and Contractor waive all rights
against each other and the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees,
agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and
damages caused by, arising out of, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss
covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in
addition, waive all such rights against Engineer, its consultants, all Subcontractors, all
individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as insureds, and the
officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors
of each and any of them, under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of
the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to
the proceeds of insurance held by Owner or Contractor as trustee or fiduciary,or otherwise
payable under any policy so issued.
B. Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers,
directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each
and any of them, for:
1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending
beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner's property or the Work caused by,
arising out of, or resulting from fire or other perils whether or not insured by Owner;
and
2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or
resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property
insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during
partial occupancy or use pursuant to Paragraph 15.04, after Substantial Completion
pursuant to Paragraph 15.03,or after final payment pursuant to Paragraph 15.06.
C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage or consequential loss
referred to in Paragraph 6.06.E shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of
payment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss,the insurers will have no rights of
recovery against Contractor, Subcontractors, or Engineer, or the officers, directors,
members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors of each and any of
them.
D. Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that the agreement under which a
Subcontractor performs a portion of the Work contains provisions whereby the
Subcontractor waives all rights against Owner, Contractor, all individuals or entities
identified in the Supplementary Conditions as insureds, the Engineer and its consultants,
and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and
subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages caused by, arising out
of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder's risk
insurance and any other property insurance applicable to the Work.
6.07 Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds
A. Any insured loss under the builder's risk and other policies of insurance required by
Paragraph 6.05 will be adjusted and settled with the named insured that purchased the
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 25 of 65

policy. Such named insured shall act as fiduciary for the other insureds, and give notice to
such other insureds that adjustment and settlement of a claim is in progress. Any other
insured may state its position regarding a claim for insured loss in writing within 15 days
after notice of such claim.
B. Proceeds for such insured losses may be made payable by the insurer either jointly to
multiple insureds, or to the named insured that purchased the policy in its own right and as
fiduciary for other insureds, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause.
A named insured receiving insurance proceeds under the builder's risk and other policies of
insurance required by Paragraph 6.05 shall distribute such proceeds in accordance with
such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or as otherwise required under the
dispute resolution provisions of this Contract or applicable Laws and Regulations.
C. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced,
the money so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof
covered by Change Order, if needed.
ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
7.01 Supervision and Superintendence
A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently,
devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary
to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely
responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of
construction.
B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent resident
superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer
except under extraordinary circumstances.
7.02 Labor; Working Hours
A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the
Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at
all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site.
B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or
property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract
Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours, Monday
through Friday. Contractor will not perform Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal
holiday. Contractor may perform Work outside regular working hours or on Saturdays,
Sundays, or legal holidays only with Owner's written consent, which will not be
unreasonably withheld.
7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment
A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and
assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation,
construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat,
telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and
incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start up, and completion of the Work,
whether or not such items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents.
B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be of good quality and new,
except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 26 of 65

guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If
required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of
required tests) as to the source, kind,and quality of materials and equipment.
C. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected,
protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable
Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents.
7.04 "Or Equals"
A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract
Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier,
the Contract Price has been based upon Contractor furnishing such item as specified. The
specification or description of such an item is intended to establish the type, function,
appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is
followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or equal" item is permitted,
Contractor may request that Engineer authorize the use of other items of material or
equipment, or items from other proposed suppliers under the circumstances described
below.
1. If Engineer in its sole discretion determines that an item of material or equipment
proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so
that no change in related Work will be required, Engineer shall deem it an "or equal"
item. For the purposes of this paragraph, a proposed item of material or equipment
will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if:
a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that:
1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability,
appearance, strength, and design characteristics;
2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the
results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a
functioning whole;
3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service;
and
4) it is not objectionable to Owner.
b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work:
1) there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times;
and
2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named
in the Contract Documents.
B. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed "or
equal" item at Contractor's expense.
C. Engineer's Evaluation and Determination: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to
evaluate each "or-equal" request. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional
data about the proposed "or-equal" item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability.
No"or-equal" item will be ordered,furnished, installed, or utilized until Engineer's review is
complete and Engineer determines that the proposed item is an "or-equal", which will be
evidenced by an approved Shop Drawing or other written communication. Engineer will
advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 27 of 65

D. Effect of Engineer's Determination: Neither approval nor denial of an "or-equal" request
shall result in any change in Contract Price. The Engineer's denial of an "or-equal" request
shall be final and binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision
of the Contract Documents.
E. Treatment as a Substitution Request: If Engineer determines that an item of material or
equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or-equal" item, Contractor may
request that Engineer considered the proposed item as a substitute pursuant to Paragraph
7.05.
7.05 Substitutes
A. Unless the specification or description of an item of material or equipment required to be
furnished under the Contract Documents contains or is followed by words reading that no
substitution is permitted, Contractor may request that Engineer authorize the use of other
items of material or equipment under the circumstances described below. To the extent
possible such requests shall be made before commencement of related construction at the
Site.
1. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to
determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is functionally equivalent to
that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Engineer will not accept requests
for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment from anyone other
than Contractor.
2. The requirements for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 7.05.B, as
supplemented by the Specifications, and as Engineer may decide is appropriate under
the circumstances.
3. Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed
substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The
application:
a. shall certify that the proposed substitute item will:
1) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the
general design,
2) be similar in substance to that specified, and
3) be suited to the same use as that specified.
b. will state:
1) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will
necessitate a change in Contract Times,
2) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a
change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other
direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project) to adapt the
design to the proposed substitute item, and
3) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection
with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty.
c. will identify:
1) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified, and
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 28 of 65

2) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services.
d. shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or
indirectly from use of such substitute item, including but not limited to changes in
Contract Price, shared savings, costs of redesign, and claims of other contractors
affected by any resulting change.
B. Engineer's Evaluation and Determination: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to
evaluate each substitute request, and to obtain comments and direction from Owner.
Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute
item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No substitute will be ordered,
furnished, installed, or utilized until Engineer's review is complete and Engineer determines
that the proposed item is an acceptable substitute. Engineer's determination will be
evidenced by a Field Order or a proposed Change Order accounting for the substitution
itself and all related impacts, including changes in Contract Price or Contract Times.
Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination.
C. Special Guarantee: Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a
special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute.
D. Reimbursement of Engineer's Cost: Engineer will record Engineer's costs in evaluating a
substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor. Whether or not Engineer approves a
substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for
the reasonable charges of Engineer for evaluating each such proposed substitute.
Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for making
changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with
Owner) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute.
E. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed
substitute at Contractor's expense.
F. Effect of Engineer's Determination: If Engineer approves the substitution request,
Contractor shall execute the proposed Change Order and proceed with the substitution.
The Engineer's denial of a substitution request shall be final and binding, and may not be
reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract Documents. Contractor
may challenge the scope of reimbursement costs imposed under Paragraph 7.05.D, by
timely submittal of a Change Proposal.
7.06 Concerning Subcontractors,Suppliers, and Others
A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the
Work. Such Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner.
B. Contractor shall retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for
the performance of designated parts of the Work if required by the Contract to do so.
C. Subsequent to the submittal of Contractor's Bid or final negotiation of the terms of the
Contract, Owner may not require Contractor to retain any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other
individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against which Contractor has
reasonable objection.
D. Prior to entry into any binding subcontract or purchase order, Contractor shall submit to
Owner the identity of the proposed Subcontractor or Supplier (unless Owner has already
deemed such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier acceptable, during the bidding process or
otherwise). Such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed acceptable to Owner
unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within five days.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 29 of 65

E. Owner may require the replacement of any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or
entity retained by Contractor to perform any part of the Work. Owner also may require
Contractor to retain specific replacements; provided, however,that Owner may not require
a replacement to which Contractor has a reasonable objection. If Contractor has submitted
the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for
acceptance by Owner, and Owner has accepted it (either in writing or by failing to make
written objection thereto), then Owner may subsequently revoke the acceptance of any
such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified solely on the basis
of substantive, reasonable objection after due investigation. Contractor shall submit an
acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or
entity.
F. If Owner requires the replacement of any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or
entity retained by Contractor to perform any part of the Work, then Contractor shall be
entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, with respect to the
replacement; and Contractor shall initiate a Change Proposal for such adjustment within 30
days of Owner's requirement of replacement.
G. No acceptance by Owner of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity,
whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of the right of Owner to the
completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
H. On a monthly basis Contractor shall submit to Engineer a complete list of all Subcontractors
and Suppliers having a direct contract with Contractor, and of all other Subcontractors and
Suppliers known to Contractor at the time of submittal.
I. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the
Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of
the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions.
J. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of
Subcontractors, Suppliers, and all other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any
of the Work.
K. Contractor shall restrict all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities
performing or furnishing any of the Work from communicating with Engineer or Owner,
except through Contractor or in case of an emergency, or as otherwise expressly allowed
herein.
L. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall
not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or
delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade.
M. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be pursuant to an
appropriate contractual agreement that specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to
the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner
and Engineer.
N. Owner may furnish to any Subcontractor or Supplier,to the extent practicable, information
about amounts paid to Contractor on account of Work performed for Contractor by the
particular Subcontractor or Supplier.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 30 of 65

O. Nothing in the Contract Documents:
1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or
entity any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any such
Subcontractor, Supplier,or other individual or entity; nor
2. shall create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the
payment of any money due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or
entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations.
7.07 Patent Fees and Royalties
A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in
the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design,
process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by
others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the
Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if, to the actual
knowledge of Owner or Engineer, its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for
the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be
disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents.
B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold
harmless Contractor, and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents,
consultants, and subcontractors from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages
(including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and
other professionals, and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising
out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in
the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any
invention, design, process, product, or device specified in the Contract Documents, but not
identified as being subject to payment of any license fee or royalty to others required by
patent rights or copyrights.
C. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and
hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners,
employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and
against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and
charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or
arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement
of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or
resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or
device not specified in the Contract Documents.
7.08 Permits
A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall obtain and pay for
all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in
obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and
inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time
of the submission of Contractor's Bid (or when Contractor became bound under a
negotiated contract). Owner shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for
providing permanent service to the Work
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 31 of 65

7.09 Taxes
A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by
Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which
are applicable during the performance of the Work.
7.10 Laws and Regulations
A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations
applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by
applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for
monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations.
B. If Contractor performs any Work or takes any other action knowing or having reason to
know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all resulting costs and
losses, and shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers,
directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each
and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not
limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals
and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to
such Work or other action. It shall not be Contractor's responsibility to make certain that
the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations,
but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.03.
C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of any changes after the
submission of Contractor's Bid (or after the date when Contractor became bound under a
negotiated contract) in Laws or Regulations having an effect on the cost or time of
performance of the Work, including but not limited to changes in Laws or Regulations
having an effect on procuring permits and on sales, use, value-added, consumption, and
other similar taxes. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on
the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times
resulting from such changes, then within 30 days of such notice Contractor may submit a
Change Proposal, or Owner may initiate a Claim.
7.11 Record Documents
A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one printed record copy of all Drawings,
Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, written
interpretations and clarifications, and approved Shop Drawings. Contractor shall keep such
record documents in good order and annotate them to show changes made during
construction. These record documents, together with all approved Samples, will be
available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, Contractor shall deliver
these record documents to Engineer.
7.12 Safety and Protection
A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not
relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the
performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations.
Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the
necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to:
1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work;
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 32 of 65

2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in
storage on or off the Site;and
3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks,
pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground
Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of
construction.
B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of
or property from damage, injury, or
persons orproperty, or to theprotection ofpersons 0
p p Y g 1 Y,
loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection.
Contractor shall notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities,
and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent
to the Site, when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them
in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in
progress.
C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of Owner's safety programs, if
any. The Supplementary Conditions identify any Owner's safety programs that are
applicable to the Work.
D. Contractor shall inform Owner and Engineer of the specific requirements of Contractor's
safety program with which Owner's and Engineer's employees and representatives must
comply while at the Site.
E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 7.12.A.2 or 7.12.A.3
caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor,
Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to
perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be
remedied by Contractor at its expense (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of
Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of Owner or Engineer or anyone
employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not
attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of
Contractor or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly
employed by any of them).
F. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection shall continue until such
time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and
Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 15.06.B that the Work is acceptable (except as
otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion).
G. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection shall resume whenever
Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or
correction obligations, or to conduct other tasks arising from the Contract Documents.
7.13 Safety Representative
A. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site
whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining
and supervising of safety precautions and programs.
7.14 Hazard Communication Programs
A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data
sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 33 of 65

exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or
Regulations.
7.15 Emergencies
A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the
Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage,
injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes
that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have
been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If Engineer determines that a
change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in
response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued.
7.16 Shop Drawings,Samples, and Other Submittals
A. Shop Drawing and Sample Submittal Requirements:
1. Before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have:
a. reviewed and coordinated the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings
and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract
Documents;
b. determined and verified all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified
performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog
numbers, and similar information with respect thereto;
c. determined and verified the suitability of all materials and equipment offered
with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage,
assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and
d. determined and verified all information relative to Contractor's responsibilities
for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and
safety precautions and programs incident thereto.
2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has
satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to
Contractor's review of that submittal, and that Contractor approves the submittal.
3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any
variations that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the
Contract Documents. This notice shall be set forth in a written communication
separate from the Shop Drawings or Sample submittal; and, in addition, in the case of
Shop Drawings by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing submitted to
Engineer for review and approval of each such variation.
B. Submittal Procedures for Shop Drawings and Samples: Contractor shall submit Shop
Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the
accepted Schedule of Submittals. Each submittal will be identified as Engineer may require.
1. Shop Drawings:
a. Contractor shall submit the number of copies required in the Specifications.
b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities,
dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data
to show Engineer the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 34 of 65

provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited
purposes required by Paragraph 7.16.D.
2. Samples:
a. Contractor shall submit the number of Samples required in the Specifications.
b. Contractor shall clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent
data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as
Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal for the limited
purposes required by Paragraph 7.16.D.
3. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the
Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to Engineer's review and
approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of
Contractor.
C. Other Submittals: Contractor shall submit other submittals to Engineer in accordance with
the accepted Schedule of Submittals, and pursuant to the applicable terms of the
Specifications.
D. Engineer's Review:
1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with
the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer's review and approval will
be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or
incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract
Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a
functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents.
2. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques,
sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs
incident thereto.
3. Engineer's review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of
the assembly in which the item functions.
4. Engineer's review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample shall not relieve
Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract
Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph
7.16.A.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific
written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or
Sample. Engineer will document any such approved variation from the requirements
of the Contract Documents in a Field Order.
5. Engineer's review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample shall not relieve
Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph
7.16.A and B.
6. Engineer's review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample, or of a variation from
the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall not, under any circumstances,
change the Contract Times or Contract Price, unless such changes are included in a
Change Order.
7. Neither Engineer's receipt, review, acceptance or approval of a Shop Drawing,Sample,
or other submittal shall result in such item becoming a Contract Document.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 35 of 65

8. Contractor shall perform the Work in compliance with the requirements and
commitments set forth in approved Shop Drawings and Samples, subject to the
provisions of Paragraph 7.16.D.4.
E. Resubmittal Procedures:
1. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required
number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples
for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to
revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals.
2. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with sufficient information and accuracy
Y
to obtain required approval of an item with no more than three submittals. Engineer
will record Engineer's time for reviewing a fourth or subsequent submittal of a Shop
Drawings, sample, or other item requiring approval, and Contractor shall be
responsible for Engineer's charges to Owner for such time. Owner may impose a set-
off against payments due to Contractor to secure reimbursement for such charges.
3. If Contractor requests a change of a previously approved submittal item, Contractor
shall be responsible for Engineer's charges to Owner for its review time, and Owner
may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor to secure reimbursement for
such charges, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor.
7.17 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee
A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the
Contract Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its officers, directors,
members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to
rely on Contractor's warranty and guarantee.
B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by:
1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than
Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom
Contractor is responsible; or
2. normal wear and tear under normal usage.
C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work
that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's
obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents:
1. observations by Engineer;
2. recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final payment;
3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any payment
related thereto by Owner;
4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner;
5. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal;
6. the issuance of a notice of acceptability by Engineer;
7. any inspection,test,or approval by others; or
8. any correction of defective Work by Owner.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 36 of 65

D. If the Contract requires the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract entered into
by Owner,then the specific warranties,guarantees, and correction obligations contained in
the assigned contract shall govern with respect to Contractor's performance obligations to
Owner for the Work described in the assigned contract.
7.18 Indemnification
A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, and in addition to any other
obligations of Contractor under the Contract or otherwise, Contractor shall indemnify and
hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners,
employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and
against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and
charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or
arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the performance
of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily
injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other
than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom but only to the extent
caused by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or
any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of
the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable.
B. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their officers, directors, members,
partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors by any employee (or the
survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor,
any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to
perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the
indemnification obligation under Paragraph 7.18.A shall not be limited in any way by any
limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for
Contractor or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers'
compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts.
C. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 7.18.A shall not extend to
the liability of Engineer and Engineer's officers, directors, members, partners, employees,
agents, consultants and subcontractors arising out of:
1. the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve maps, Drawings,
opinions, reports,surveys, Change Orders, designs,or Specifications; or
2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of
the injury or damage.
7.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services
A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services
are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless
such services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. Contractor shall not be required to
provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations.
B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems,
materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents,
Owner and Engineer will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must
satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly
licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations,
specifications, certifications, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 37 of 65

Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such
professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when
submitted to Engineer.
C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and
completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by such design
professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have specified to Contractor all performance
and design criteria that such services must satisfy.
D. Pursuant to this paragraph, Engineer's review and approval of design calculations and
design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with
performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract
Documents. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other submittals (except
design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph
7.16.D.1.
E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria
specified by Owner or Engineer.
ARTICLE 8—OTHER WORK AT THE SITE
8.01 Other Work
A. In addition to and apart from the Work under the Contract Documents, the Owner may
perform other work at or adjacent to the Site. Such other work may be performed by
Owner's employees, or through contracts between the Owner and third parties. Owner
may also arrange to have third-party utility owners perform work on their utilities and
facilities at or adjacent to the Site.
B. If Owner performs other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner's employees, or
through contracts for such other work, then Owner shall give Contractor written notice
thereof prior to starting any such other work. If Owner has advance information regarding
the start of any utility work at or adjacent to the Site, Owner shall provide such information
to Contractor.
C. Contractor shall afford each other contractor that performs such other work, each utility
owner performing other work, and Owner, if Owner is performing other work with Owner's
employees, proper and safe access to the Site, and provide a reasonable opportunity for
the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other
work. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required
to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly
integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by
cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor
may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose
work will be affected.
D. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work
performed by others under this Article 8, Contractor shall inspect such other work and
promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other
work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of
Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such
other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent
defects and deficiencies in such other work.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 38 of 65

8.02 Coordination
A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work at or adjacent
to the Site, to perform other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner's employees, or to
arrange to have utility owners perform work at or adjacent to the Site, the following will be
set forth in the Supplementary Conditions or provided to Contractor prior to the start of
any such other work:
1. the identity of the individual or entity that will have authority and responsibility for
coordination of the activities among the various contractors;
2. an itemization of the specific matters to be covered by such authority and
responsibility; and
3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities.
B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole
authority and responsibility for such coordination.
8.03 Legal Relationships
A. If, in the course of performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner,the Owner's
employees, any other contractor working for Owner, or any utility owner causes damage to
the Work or to the property of Contractor or its Subcontractors, or delays, disrupts,
interferes with, or increases the scope or cost of the performance of the Work, through
actions or inaction, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the
Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal
seeking an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times under this
paragraph within 30 days of the damaging, delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. The
entitlement to, and extent of, any such equitable adjustment shall take into account
information (if any) regarding such other work that was provided to Contractor in the
Contract Documents prior to the submittal of the Bid or the final negotiation of the terms
of the Contract. When applicable, any such equitable adjustment in Contract Price shall be
conditioned on Contractor assigning to Owner all Contractor's rights against such other
contractor or utility owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference
that is the subject of the adjustment. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the
Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor's ability to
complete the Work within the Contract Times.
B. Contractor shall take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damaging, delaying,
disrupting,or interfering with the work of Owner, any other contractor,or any utility owner
performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. If Contractor fails to take such measures
and as a result damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of any such other
contractor or utility owner, then Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to
Contractor, and assign to such other contractor or utility owner the Owner's contractual
rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations set forth in this
paragraph.
C. When Owner is performing other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner's employees,
Contractor shall be liable to Owner for damage to such other work, and for the reasonable
direct delay, disruption, and interference costs incurred by Owner as a result of
Contractor's failure to take reasonable and customary measures with respect to Owner's
other work. In response to such damage, delay, disruption, or interference, Owner may
impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 39 of 65

D. If Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of any other contractor,
or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site, through Contractor's
failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid such impacts, or if any claim
arising out of Contractor's actions, inactions, or negligence in performance of the Work at
or adjacent to the Site is made by any such other contractor or utility owner against
Contractor, Owner, or Engineer, then Contractor shall (1) promptly attempt to settle the
claim as to all parties through negotiations with such other contractor or utility owner, or
otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law,
and (2) indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors,
members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of
them from and against any such claims, and against all costs, losses, and damages
(including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and
other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out
of or relating to such damage, delay, disruption, or interference.
ARTICLE 9—OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
9.01 Communications to Contractor
A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all
communications to Contractor through Engineer.
9.02 Replacement of Engineer
A. Owner may at its discretion appoint an engineer to replace Engineer, provided Contractor
makes no reasonable objection to the replacement engineer. The replacement engineer's
status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Engineer.
9.03 Furnish Data
A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents.
9.04 Pay When Due
A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in the
Agreement.
9.05 Lands and Easements;Reports, Tests, and Drawings
A. Owner's duties with respect to providing lands and easements are set forth in Paragraph
5.01.
B. Owner's duties with respect to providing engineering surveys to establish reference points
are set forth in Paragraph 4.03.
C. Article S refers to Owner's identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports
of explorations and tests of conditions at the Site, and drawings of physical conditions
relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site.
9.06 Insurance
A. Owner's responsibilities, if any, with respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and
property insurance are set forth in Article 6.
9.07 Change Orders
A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to Change Orders are set forth in Article 11.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 40 of 65

9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals
A. Owner's responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth
in Paragraph 14.02.B.
9.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities
A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible
for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction,
or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to
comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Owner will
not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition
A. Owner's responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is
set forth in Paragraph 5.06.
9.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements
A. Upon request of Contractor, Owner shall furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that
financial arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner's obligations under the Contract
Documents (including obligations under proposed changes in the Work).
9.12 Safety Programs
A. While at the Site, Owner's employees and representatives shall comply with the specific
applicable requirements of Contractor's safety programs of which Owner has been
informed.
B. Owner shall furnish copies of any applicable Owner safety programs to Contractor.
ARTICLE 10—ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
10.01 Owner's Representative
A. Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and
responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative
during construction are set forth in the Contract.
10.02 Visits to Site
A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of
construction as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and
qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the
various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such
visits and observations, Engineer,for the benefit of Owner,will determine, in general, if the
Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be
required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or
quantity of the Work. Engineer's efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a
greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the
Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, Engineer will keep
Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against
defective Work.
B. Engineer's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on Engineer's authority
and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 10.08. Particularly, but without limitation, during
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 41 of 65

or as a result of Engineer's visits or observations of Contractor's Work, Engineer will not
supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means,
methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions
and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and
Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work.
10.03 Project Representative
A. If Owner and Engineer have agreed that Engineer will furnish a Resident Project
Representative to represent Engineer at the Site and assist Engineer in observing the
progress and quality of the Work, then the authority and responsibilities of any such
Resident Project Representative will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and
limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as provided in Paragraph 10.08. If Owner
designates another representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who is not
Engineer's consultant, agent, or employee, the responsibilities and authority and
limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the
Supplementary Conditions.
10.04 Rejecting Defective Work
A. Engineer has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 14.
10.05 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments
A. Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to Shop Drawings and Samples, are set
forth in Paragraph 7.16.
B. Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design drawings
submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services, if any,are set forth in
Paragraph 7.19.
C. Engineer's authority as to Change Orders is set forth in Article 11.
D. Engineer's authority as to Applications for Payment is set forth in Article 15.
10.06 Determinations for Unit Price Work
A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work
performed by Contractor as set forth in Paragraph 13.03.
10.07 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work
A. Engineer will render decisions regarding the requirements of the Contract Documents, and
judge the acceptability of the Work, pursuant to the specific procedures set forth herein for
initial interpretations, Change Proposals, and acceptance of the Work. In rendering such
decisions and judgments, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or Contractor, and will
not be liable to Owner, Contractor, or others in connection with any proceedings,
interpretations, decisions, or judgments conducted or rendered in good faith.
10.08 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities
A. Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this Article 10 or under any other
provision of the Contract, nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to
exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or
performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer, shall create, impose,or give rise
to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to Contractor, any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee
or agent of any of them.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 42 of 65

B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for
Contractor's means, methods,techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction,or the
safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to
comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Engineer will
not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the
Work.
D. Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation
and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates
of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by
Paragraph 15.06.A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the
requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections,tests, and approvals, that the
results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents.
E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this Paragraph 10.08 shall also
apply to the Resident Project Representative, if any.
10.09 Compliance with Safety Program
A. While at the Site, Engineer's employees and representatives will comply with the specific
applicable requirements of Owner's and Contractor's safety programs (if any) of which
Engineer has been informed.
ARTICLE 11—AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS;CHANGES IN THE WORK
11.01 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents
A. The Contract Documents may be amended or supplemented by a Change Order, a Work
Change Directive,or a Field Order.
1. Change Orders:
a. If an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents includes a change in
the Contract Price or the Contract Times, such amendment or supplement must
be set forth in a Change Order. A Change Order also may be used to establish
amendments and supplements of the Contract Documents that do not affect the
Contract Price or Contract Times.
b. Owner and Contractor may amend those terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents that do not involve (1) the performance or acceptability of the Work,
(2) the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or (3)
other engineering or technical matters, without the recommendation of the
Engineer. Such an amendment shall be set forth in a Change Order.
2. Work Change Directives: A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price
or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the modification
ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a
subsequently issued Change Order, following negotiations by the parties as to the
Work Change Directive's effect, if any, on the Contract Price and Contract Times; or, if
negotiations are unsuccessful, by a determination under the terms of the Contract
Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraph 11.04 regarding
change of Contract Price. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 43 of 65

adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, no later than 30 days
after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive. Owner must
submit any Claim seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times,
or both, no later than 60 days after issuance of the Work Change Directive.
3. Field Orders: Engineer may authorize minor changes in the Work if the changes do not
involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible
with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated
by the Contract Documents. Such changes will be accomplished by a Field Order and
will be binding on Owner and also on Contractor, which shall perform the Work
involved promptly. If Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in
the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, then before proceeding with the Work
at issue, Contractor shall submit a Change Proposal as provided herein.
11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work
A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any
time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work. Such
changes shall be supported by Engineer's recommendation, to the extent the change
involves the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or other
engineering or technical matters. Such changes may be accomplished by a Change Order, if
Owner and Contractor have agreed as to the effect, if any, of the changes on Contract
Times or Contract Price; or by a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such
document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved; or, in the case of a
deletion in the Work, promptly cease construction activities with respect to such deleted
Work. Added or revised Work shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the
Contract Documents. Nothing in this paragraph shall obligate Contractor to undertake work
that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with
Contractor's safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations.
11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work
A. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract
Documents, as amended, modified, or supplemented, except in the case of an emergency
as provided in Paragraph 7.15 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph
14.05.
11.04 Change of Contract Price
A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an
adjustment in the Contract Price shall comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any
Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price shall comply with the provisions of Article 12.
B. An adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows:
1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract
Documents, then by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items
involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03); or
2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract
Documents, then by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for
overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 11.04.C.2); or
3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract
Documents and the parties do not reach mutual agreement to a lump sum, then on
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 44 of 65

the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 13.01) plus a
Contractor's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph
11.04.C).
C. Contractor's Fee: When applicable, the Contractor's fee for overhead and profit shall be
determined as follows:
1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or
2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the
various portions of the Cost of the Work:
a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.B.1 and 13.01.B.2,the Contractor's fee
shall be 15 percent;
b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 13.01.B.3, the Contractor's fee shall be five
percent;
c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus
a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 11.01.C.2.a and
11.01.C.2.b is that the Contractor's fee shall be based on: (1) a fee of 15 percent
of the costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.A.1 and 13.01.A.2 by the
Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, and (2) with
respect to Contractor itself and to any Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of
the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, a fee of five percent of the
amount (fee plus underlying costs incurred) attributable to the next lower tier
Subcontractor; provided, however, that for any such subcontracted work the
maximum total fee to be paid by Owner shall be no greater than 27 percent of
the costs incurred by the Subcontractor that actually performs the work;
d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 13.01.6.4,
13.01.B.5, and 13.01.C;
e. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change which
results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in
cost plus a deduction in Contractor's fee by an amount equal to five percent of
such net decrease; and
f. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment
in Contractor's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in
accordance with Paragraphs 11.04.C.2.a through 11.04.C.2.e, inclusive.
11.05 Change of Contract Times
A. The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an
adjustment in the Contract Times shall comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any
Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall comply with the provisions of Article
12.
B. An adjustment of the Contract Times shall be subject to the limitations set forth in
Paragraph 4.05, concerning delays in Contractor's progress.
11.06 Change Proposals
A. Contractor shall submit a Change Proposal to Engineer to request an adjustment in the
Contract Times or Contract Price; appeal an initial decision by Engineer concerning the
requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under
the Contract Documents; contest a set-off against payment due; or seek other relief under
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 45 of 65

the Contract. The Change Proposal shall specify any proposed change in Contract Times or
Contract Price, or both, or other proposed relief, and explain the reason for the proposed
change, with citations to any governing or applicable provisions of the Contract Documents.
1. Procedures: Contractor shall submit each Change Proposal to Engineer promptly (but
in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto, or after
such initial decision. The Contractor shall submit supporting data, including the
proposed change in Contract Price or Contract Time (if any), to the Engineer and
Owner within 15 days after the submittal of the Change Proposal.The supporting data
shall be accompanied by a written statement that the supporting data are accurate
and complete, and that any requested time or price adjustment is the entire
adjustment to which Contractor believes it is entitled as a result of said event.
Engineer will advise Owner regarding the Change Proposal, and consider any
comments or response from Owner regarding the Change Proposal.
2. Engineer's Action: Engineer will review each Change Proposal and, within 30 days after
receipt of the Contractor's supporting data, either deny the Change Proposal in whole,
approve it in whole, or deny it in part and approve it in part. Such actions shall be in
writing, with a copy provided to Owner and Contractor. If Engineer does not take
action on the Change Proposal within 30 days,then either Owner or Contractor may at
any time thereafter submit a letter to the other party indicating that as a result of
Engineer's inaction the Change Proposal is deemed denied, thereby commencing the
time for appeal of the denial under Article 12.
3. Binding Decision: Engineer's decision will be final and binding upon Owner and
Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor appeals the decision by filing a Claim under
Article 12.
B. Resolution of Certain Change Proposals: If the Change Proposal does not involve the design
(as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), the acceptability of the Work, or
other engineering or technical matters, then Engineer will notify the parties that the
Engineer is unable to resolve the Change Proposal. For purposes of further resolution of
such a Change Proposal, such notice shall be deemed a denial, and Contractor may choose
to seek resolution under the terms of Article 12.
11.07 Execution of Change Orders
A. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering:
1. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties,
including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in
accordance with a Work Change Directive;
2. changes in Contract Price resulting from an Owner set-off, unless Contractor has duly
contested such set-off;
3. changes in the Work which are: (a) ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02, (b)
required because of Owner's acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 14.04 or
Owner's correction of defective Work under Paragraph 14.07, or (c) agreed to by the
parties, subject to the need for Engineer's recommendation if the change in the Work
involves the design (as set forth in the Drawings,Specifications, or otherwise),or other
engineering or technical matters; and
4. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes, which embody the
substance of any final and binding results under Paragraph 11.06,or Article 12.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 46 of 65

B. If Owner or Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed
under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07, it shall be deemed to be of full force and effect, as
if fully executed.
11.08 Notification to Surety
A. If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting
the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but
not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times), the giving of any such notice will be
Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect
the effect of any such change.
ARTICLE 12—CLAIMS
12.01 Claims
A. Claims Process: The following disputes between Owner and Contractor shall be submitted
to the Claims process set forth in this Article:
1. Appeals by Owner or Contractor of Engineer's decisions regarding Change Proposals;
2. Owner demands for adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other
relief under the Contract Documents; and
3. Disputes that Engineer has been unable to address because they do not involve the
design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), the acceptability of
the Work,or other engineering or technical matters.
B. Submittal of Claim: The party submitting a Claim shall deliver it directly to the other party
to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event
giving rise thereto; in the case of appeals regarding Change Proposals within 30 days of the
decision under appeal. The party submitting the Claim shall also furnish a copy to the
Engineer, for its information only. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with
the party making the Claim. In the case of a Claim by Contractor seeking an increase in the
Contract Times or Contract Price, or both, Contractor shall certify that the Claim is made in
good faith, that the supporting data are accurate and complete, and that to the best of
Contractor's knowledge and belief the amount of time or money requested accurately
reflects the full amount to which Contractor is entitled.
C. Review and Resolution: The party receiving a Claim shall review it thoroughly, giving full
consideration to its merits. The two parties shall seek to resolve the Claim through the
exchange of information and direct negotiations. The parties may extend the time for
resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. All actions taken on a Claim shall be stated in
writing and submitted to the other party,with a copy to Engineer.
D. Mediation:
1. At any time after initiation of a Claim, Owner and Contractor may mutually agree to
mediation of the underlying dispute. The agreement to mediate shall stay the Claim
submittal and response process.
2. If Owner and Contractor agree to mediation,then after 60 days from such agreement,
either Owner or Contractor may unilaterally terminate the mediation process, and the
Claim submittal and decision process shall resume as of the date of the termination. If
the mediation proceeds but is unsuccessful in resolving the dispute, the Claim
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 47 of 65

submittal and decision process shall resume as of the date of the conclusion of the
mediation, as determined by the mediator.
3. Owner and Contractor shall each pay one-half of the mediator's fees and costs.
E. Partial Approval: If the party receiving a Claim approves the Claim in part and denies it in
part, such action shall be final and binding unless within 30 days of such action the other
party invokes the procedure set forth in Article 17 for final resolution of disputes.
F. Denial of Claim: If efforts to resolve a Claim are not successful,the party receiving the Claim
may deny it by giving written notice of denial to the other party. If the receiving party does
not take action on the Claim within 90 days, then either Owner or Contractor may at any
time thereafter submit a letter to the other party indicating that as a result of the inaction,
the Claim is deemed denied, thereby commencing the time for appeal of the denial. A
denial of the Claim shall be final and binding unless within 30 days of the denial the other
party invokes the procedure set forth in Article 17 for the final resolution of disputes.
G. Final and Binding Results: If the parties reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim,
whether through approval of the Claim, direct negotiations, mediation, or otherwise; or if a
Claim is approved in part and denied in part, or denied in full, and such actions become
final and binding; then the results of the agreement or action on the Claim shall be
incorporated in a Change Order to the extent they affect the Contract, including the Work,
the Contract Times,or the Contract Price.
ARTICLE 13—COST OF THE WORK;ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK
13.01 Cost of the Work
A. Purposes for Determination of Cost of the Work:The term Cost of the Work means the sum
of all costs necessary for the proper performance of the Work at issue, as further defined
below.The provisions of this Paragraph 13.01 are used for two distinct purposes:
1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract
Price, under cost-plus-fee,time-and-materials, or other cost-based terms; or
2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other
adjustment in Contract Price. When the value of any such adjustment is determined
on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor is entitled only to those additional or
incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event
giving rise to the adjustment.
B. Costs Included: Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, costs included in
the Cost of the Work shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of
the Project, shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 13.01.C, and shall
include only the following items:
1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of
the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor.
Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents,foremen, and other
personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed
full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the
Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the
cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions,
unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and
retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, and vacation and holiday pay applicable
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 48 of 65

thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on
Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent
authorized by Owner.
2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including
costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in
connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner
deposits funds with Contractor with which to make payments, in which case the cash
discounts shall accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and returns
from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner, and Contractor
shall make provisions so that they may be obtained.
3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by
Subcontractors. If required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from
subcontractors acceptable to Owner and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to
Owner, who will then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, if any, will
be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the
basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee,the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall
be determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as
provided in this Paragraph 13.01.
4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing
laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically
related to the Work.
5. Supplemental costs including the following:
a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of
Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work.
b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies,
equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and
hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of
the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed
which remain the property of Contractor.
c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof,
whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements
approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation,
loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs
shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements.The rental of any
such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no
longer necessary for the Work.
d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which
Contractor is liable, as imposed by Laws and Regulations.
e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor,
or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of
them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses.
f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not
compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection
with the performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the
deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with
Paragraph 6.05), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes
EICDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 49 of 65

other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or
indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable.
Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval
of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of
the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor's fee.
g. The cost of utilities,fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site.
h. Minor expenses such as communication service at the Site, express and courier
services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work.
i. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance that Contractor is required by
the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain.
C. Costs Excluded:The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items:
1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals
(of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers,
engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and
contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by
Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office for general
administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule
of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 13.01.B.1 or specifically covered by
Paragraph 13.01.B.4. The payroll costs and other compensation excluded here are to
be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor's fee.
2. Expenses of Contractor's principal and branch offices other than Contractor's office at
the Site.
3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital
employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments.
4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or
indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable,
including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or
equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property.
5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not
specifically and expressly included in Paragraph 13.01.B.
D. Contractor's Fee: When the Work as a whole is performed on the basis of cost-plus,
Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any
Work covered by a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in
Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor's fee shall be
determined as set forth in Paragraph 11.04.C.
E. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined
pursuant to this Article 13, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in
accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable
to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data.
13.02 Allowances
A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named
in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such
sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer.
EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract.
Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,
and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 50 of 65

For SRF projects,please note the EPA's six Good Faith Efforts found in 40 CFR 33
Filling out the Good Faith Efforts Form and providing Table B (if subcontracting is achieved) constitutes
compliance with EPA's six good faith efforts.
(1) Ensure MBE/WBEs are made aware of contracting opportunities to the fullest extent practicable
through outreach and recruitment activities. For Indian Tribal,State and local Government recipients,
this will include placing MBE/WBEs on solicitation lists and soliciting them whenever they are potential
sources.
(2) Make information of forthcoming opportunities available to MBE/WBEs and arrange time for
contracts and establish delivery schedules,where requirements permit, in a way that encourages and
facilitates participation by DBEs in the competitive process.This includes,whenever possible, posting
solicitations for bids or proposals for a minimum of 30 calendar days before the bid or proposal closing
date.
(3)Consider in the contracting process whether firms competing for large contracts could subcontract
with MBE/WBEs. For Indian Tribal,State and local Government recipients,this will include dividing total
requirements when economically feasible into smaller tasks or quantities in order to increase
opportunities for participation by MBE/WBEs in the competitive process.
(4) Encourage contracting with a consortium of MBE/WBEs when a contract is too large for one of these
firms to handle individually.
(5) Use the services and assistance of the SBA and the MBDA.
(6) If the prime contractor awards subcontracts, require the prime contractor to take the steps in
subparagraphs(1)-(5)of this section.
Pertinent State of North Carolina Administrative Code Regarding M/WBE Compliance.The
provisions in this Compliance Supplement constitute compliance with the Rules below.
Owner Requirements 01 NCAC 301 .0306
Contractor Requirements 01 NCAC 301 .0308
Resources
Some sources for identifying MBE/WBE(DBE)firms
• https://www.ips.state.nc.us/vendor/SearchVendor.aspx (NCDOA)
• https://www.ebs.nc.gov/VendorDirectory/default.html (NCDOT)
• http://dsbs.sba.gov/dsbs/search/dsp dsbs.cfm (US SBA)
Some sources for finding minority trade papers for potential solicitation advertisements and
Federal advertising options
• http://web.sba.gov/subnet/ (US SBA Subnet advertising website)
• https://www.mbda.gov/ (US Dept. of Commerce)
• https://ncadmin.nc.gov/businesses/hub (NC HUB Office)
Instructions Page 2 of 2

Good Faith Efforts Form
Attempts to provide subcontracting opportunities for MBE/WBE firms.
Per 01 NCAC 301 .0101, 50 points must be claimed below by the bidder.
(This is identical to State of NC Affidavit A)
❑ 1—(10 pts)Contacted minority businesses that reasonably could have been expected to submit a quote and
that were known to the contractor,or available on State or local government maintained lists,at least 10 days
before the bid date and notified them of the nature and scope of the work to be performed.
❑ 2--(10 pts)Made the construction plans,specifications and requirements available for review by prospective
minority businesses,or providing these documents to them at least 10 days before the bids are due.
❑ 3—(15 pts)Broken down or combined elements of work into economically feasible units to facilitate minority
participation.
❑ 4—(10 pts)Worked with minority trade,community,or contractor organizations identified by the Office of
Historically Underutilized Businesses and included in the bid documents that provide assistance in recruitment of
minority businesses.
❑ 5—(10 pts)Attended prebid meetings scheduled by the public owner.
❑ 6—(20 pts)Provided assistance in getting required bonding or insurance or provided alternatives to bonding
or insurance for subcontractors.
❑ 7—(15 pts)Negotiated in good faith with interested minority businesses and did not reject them as
unqualified without sound reasons based on their capabilities. Any rejection of a minority business based on lack
of qualification should have the reasons documented in writing.
❑ 8—(25 pts)Provided assistance to an otherwise qualified minority business in need of equipment, loan
capital, lines of credit,or joint pay agreements to secure loans,supplies,or letters of credit, including waiving
credit that is ordinarily required. Assisted minority businesses in obtaining the same unit pricing with the bidder's
suppliers in order to help minority businesses in establishing credit.
❑ 9—(20 pts)Negotiated joint venture and partnership arrangements with minority businesses in order to
increase opportunities for minority business participation on a public construction or repair project when possible.
❑ 10-(20 pts) Provided quick pay agreements and policies to enable minority contractors and suppliers to meet
cash-flow demands.
Good Faith Efforts Form, Page 1 of 2

Results of Good Faith Efforts Undertaken (you must check one box below)
❑ No subcontractors are being used for this contracted work. Fill out Table A listing only
the Prime Contractor. (This statement takes the place of State of NC Affidavit B)
❑ Subcontractors are being used. Fill out Table A and B for each trade. Each Table B lists 3.
❑ Subcontractors are being used. If any Table B has fewer than 3 solicitations you must
also advertise in an M/WBE trade paper and indicate what source of M/WBE firms you
used (must list at least one). Some possible papers and sources of M/WBE firms are
listed in the Instructions of this Supplement.
Name of the Trade Paper:
Submit proof of advertisement with package
M/WBE Sources: Source: Source:
Submit printouts from M/WBE source(s)
Certification Statement and Affidavit of Contractor.
The below affidavit constitutes compliance with 01NCAC 301 .0308(7)(a) and (b) and takes the
place of State of North Carolina Affidavits C and D.
I have read the information in this compliance supplement and all information provided to the
State in this package is accurate and true to the extent of my knowledge including the
calculated percentages and the good faith efforts presented herein.
Prime Contractor Company Name(Print) Prime Contractor Representative(Sign&Date)
State of ,County of
SEAL Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20_
Notary Public
My Commission Expires
Certification of Project Owner/Funding Applicant
Funding Applicant(City,Town etc) Applicant Authorized Representative(Sign&Date)
Division of Water Infrastructure Project Number
Good Faith Efforts Form, Page 2 of 2

Table A: Prime Contractor and list of selected subcontractors
List Prime and ALL of the selected subcontractors (both DBE's and non-DBE's) being used on the project. Each Trade listed on
this sheet should have a completed Table B: Subcontract Solicitation List showing the DBE firms contacted and given
opportunities to bid.
Company Name (list Company Trade (Above) and MBE or WBE (State use
prime first then subs) Address and Price (Below) and certifying only) Listed in
Phone agency if EPLS as
applicable Debarred?
Calculate M/WBE utilization as a percent (00.00%) of the prime contract. Limited to 100%even if the Prime is a DBE.
MBE and WBE subs total $
Prime Contract Price $
Note:Table A substitutes for both the State of NC"Identification of Minority Participation"form and EPA Form 6100-4.

Table B: Subcontract Solicitation List
Table B is required if:
1) Project is Federally funded (SRF) OR;
2) Project is a State Reserve Project or State Emergency Loan (SRP or SEL) and Utilization % on Table A is less than 10%
3)
Trade: (enter the trade being solicited, paving, hauling etc.)
List the firm being used on the project first. If three MBE or WBE firms are not listed, additional information
must be provided showing advertisements and/or sources used to identify MBE/WBE subs.
Use as many of these sheets as are necessary to cover every trade being subbed out.
Company Name Company MBE or WBE and How was this firm contacted
Address and certifying agency if (email, letter, phone) and what
Phone applicable. was the result of the
solicitation?*
*Must submit copies of emails or letters. If phone calls were made this sheet can serve as documentation of calls.

MBE/WBE (DBE) - Change or Add a Subcontractor Form
According to EPA guidance on 40 CFR 33.302
If a DBE subcontractor fails to complete work under the subcontract for any reason, the recipient must
require the prime contractor to employ the six good faith efforts described in§33.301 if soliciting a
replacement subcontractor.
Please provide the information below if the subcontracted work in question was included in previously
submitted good faith efforts documentation:
Prime Contractor:
Subcontracted work:
Previous Subcontractor:
Reason this firm did not complete the work:
New subcontractor and DBE status: ❑MBE ❑WBE ❑N/A
If this is a new trade being subcontracted,or was not documented in the original Project Bid Information
submittal to the State then good faith efforts to solicit a DBE firm must be documented. As the original
DBE instructions indicate, please provide a Table B from those original instructions, showing all the DBE
firms contacted to perform this work. If three(3)firms are not listed on Table B,then additionally you
must submit proof of an advertisement in a minority trade paper and evidence that there were not
three reasonably available firms in the work area.The EPA provides in 33.301(a)that good faith efforts
are to be carried out "...to the fullest extent practicable...". If solicitations were not carried out due to
being impracticable, please attach this explanation to this form.
Please follow the steps below for new subcontracted work:
Indicate the new trade being subcontracted:
Indicate the firm being used and DBE status: EMBE ❑WBE ❑N/A
Attach Table B
(For State Use) Is this sub debarred? ['Yes ❑No
Project Owner/Applicant: Project Number:
Signature of Prime Contractor's Representative

SECTION 013300—SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This Section includes, but is not limited to, requirements for the following:
1. Submittal procedures
2. Construction progress schedule
3. Schedule of values
4. Project record documents
5. Certificates of compliance
6. Catalog data
7. Shop drawings
8. Manufacturer's installation procedures
9. Samples
10. Warranties
11. Spare parts and maintenance materials
1.2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Digital transmission of submittals is preferred.
B. Transmit physical submittals with cover letter to the Engineer:
TRC—114 Edinburgh South Drive,Suite 200, Cary, North Carolina 27511
C. Sequentially number transmittal forms. Re-submittals are to have original number with
q Y
an alphabetic suffix.
D. Cover letter for each submittal package shall list the following:
1. Contractor's Name
2. Owner's Name: Town of Boonville
3. Project Name: Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent
4. TRC PN: 554801
E. Individual submittals shall each be listed by the following information:
1. Submittal reference number
2. Specification section number
3. Drawing and detail number when appropriate
4. Equipment
5. Type submittal
6. Supplier
7. Manufacturer
F. Apply Contractor's stamp to each submittal signed or initialed and dated, certifying that
Contractor has reviewed submittal for conformance with requirements of Contract
Documents, and has coordinated submittal with related work.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
013300- 1/5

SECTION 013300—SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
G. Schedule submittals to expedite Project and deliver to coordinate submission of related
items. Allow a minimum of fifteen (15)working days for Engineer's review.
H. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product limitations as they relate to
the satisfactory performance of the Project.
I. Provide space for Contractor and Engineer review stamps.
J. Revise and resubmit submittals as required — identify changes made since previous
submittal.
K. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned parties. Instruct parties to
promptly report inability to comply with provisions.
L. Work requiring submittal review by Engineer shall not be started until review has been
obtained.
M. Engineer's review of submittals shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for
complete compliance with Contract Documents.
1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE SUBMITTALS
A. Construction Progress Schedule
1. Submit five (5) copies of the initial progress schedule 15 days after date of Owner-
Contractor Agreement. One copy shall be returned to the Contractor.
2. Progress schedule shall be,as a minimum, a horizontal bar chart with a separate line
for each major section of Work. Identify the first workday of each week.
3. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying Work of separate
stages and other logically grouped activities. Indicate the early and late start, early
and late finish,float dates,and duration.
4. Indicate the expected monthly pay requests.
5. Submit revised schedule with each Application for Payment as required for
updating, identifying changes since previous version. Indicate estimated percentage
of completion for each item of Work at each submission.
6. Indicate submittal dates required for critical shop drawings, product data, samples,
and product delivery dates including those furnished by Owner and items listed
under Allowances.
7. Indicate specific work sequences and requirements.
B. Schedule of Values
1. Submit three (3) copies of the schedule of values at least three (3) weeks prior to
the first partial payment request. Schedule shall divide the lump sum contract items
into major work tasks. Use the table of contents as a guide for itemizing the
schedule. Schedule will be used only as a basis for review of the Contractor's
request for payment.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
013300-2/5

SECTION 013300—SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
2. Engineer may request additional delineation of work tasks and supporting data of
the values,as he deems appropriate. Revise schedule and resubmit.
3. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders,with each request for payment.
C. Project Record Documents
1. Maintain on site, one set of the following record documents; record actual
revisions to the Work:
a. Contract Drawings
b. Contract Documents and Specifications
c. Addenda
d. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract
e. Reviewed Submittals
2. Store Record Documents separate from documents used for construction.
3. Record information concurrent with construction progress.
4. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each Product section description of
actual Products installed, including the following:
a. Manufacturer's name, product model and number
b. Product substitutions or alternates utilized
c. Changes made by Addenda and Modifications
5. Record Documents and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual
construction including:
a. Measure and reference horizontal and vertical locations of underground
utilities and appurtenances to permanent surface improvements.
b. Field changes from construction Drawings.
c. Details not on original Contract Drawings.
6. Submit documents to engineer with final Application for Payment.
1.4 TECHNICAL SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following, in the number indicated, as required by the individual
sections of the technical specifications.
B. Certificates of Compliance
1. Submit Manufacturer's Certificates of Compliance, in quantities specified for Shop
Drawings.
2. Certificates shall certify that the Products delivered to the project are in
conformance with the Specifications.
3. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on Product but must be
acceptable to Engineer.
4. Certification shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for complying with
requirements of the Specifications.
C. Catalog Data
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
013300-3/5

SECTION 013300—SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
1. Submit copies of manufacturers' standard catalog cuts of Products to be used in the
Work.
2. When shop drawings are not required, the catalog data shall include the following
as a minimum:
a. Parts schedule that identifies the materials to be used in each of the
various parts.
b. Sufficient detail to serve as a guide for assembly and disassembly of the
product and to serve as guide for ordering parts.
3. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models options, and other data.
Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this
Work in the Shop Drawing submittal.
4. Submit the number of copies as follows:
a. Products specified by a national standard: Submit three (3) copies. This
data is for the general information of the Engineer and for use by the
Owner for operation and maintenance and will not be returned to the
Contractor.
b. Other Products: Submit the number of copies specified for the Shop
Drawing.
D. Shop Drawing
1. Submit the number of copies that Contractor requires, plus three (3) copies that will
be retained by Engineer.
2. Shop drawings shall consist of drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules,
performance charts, brochures and other data, prepared specifically for a portion of
the Work. Shop Drawings shall indicate the type, size, quantity, arrangement,
location, mode of operation, component materials, utility connections, wiring and
control diagrams, anchorages, supports, factory applied coatings, and other
information necessary to ensure satisfactory fabrication, installation and operation
of the completed Work. Shop Drawings shall establish the actual detail of
manufactured or fabricated items, indicate proper relation to adjoining work,
amplify design details of mechanical and electrical equipment in proper relation to
physical spaces in the structure, and incorporate minor changes to design and
construction to suit actual requirements.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
013300-4/5

SECTION 013300—SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
E. Manufacturer's Installation Procedures
1. Submit manufacturers' installation procedures to Engineer for review in the
quantities specified for Shop Drawings.
F. Samples
1. Submit samples as required by the individual specification sections. Samples shall
be physical examples to illustrate the materials and workmanship. Submit in
sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate the functional characteristics of the
Product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices, and the full range of
color to be provided.
G. Warranties
1. Provide copies of Product warranties as required by the individual sections of the
specifications.
2. Provide duplicate notarized copies.
3. Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and
manufacturers.
4. Provide Table of Contents and assemble in three D side ring binder with durable
plastic cover.
5. Submit prior to final Application for Payment.
6. For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated
submittal within 10 days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of
warranty period.
H. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials
1. Provide recommended manufacturer's list of spare parts, maintenance, and
extra material as specified in individual sections.
END OF SECTION 013300
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
013300-5/5

SECTION 014500—QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. General quality assurance and control
B. References
C. Manufacturer's instructions, certificates,field services, and reports
D. Testing laboratory services.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures
1.3 GENERAL QUALITY CONTROL
A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site
conditions, and workmanship,to produce work of specified quality.
B. Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified
requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship.
C. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality.
D. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices and sized to withstand
stresses,vibration, physical distortion,and disfigurement.
1.4 REFERENCES
A. Conform to the referenced standards and Standard Specifications.
B. Specific provisions of codes, regulations and standards may be referenced in individual
Specifications to assist the Contractor and identify options selected by the Engineer.
Such references do not relieve the Contractor from compliance with other applicable
provisions of codes, regulations, and standards not specifically referenced.
C. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request
clarification from Engineer before proceeding.
1.5 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND CERTIFICATES
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions in full detail, including each step in sequence.
Should instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from
Engineer before proceeding.
B. When required by individual Specifications Section, submit manufacturer's certificate
that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
1.6 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS
A. When specified in respective Specification Sections, require supplier, manufacturer, or
installer, to provide qualified personnel to observe field conditions, conditions of
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
014500- 1/2

SECTION 014500—QUALITY CONTROL
surfaces and installation; quality of workmanship; start-up of equipment; test, adjust,
and balance of equipment as applicable; and to make appropriate recommendations.
B. Manufacturer's representative shall submit a written report to Engineer listing
observations, site decisions, and instructions that are supplemental or contrary to
manufacturer's written instructions. The manufacturer's representative shall certify
that the materials and/or equipment has been properly installed and is functioning
correctly.
1.7 TESTING
A. Provide all testing specified in individual Specification Sections. All testing services shall
be arranged for and paid by the Contractor unless otherwise indicated in the Contract
Documents.
1.8 INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES FOR CONCRETE AND SOILS
A. Where reference is made in the Specifications to tests, inspections, independent
designs, etc., such services shall be furnished by a fully qualified independent testing
laboratory or firm of inspection engineers. All costs for providing such services shall be
paid for by the Contractor.
B. All arrangements for the testing work shall be made by the Contractor. Whenever
inclement weather does not provide suitable testing conditions, the Contractor shall be
responsible for cancellation notice to the testing agency. Any costs incurred because of
failure to provide adequate cancellation notice shall be borne by the Contractor. Owner
shall be notified of arrangements made for testing work.
C. If a test fails to meet specification requirements, then the area represented by that test
shall be reworked and retested at the Contractor's expense. Any additional testing
required to verify previously failing tests shall be at the Contractor's expense. All
corrective measures shall be documented in the Quality Control reports.
D. Test reports shall be supplied to the Engineer within 3 days of the completion of such
testing.
PART 2 PRODUCTS(NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 014500
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
014500-2/2

SECTION 016000—PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Products.
B. Transportation and handling.
C. Storage and protection.
D. Product options.
E. Substitutions
1.2 PRODUCTS
A. Products: Means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and
systems forming the Work. It does not include machinery and equipment used for
preparation, fabrication, conveying, and erection of the Work. Products may also
include existing materials or components specified in the Contract Document for reuse.
1.3 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Transport and handle Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Ship fabricated assemblies in largest sections permitted by carrier regulations and
properly marked for ease of field erection.
C. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that Products comply with specified
requirements,quantities are correct, and Products are undamaged.
D. Provide equipment and personnel to handle Products by methods to prevent soiling,
disfigurement, or damage.
1.4 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Keep on site storage of material to a minimum.
B. Store and protect Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions in unopened
original packages, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive Products in
weather-tight, climate-controlled enclosures.
C. For exterior storage of fabricated Products, place on sloped supports, above ground.
D. Provide off site storage and protection when site does not permit on site storage.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
016000- 1/3

SECTION 016000—PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
E. Cover Products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide
ventilation to avoid condensation.
F. Store loose granular Products on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Prevent
mixing with foreign matter.
G. Arrange storage of Products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to
assure Products are maintained under specified conditions.
1.5 DAMAGED PRODUCTS
A. Remove damaged Products from Project site.
1.6 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Products Specified by Reference Standards: Product meeting standard and specific
requirements of these specifications.
B. The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment specified or
described in the Bidding Documents, or or-equal materials and equipment as defined in
the General Conditions, or those substitute or materials and equipment approved by the
Engineer and identified by Addendum. The materials and equipment described in the
Bidding Documents establish a standard of required type,function and quality to be met
by any proposed substitute or or-equal item. Request for Engineer's clarification of
materials and equipment considered or-equal prior to the Effective Date of the
Agreement must be received by the Engineer at least 15 days prior to the date for
receipt of Bids. No item of material or equipment will be considered by Engineer as a
substitute unless written request for approval has been submitted by Bidder and has
been received by Engineer at least 15 days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Each
request shall conform to the requirements of the General Conditions. The burden of
proof of the merit of the proposed item is upon the Bidder. Engineer's decision of
approval or disapproval of a proposed item will be final. If Engineer approves any
proposed substitute item, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum issued to all
prospective Bidders. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner.
1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Engineer will consider requests for Substitutions only within 30 days after date of
Owner-Contractor Agreement.
B. Substitutions after receipt of bids will not be allowed for any reason other than a
product becoming unavailable.
C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed
Substitution with Contract Documents.
D. Request constitutes a representation that Contractor:
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
016000-2/3

SECTION 016000—PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the
quality level of the specified product.
2. Shall provide same warranty for Substitution as for specified product.
3. Shall coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be
required for the Work to be complete with no additional costs to Owner.
4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become
apparent.
5. Shall reimburse Owner for review or redesign services associated with reapproval by
authorities.
E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing
or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will
require revision to the Contract Documents.
F. Substitution Submittal Procedure:
1. Submit three copies of request for Substitution for consideration. Limit each
request to one proposed Substitution.
2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to proposed
product equivalence.
3. Engineer will notify Contractor, in writing, of decision to accept or reject request.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
NOT USE
END OF SECTION 016000
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
016000-3/3

SECTION 017000—EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Close out procedures.
B. Final Cleaning.
C. Adjusting.
1.2 CLOSE OUT PRODEDURES
A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been
inspected, and is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Engineer's
inspection.
B. Provide submittals to Engineer that are required by governing or other authorities.
C. Submit set of Record Documents indicating changes during construction as required in
Section, Submittal Procedures.
D. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous
payments, and final amount due.
E. Submit the following with final Application for Payment:
1. Affidavit of Release of Liens
2. Consent of Surety for Final Payment
3. Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims
4. Final Certified Payroll Information
F. Submit warranties as required by individual equipment specifications.
1.3 FINAL CLEANING
A. Clean Project prior to final inspection. Project clean up shall include, but not be limited to,
the following:
1. Sweep paved areas.
2. Rake clean landscaped surfaces.
3. Remove waste,and surplus materials.
4. Remove temporary construction facilities.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN:554801
017000- 1/2

SECTION 017000—EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
1.4 FINAL INSPECTION AND TESTS
A. Complete punch list items within 30 days of receipt from Engineer. Owner may have work
not completed within 30 days performed by others with the cost deducted from the
Contractor's final payment. Additional engineering and inspection services required as a
result of Contractor not completing punch list within 30 days shall be at Contractor's
expense.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 017000
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
017000-2/2

SECTION 017110—CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT&AS-BUILT INFORMATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 QUALIFICATIONS
A. The Contractor shall employ a Land Surveyor licensed in the State of North Carolina and
acceptable to the Engineer.
1.2 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS
A. The Engineer will identify on the plans base lines, control points, and bench mark(s),and
will identify other pertinent monuments at the site of the work.
B. The Contractor shall verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work and
promptly notify Engineer of any discrepancies discovered.
C. The Contractor shall protect survey control points and preserve permanent reference
points during construction. If any of the control points established by the Owner or
Engineer are carelessly or willfully disturbed, the cost of replacing the control points
shall be charged against the Contractor. The Contractor shall promptly report to
Engineer the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of
changes in grades or other reasons.
1.3 LAYING OUT WORK
A. The Contractor shall, at his expense, provide all necessary survey services and shall
provide and maintain accurate, detailed survey field notes and daily progress reports.
B. From the lines, control points, and benchmarks identified by the Engineer, the
Contractor shall run all lines and levels, furnish, set and drive grade stakes, and do all
other work necessary to lay out his work in accordance with the dimensions and
elevations shown on the Drawings.
C. The plans and supplementary drawings shall not be scaled and the Contractor shall
verify all dimensions and elevations at the site prior to proceeding with the work. The
Contractor shall also verify existing utility locations prior to purchasing materials
affected by these locations.
D. The Contractor shall locate and inform the Engineer as to the existence of any existing,
conflicting utilities, prior to construction.
1.4 MEETINGS
A. Contractor's Land Surveyor is required to attend pre-construction conference.
PART 2 PRODUCTS(NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 017110
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
017110-1/1

SECTION 099000—PAINTING &COATING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
Provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for the preparation of surfaces and the
application of paint systems to all surfaces specified below and shown on drawings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining from the paint manufacturer product literature
giving name, generic type and descriptive information, application recommendations, and
maintenance information. Six(6)copies of all information shall be submitted to the Engineer for
review and approval. Three (3) copies will be returned to the contractor for his use. The
Contractor shall submit two (2) samples of color chips for all surfaces. The Contractor shall
coordinate the color selection of all objects to be painted with the Owner. A detailed color
schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer and Owner for color selection. No painting shall
begin until the color schedule has been approved by Engineer and Owner. Owner reserves the
right to select up to ten different colors at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, HANDLING,AND STORAGE
All materials shall be delivered to the job site in original, new and unopened containers bearing
the manufacturer's name on the label. Labels shall be provided on each container with the
following information: Name of material, manufacturer's stock number, manufacturer's name,
contents by volume for major pigment and vehicle constituents, thinning instructions and
application instructions. The Contractor shall protect all material from freezing or damage and
shall store all materials used on the job in a single place. Remove any soiled or used rags, waste
trash from storage area every night. Take every precaution to avoid the danger of fire.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. All paint materials shall be the products of one of the following manufacturers, or
approved equal:
1. Benjamin Moore
2. Devoe
3. Duron
4. Glidden
5. Pratt& Lambert
6. PPG.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
099000- 1/2

SECTION 099000—PAINTING &COATING
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
All coating shall be applied in accordance with the coating manufacturer's recommendations.
3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION
All surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned and primed following manufacturer's
recommendations.
3.3 PRIMER APPLICATION
All surfaces shall be primed immediately following surface preparation and before any surface
rusting occurs or any dust or soil has accumulated.
3.4 FIELD PRIMER APPLICATION
Field welds and damaged areas shall be field primed after surface preparation and before any
surface rusting or accumulation of dust or soil. Weld seams shall be coated by brushing Curing
time shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
3.5 INTERMEDIATE AND FINISH COAT APPLICATION
In no case shall coating be applied if the relative humidity exceeds 85%. The finish coat shall be
applied when the surface temperature is between 50 degrees F. and 120 degrees F. Each day's
coating should always be completed well in advance of the probable time of day condensation
will occur, and the steel surface temperature is expected to drop below the dew point.
Minimum curing time shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
Finish coat shall be uniform in color and sheen without streaks, laps, runs,sags,or missed areas.
3.6 PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. Interior wood and gypsum board: 100%acrylic latex.
B. Steel: alkyd enamel.
C. Exterior surfaces: 100%acrylic latex.
3.7 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Contractor shall strictly adhere to provisions found in the manufacturer's Material Safety Data
Sheets.
END OF SECTION 099000
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN:554801
099000-2/2

CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS — 099656
PART 1--GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
This section covers all workmanship, materials and quality requirements
for concrete resurfacing work. Provide and apply resinous (epoxy)
resurfacing materials as specified and as indicated on drawings.
1.02 RELATED WORK:
A. Section 013300 — Submittal Procedures
1.03 REFERENCES:
This section contains references to the documents listed below. They are a part of
this section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the
requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the more stringent
of the requirements shall prevail.
Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents
in effect at the time of receipt of Bids. If referenced documents have been
discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall
mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that
organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the
document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the
following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific
document version associated with that date, whether or not the document has
been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued, or replaced.
Referenced publications found within this specification shall be the latest revision
unless otherwise specified; and applicable parts of the referenced publications
shall become a part of this specification as if fully included.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WVVfP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
099656 - 1 of 18

CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS — 099656
Reference Title
ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials)
ASTM C 920 Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants.
ASTM D 3960 Practice for Determining Volatile Organic Compound (VOC)
Content of Paints and Related Coatings.
ASTM D 4259 Practice for Abrading Concrete.
ASTM E 337 Standard Practice Test Method for Measuring Humidity with a
Psychrometer.
ASTM F 710 Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors and Other Monolithic
Surfaces to Receive Resilient Flooring.
ASTM D 4285 Standard Test Method for Indicating Oil or Water in Compressed Air
ICRI (International Concrete Restoration Institute)
Guideline No. Selecting and Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for
03732 Sealers, Coatings, and Polymer Overlays.
NACE International
NACE "A Manual for Painter Safety"
Publication 6D-
173
NACE "Surface Preparation Abrasives for Industrial Maintenance
Publication 6G- Painting"
164
NACE Coatings and Linings for Immersion Service: Chapter 1 Safety,
Publication Chapter 2 Surface Preparation, Chapter 3 Curing, and Chapter 4
TPC2 Inspection
NACE
Publication 6F- "Surface Preparation of Steel or Concrete Tank Interiors"
163
NACE RP0892- Standard Recommended Practice, Lining over Concrete in
92 Immersion Service.
NACE RP0288- Standard Recommended Practice, Inspection of Linings on Steel
88 and Concrete.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WVVTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
099656 - 2 of 18

CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS —099656
Reference Title
NACE RP0188 Standard Recommended Practice, Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing
of Protective Coatings.
SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings
SSPC-SP12
Surface Preparation and Cleaning of Steel and Other Hard
Materials by High h and Ultrahigh Pressure Water JettingPrior to
g
Recoating.
SSPC-SP13 Surface Preparation of Concrete
SSPC-PA-3 "A Guide to Safety in Paint Application"
SSPC-Guide 12 Guide for Illumination of Industrial Painting Project.
OSHA (Occupational Safety & Health Administration)
1915.35 Standards — 29 CFR — Painting
ANSI (American National Standards Institute)
ANSI/ASC 29.4 Abrasive Blasting Operations —Ventilation and Safe Practice
Exhaust
Systems
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. REQUIREMENTS:
1. Do not use or retain contaminated, outdated, or diluted materials
for resurfacing. Do not use materials from previously opened
containers.
2. Use only products of the approved Manufacturer. Use products of
one manufacturer in any one resurfacing system with compatible
materials. Provide same material product for touch-up as for
original material.
3. If any requirements of this specification conflict with a referenced
standard, the more stringent requirement shall apply.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
099656 - 3 of 18

CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS — 099656
4. Make available all locations and phases of the work for access by
the Engineer or other personnel designated by the Engineer. The
Contractor shall provide ventilation and egress to safely access the
coating work areas for inspection.
5. Conduct work so that the resurfacing system is installed as
specified herein. Inspect work continually to ensure that the
resurfacing system is installed as specified herein. The Contractor
shall inspect the work to determine conformance with the
specifications and referenced documents. The Contractor shall
inform the Engineer of the progress and the quality of the work
through daily reports as specified below. Any nonconforming
coating system work shall be corrected as specified herein or as
recommended by the Manufacturer.
6. Summarize test data, work progress, areas covered, ambient
conditions, quality control inspection test findings, and other
information pertinent to the resurfacing system installation in daily
reports to be submitted to the Engineer or the Engineer's
Representative.
7. The methods of construction shall be in accordance with all
requirements of this specification.
8. Employ only tradespeople who have at least three years of
experience performing resurfacing work of similar size and
complexity as the work specified in this Section. Submittals to
verify these qualifications are to be made within thirty (30) days of
the Notice-to-Proceed and are subject to approval by the Engineer.
9. Specified System is the minimum standard of quality for this
project. Submissions of alternative manufacturers shall be
approved by the engineer and owner in writing ten days prior to bid
date.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following prior to commencing with any phase of the work
covered by this Section:
1. Manufacturer's current printed recommendations and product data
sheets for all coating system products supplied under this section
including performance criteria, surface preparation and
applications, volatile organic compound (VOC) data, and safety
requirements.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WVVTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
099656-4 of 18

CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS — 099656
2. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for any materials brought on-
site including all resurfacing system materials, solvents, and
abrasive blast media.
3. Storage requirements including temperature, humidity, and
ventilation for resurfacing system materials.
4. Manufacturer's requirements, including application procedures for
resurfacing materials, shall be in writing and shall be followed in
detail. All safety precautions recommended by the Manufacturer
shall be strictly adhered to at all times when work is in progress.
5. Color samples for all surfaces to be resurfaced that have been
field-matched to existing colors.
6. Submit applicator's certification that resurfacing materials comply
with Federal, State, and Local regulations for VOC (Volatile
Organic Compounds).
7. Submit daily reports that contain the following information:
substrate conditions, ambient conditions, application procedures,
work completed and location thereof. Mark-up drawings that show
location of work.
8. Submit letter(s) with associated product data signed by
Manufacturer certifying that submitted products are suitable for
application on the surfaces to be resurfaced and for the service
conditions.
1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
Materials shall be stored in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations in
enclosed structures and shall be protected from weather and adverse temperature
conditions. Flammable materials shall be stored in accordance with state and local
codes. Materials exceeding storage life recommended by the manufacturer shall
be removed from the site.
A. Store all materials only in area or areas designated by the Engineer solely
for this purpose. Confine mixing, thinning, clean-up and associated
operations, and storage of materials-related debris before authorized
disposal, to these areas. All materials are to be stored on pallets or
similar storage/handling skids off the ground in sheltered areas in which
the temperature is maintained between 50°F and 90°F.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WVVfP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
099656 - 5 of 18

CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS — 099656
B. Mix all resurfacing materials in an enclosed mixing area designated by the
Engineer. This enclosed area must protect the mixing operation and
materials from direct sunlight, inclement weather, freezing, or other means
of damage or contamination. Protect all other concrete and metallic
surfaces and finishes from any spillage of material(s) within the mixing
area.
C. Do not use floor drains, dikes or storm drains for disposal of resurfacing
system materials.
D. The Contractor shall take all precautions and implement all measures
necessary to avert potential hazards associated with the resurfacing
system materials as described on the pertinent Material Safety Data
Sheets or container labels.
E. Deliver all materials to the jobsite in their original, unopened containers.
Each container shall bear the Manufacturer's name and label.
1. Labels on all material containers must show the following
information:
a. Name or title of product.
b. Federal Specification Number if applicable.
c. Manufacturer's batch number and date of manufacture.
d. Manufacturer's name.
e. Generic type of material.
f. Application and mixing instructions.
g. Hazardous material identification label.
h. Shelf life date.
Storage requirements.
2. All containers shall be clearly marked indicating any personnel
safety hazards associated with the use of or exposure to the
materials.
3. All materials shall be handled and stored to prevent damage or loss
of label.
4. Resurfacing material storage and mixing areas shall be designated
by the Engineer.
5. Do not use or retain contaminated, outdated, prematurely opened,
diluted materials, or materials which have exceeded their shelf life.
1.07 COORDINATION OF WORK
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WVVfP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
099656 - 6 of 18

CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS — 099656
A. WORK AREAS:
The work areas on the jobsite will be designated by the Engineer. The
Contractor's personnel shall not be permitted in any area other than those
expressly designated by the Engineer.
B. COORDINATION
The contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer regarding availability of
work areas, completion times, safety, access and other factors which can
impact plant operations.
1.08 SAFETY
A. The Contractor's work forces should comply with the provisions outlined in
the following documents:
SSPC-PA-3 "A Guide to Safety in Paint Application"
NACE Pub. "A Manual for Painter Safety"
B. The Contractor shall provide personnel with all safety equipment
necessary to protect them during any phase of the work. This shall
include, but not be limited to, safety glasses, goggles, earplugs, hard hats,
steel toed work shoes, appropriate personal protective clothing, gloves,
and plant approved escape respirators (where required).
C. No work shall be performed until the appropriate Work Requests and
Lockouts are approved by the Engineer. The Work Request system
provides a mechanism to advise plant staff of a contractor's work
activities. The Lockout system is a safety procedure to prevent
unintended equipment activation.
D. Keep any flammable materials such as cleaning solvents, thinners, or
resurfacing materials away from open flames, sparks or temperatures
higher than 150°F. Drums containing flammable materials will be
grounded. No solvent in any quantity shall be allowed inside containment
enclosures or permitted confined spaces at any time during resurfacing
work.
E. Power tools are to be in good working order to avoid open sparking. No
spark producing tools shall be utilized in restricted areas as indicated
herein.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better VWVfP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
099656 - 7 of 18

CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS — 099656
F. The Contractor shall fireproof all work areas by maintaining a clean work
area and having Underwriter's Laboratories approved fire extinguishers
on-hand. The Contractor shall furnish these fire extinguishers.
G. Workers doing abrasive blasting operations shall wear a fresh air supplied
protective helmet and hood and personal protective clothing acceptable to
industry standards and all government regulations.
H. Dispose of rags used for wiping up resurfacing materials, solvents, and
thinners by drenching them with water and placing in a metal container
with a tight fitting metal cover. Complete this disposal process at the end
of each day. Final disposal of these materials is the Contractor's
responsibility.
Matches, smoking, flames, or sparks resulting from any source including
welding, must be remote from the work area during coating work. Smoking
is permitted only in designated areas of the plant.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Materials specified are those that have been evaluated for the specific
service. Products of the Tnemec Company, Inc. are listed to establish a
minimum standard of quality. Equivalent materials of other manufacturers
may be submitted on written approval of the Engineer. As part of the
proof of quality, the Engineer will require at the cost of the Contractor,
certified test reports from a nationally known, reputable and independent
testing laboratory conducting comparative tests as directed by the
Engineer between the product specified and the requested substitution.
B. Requests for substitution shall include manufacturer's literature for each
product giving name, product number, and generic type, descriptive
information, solids by volume, recommended dry film thickness and
certified lab test reports showing results to equal the performance criteria
of the products specified herein. In addition, a list of five projects shall be
submitted in which each product has been used and rendered satisfactory
service.
C. All requests for product substitution shall be made in accordance with the
general construction documents and Section 1.04.A.9.
D. Any material savings shall be passed to the owner in the form of a
contract dollar reduction.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
099656 - 8 of 18

CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS — 099656
2.02 MATERIALS
A. EPDXY LINING SYSTEM
1. Materials specified herein are the only approved standard coating
systems unless an "or equal" is approved in writing by the Engineer
in accordance with this document.
2. The following list specifies the material requirements for resurfacing
systems. The approved products are as follows:
a. Surfacer: MortarClad — Series 218
b. Mortar: MortarCast—Series 219
c. Lining: Perma-Shield H2S— Series 434
d. Topcoat/gelcoat: Perma-Glaze—Series 435
3. Performance Criteria: Material submitted shall meet the following
performance criteria:
Chemical Resistance
Method: ASTM C 868 (Atlas Cell)
System: Series 434 Perma-Shield H2S/Series 435
i Perma-Glaze applied to SSPC-SP10 Near White Metal
Blast Cleaned steel and cured 14 days at 75°F(24° C).
Requirement: No blistering, cracking, erosion,
softening, swelling, loss of adhesion or gloss loss after
98 days continuous immersion at 100°F (38° C) in 25%
sulfuric acid.
Method: Continuous Immersion at 75°F (24° C)
System: Series 434 Perma-Shield/Series 435 Perma-
Glaze applied to brush-off blast cleaned concrete and
cured 14 days at 57°F (24°C).
Requirement: No blistering, cracking, erosion, swelling
or loss of adhesion after 6 months continuous
immersion at 75°F (24° C) in 6% Sodium Hypochlorite
or 1% Sodium Hydroxide.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better VWVTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
099656 - 9 of 18

CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS — 099656
Severe Accelerated Wastewater Test (EIS)
Method: H2S Autoclave: 65°C, 536 ppm H2S, 4000 ppm
NaCI, 10% H2SO4
System: Series 434 Perma-Shield/Series 435 Perma-
Glaze applied to NACE No.1/SSPC-SP5 White Blast
cleaned steel and cured 30 days at 75°F (24°C).
Requirement: Initial impedance of 10 log Z (Z in ohms cm2
© 0.1 Hz.). No blistering, cracking, checking or loss of
adhesion. Final electrical impedance of 9 Log Z (Z in
ohms cm2 @ 0.1 Hz.). after 28 days exposure.
B. ABRASIVE BLAST MEDIA
If dry or wet abrasive blast cleaning is the selected method of surface
preparation, provide slag grit of a sieve size, gradation, and quality
necessary to produce the degree of cleanliness and surface profile
required herein (ICRI Guideline 03732, CSP-5 and SSPC-SP13/NACE
No. 6).
PART 3--EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. HOISTING, SCAFFOLDING, STAGING, AND PLANKING:
1. Provide, set-up, and maintain all required hoists, scaffolds, and
staging and planking, and perform all access related hoisting work
required to complete the work of this section as indicated and
specified.
2. Scaffolds shall have solid backs and floors to prevent dropping
materials from there to the floors or ground below.
B. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS:
1. Comply with the Manufacturer's recommendations as to
environmental conditions under which resurfacing system materials
can be applied.
2. Do not apply resurfacing system materials when dust is in work
site.
3. The Contractor shall provide all temporary lighting during the work.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better 1MVUTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
099656 - 10 of 18

CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS — 099656
C. PROTECTION:
1. Cover or otherwise protect finish work or other surfaces not being
resurfaced.
2. Erect and maintain protective tarps, enclosures and/or maskings to
Contain debris (such as dust or airborne particles resulting from
surface preparation) generated during any and all work activities.
This includes,but is not limited to, the use of dust/debris collection
apparatus as required.
D. INITIAL INSPECTION OF SURFACES TO BE COATED:
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to inspect and report unacceptable
concrete substrate surface conditions to the Engineer prior to the
commencement of surface preparation activities. Unacceptable surface
conditions are defined as the presence of cracked surfaces or concrete
deteriorated to a depth of greater than 1" or otherwise unable to withstand
surface preparation as specified herein.
E. THINNERS AND SOLVENTS:
The Contractor shall use only solvents and thinners as recommended by
the Manufacturer.
3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION REQUIREMENTS
A. GENERAL:
1. All specified surface preparation shall be performed in accordance
with the latest version of the SSPC, NACE, ICRI and other
standards referenced in this section.
2. Concrete surfaces shall be abraded to produce a minimum surface
profile of a CSP-5 as noted in ICRI Guideline 03732. This
preparation will be followed by vacuum cleaning to remove all dust,
dirt or friable substances leaving clean, dust free surfaces for
resurfacing as detailed in SSPC-SP 13/NACE No. 6).
3. Oil and grease shall be removed before mechanical cleaning is
started via an alkaline-based emulsifying detergent as recommended
by the resurfacing material manufacturer. Where mechanical
cleaning is accomplished by blast cleaning, the abrasive used shall
be washed, graded and free of contaminants that might interfere with
the adhesion of the resurfacing materials (Reference SSPC-
SP13/NACE No. 6).
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better VWVTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
099656 - 11 of 18

CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS — 099656
4. The air used for blast cleaning shall be free of oil and moisture to not
cause contamination of the surfaces to be resurfaced.
5. Clean cloths and clean fluids shall be used in solvent cleaning.
6. Cleaning and resurfacing shall be scheduled so that dust and other
contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly
resurfaced areas.
7. Prepare concrete joint and install sealant following resurfacing
material installation per manufacturer's recommendations.
B. INITIAL CLEANING/DECONTAMINATION:
1. All existing areas to be resurfaced shall be pressure washed with
alkaline —based detergent to remove all loose materials, acid
constituents, grease, oil, and other contaminants.
2. Verify that the pH of the cleaned concrete surfaces to be coated is
within the range of to 8 to 11. Application of coating materials outside
this range will not be permitted without written approval from the
Engineer.
C. ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING
1. Used or spent blast abrasive shall not be reused on work covered
by this section.
2. The compressed air used for blast cleaning will be filtered free of
condensed water or oil. Moisture traps will be cleaned at least
once every four hours or more frequently as is appropriate.
3. Oil separators shall be installed just downstream of compressor
discharge valves and at the discharge of the blast pot discharges.
Oil separators shall be cleaned at least once every four hours or
more frequently as is appropriate.
4. A paper blotter test shall be performed by the Contractor when
requested by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative to
determine if the air is sufficiently free of oil and moisture (Reference
ASTM D 4285).
5. Regulators, gauges, filters, and separators will be in good working
order for all of the compressor air lines to blasting nozzles at all
times during this work.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
099656- 12 of 18

CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS — 099656
6. An air dryer or drying unit shall be installed which dries the
compressed air prior to blast connections. This dryer shall be used
and maintained for the duration of surface preparation work.
7. The quality, volume, and velocity of life support and ventilation air
used during surface preparation shall be in accordance with
applicable safety standards and as required to ensure adequate
visibility and proper dissipation of volatiles without impacting the
prepared surface or the health of the public or personnel working
for the Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's
representatives, or anyone who may be affected by on-site
maintenance coating work activities.
8. The abrasive blast nozzles used shall be the venturi or other high
velocity type supplied with the minimum air pressure and the
necessary volume to obtain the required specified degree of
cleanliness.
9. The Contractor must provide adequate ventilation for airborne
particulate evacuation and lighting (meeting all pertinent safety
standards) to optimize visibility for both blast cleaning and
observation of the substrate during surface preparation work.
10. All phases of surface preparation work specified herein must be
inspected by the Engineer before the Contractor proceeds with the
subsequent phase of surface preparation.
11. If, between final surface preparation work and coating application,
contamination of the prepared and cleaned substrate occurs, or if
the prepared steel's appearance darkens or changes color,
reblasting will be required until the specified degree of cleanliness
is established.
3.03 SPECIFIC SURFACE PREPARATION REQUIREMENTS
A. In addition to the Section 3.02 requirements, the Contractor will follow the
requirements of this section.
B. Where the coating is specified to be terminated, the Contractor shall
prepare and apply materials as outlined in Tnemec Drawing TLS-02
(included at end of Section).
B. For applications around penetrations and/or drains, the contractor shall
prepare and apply coatings as detailed on Tnemec Drawing TLS-01
(included at end of Section).
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
099656 - 13 of 18

CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS — 099656
D. When the floor area is scheduled to receive a mortar application to pitch the
floor, the walls above the floor shall be sawcut to a depth of 1/2 inch at a
height from 0'-0" to 0'-6" above the floor. The cut shall be straight and level.
E. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer should jobsite conditions prevent
the above operations and/or applications.
3.04 APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. GENERAL:
1. Areas not to be resurfaced shall be masked using duct tape or other
protection materials to prevent these surfaces from being resurfaced.
2. Ensure straight, even termination of resurfacing/topcoat materials on
wall edges and flush with embedded steel.
3. The Contractor must follow the minimum and maximum recoat
limitation times and related temperature range restrictions between
successive lifts for all products specified herein per Manufacturer's
stated requirements.
4. All equipment and procedures used for resurfacing system
application shall be as recommended by the Manufacturer.
5. Unless specified elsewhere herein, the Contractor shall comply with
the Manufacturer's most recent written instructions with respect to
the following:
a. Mixing of All Materials.
b. Protection and Handling of All Materials.
c. Recoat Limitation and Cure Times.
d. Minimum Ambient and Substrate Temperatures, Substrate's
Degree of Dryness, Relative Humidity, and Dew Point of Air.
e. Application.
f. Final Curing.
g. Use of Proper Application Equipment.
6. Curing of Resurfacing System:
The applied resurfacing system shall be protected from damage
during curing and shall be cured as recommended by the
Manufacturer. Ambient conditions shall be controlled by the
Contractor during curing to ensure the minimum air temperature
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WVVfP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
099656 - 14 of 18

CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS — 099656
and minimum relative humidity as required by the Manufacturer is
maintained.
B. CHEMICAL RESISTANT LINING
1. General Note: The Contractor is advised that with all thick-film, quick
curing materials applied to concrete surfaces, outgassing of the
concrete may occur. Possible remedies include applying materials
when the temperature of the concrete surfaces is descending, or
applying a thin (1/16") layer of the specified surfacing material. Other
remedies may exist, and may be submitted for the Engineer's
approval.
2. Fill all voids, bugholes and other surface imperfections with Tnemec
Series 218 MortarClad.
3. Apply Tnemec Series 434 Perma-Shield H2S chemical resistant
mortar to all floor areas and walls scheduled to be coated at a
nominal thickness of 125 mils. Application shall be either by trowel or
spray. If spray-applied, material shall be finish-troweled and finish-
rolled (Reference manufacturers application guides for explicit
instructions).
5. Series 435 Perma-Glaze shall be a minimum of 15.0 mils thick upon
cure regardless of the number of coats required.
C. SAFETY AND VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS:
Requirements for safety and ventilation shall be in accordance with SSPC
Paint Application Guide No. 3.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTION AND TESTING
A. Inspection by the Engineer or others does not limit the Contractor's
responsibilities for quality control inspection and testing as specified
herein or as required by the Manufacturer's instructions.
B. Perform the quality control procedures listed below in conjunction with the
requirements of this Section.
1. Inspect all materials upon receipt to ensure that all are supplied by
the Manufacturer.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
099656 - 15 of 18

CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS — 099656
2. Provide specified storage conditions for the resurfacing system
materials, solvents, and abrasives.
3. Inspect and record findings for the degree of cleanliness of
substrates used. The pH of the concrete substrate will be
measured using pH indicating papers. pH testing is to be performed
once every 50 sq. ft. Acceptable pH values shall be between 8.0
and 11.0 as measured by a full-range (1-12) color indicating pH
paper with readable color calibrations and a scale at whole
numbers (minimum). Use Hydrion Insta-Check Jumbo 0-13 or 1-12
or equal. The paper shall be touched to the surface once using
moderate gloved finger pressure. The surface shall not be wiped or
moved laterally to disturb the surface during pH testing. Following
the one touch, lift the paper vertically to not "wipe" the surface.
Compare the color indicated with the scale provided and record the
pH.
4. Inspect and record substrate profile (anchor pattern). Surfaces
shall be abraded, as a minimum, equal to the roughness of CSP-5
ICRI Guideline 03732.
5. Measure and record ambient air temperature once every two hours
of each shift using a thermometer and measure and record
substrate temperature once every two hours using a surface
thermometer.
6. Measure and record relative humidity every two hours of each shift
using a sling psychrometer in accordance with ASTM E337.
7. Provide correct mixing of resurfacing materials in accordance with
the Manufacturer's instructions.
8. Inspect and record that the "pot life" of resurfacing materials is not
exceeded during installation.
9. Verify curing of the resurfacing materials in accordance with the
Manufacturer's instructions.
10. Upon full cure, the installed lining system shall be checked by high
voltage spark detection in accordance with NACE RP0188-90, and
the manufacturer's printed application guide to verify a pinhole-free
surface. Areas which do not pass the spark detection test shall be
corrected at no cost to the Owner and rechecked
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
099656 - 16 of 18

CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS — 099656
11. Upon completion of the lining system installation, the lined area shall
be cleaned and prepared to permit close visual inspection by the
Engineer or the Engineer's representative. Any and all deficiencies
or defective work (not in compliance with this section or related
sections)will be marked for repair or removal/replacement by the
Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.07 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
A. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR SURFACE PREPARATION WORK:
All surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with the specification and
referenced standards therein.
B. Acceptance Criteria for Coating System Application Work
1. Acceptable coating work will be based upon the following:
a. No pock-marks, trowel marks, depressions, unconsolidated
areas, waviness or ridges, pinholes or holidays in either size
or frequency.
b. No intercoat bond failures between lifts.
c. Proper curing of coatings.
2. Resurfaced areas shall pitch to drains.
3. There shall be no areas that puddle when flood tested.
4. The Engineer or Engineer's representative shall, at their discretion,
inspect the following:
a. Profile and degree of cleanliness of substrate.
b. Thickness of materials/coverage rate confirmation.
c. Ambient temperature and humidity requirements and
substrate temperature.
d. Curing and recoat times.
e. Proper curing of the resurfacing materials.
5. Rework required on any holidays or any other inadequacies found by
the Engineer or the Engineer's representative in the quality of the
coating work shall be marked. Such areas shall be recleaned and
reworked by the Contractor according to these specifications and the
manufacturer's recommendations at no additional cost to the Owner.
6. The Contractor is responsible for keeping the Engineer informed of all
progress so that inspection for quality can be achieved.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WVVfP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
099656 - 17 of 18

CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS — 099656
7. The Contractor is ultimately responsible for the quality performance of
the applied materials and workmanship. Inspections by the Engineer or
the Engineer's representative do not limit this responsibility.
3.08 FINAL INSPECTION
Perform a final inspection to determine whether the resurfacing system work
meets the requirements of the specifications. The Engineer and the Engineer's
representative will conduct final inspection with the Contractor.
3.09 CLEANUP
Upon completion of work, the Contractor shall remove surplus materials,
equipment, protective coverings, and accumulated rubbish, and thoroughly clean
all surfaces and repair any work-related damage. The surrounding surface areas
including roadways and all other surfaces shall be restored to their pre-project
condition.
END OF SECTION 099656
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
099656 - 18 of 18

SECTION 151015—PIPE& PIPE FITTINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
Furnish all piping,fittings, and appurtenances as shown and as specified and required.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 23 05 29—Valves and Specialties
B. Section 31 00 00—Clearing, Grading, and Excavation
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Comply with all applicable codes and regulations as required by regulatory agencies having
jurisdiction over this Work. Comply with the pertinent sections of the following Standards:
A. AWWA-American Water Works Association
B. ANSI -American National Standards Institute
C. ASTM -American Society of Testing and Materials
D. NSF- National Sanitation Foundation
1.4 SUBMITTALS
Shop drawings and product data for pipe and fittings, including detailed drawings on pipe,
fittings, gaskets, and appurtenances, and evidence that pipe and fittings comply with Contract
Specifications and Reference Standards.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE
A. GENERAL: Ductile iron pipe shall be in accordance with AWWA C151/ANSI A21.51. Pipe
thickness shall conform with AWWA C150/ANSI 21.50. All pipe shall be cement mortar
lined in accordance with AWWA C104/ANSI 21.4.
B. EXPOSED PIPE: Ductile iron pipe, installed inside buildings or underground vaults, shall
have flanged joints. Pipe shall be a minimum Class 53 in accordance with AWWA
C115/ANSI A21.15. Flanges shall conform to Class 125, ANSI B16.1 unless otherwise
noted on the Drawings. Outside coating shall be as specified in Division 9 of these
Specifications.
BURIED PIPE: Buried ductile iron pipe shall have push-on joints,with mechanical (stuffing box type)joints at
fittings and valves. Pipe shall be a pressure Class 250 for Town of Boonville, NC
Improvements For Better WVVTP Effluent
C. nominal diameters 12-inch and larger and Class 350 for diameters less than 12-inch,
unless otherwise specified. Joints shall be rubber gasket joints in accordance with
AWWA C111/ANSI A21.11. Outside coating shall be asphaltic coating.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
151015- 1/7

SECTION 151015—PIPE& PIPE FITTINGS
2.2 FITTINGS FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE
A. GENERAL: Fittings for ductile iron pipe shall be ductile iron or grey iron in accordance
with AWWA C110/ANSI A21.10. Ductile iron compact fittings, in accordance with
AWWA C153/ANSI A21.53, may be used if approved by the Engineer. Fittings shall have
a minimum pressure rating of 250 psi. All fittings shall be cement mortar lined in
accordance with AWWA C104/ANSI 21.4.
B. FITTINGS FOR EXPOSED PIPE: Fittings for exposed pipe shall have flanged joints. Flanges
shall conform to Class 125, ANSI B16.1 unless otherwise noted on the Drawings.
Outside coating shall be as specified in Division 9 of these Specifications.
C. FITTINGS FOR BURIED PIPE: Fittings for buried pipe shall have rubber gasket mechanical
joints in accordance with AWWA C111/ANSI A21.11, unless otherwise noted on the
Drawings. Fittings shall have a minimum pressure rating of 350 psi. Outside coating
shall be asphaltic coating.
2.3 STEEL
A. Schedule 40 (for size 3 inches or less) and Schedule 20 (for size above 3 inches.)Grade B
black steel pipe meeting the requirements of ASTM A53. Steel fittings shall be malleable
iron or steel meeting ASTM A106, Grade B. Steel pipe joints shall be welded with
flanges at equipment and valves. Harnessed compression sleeve couplings shall be
provided where indicated on the Drawings. For exposed service, steel pipe shall be
coated in accordance with Specification Section 09900. For buried service, steel pipe
shall be provided with 5 mils of asphalt coating.
2.4 STAINLESS STEEL
A. Stainless steel shall be 304L meeting the requirements of ASTM A774, ASTM A312, and
ASTM A778.The stainless steel joints shall be butt welded with unions at equipment and
valves. Harnessed compression sleeve couplings where indicated on the Drawings.
2.5 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE
A. Nickel-copper alloy, seamless,standard weight,galvanized pipe shall meet or exceed the
requirements of ASTM A53. Jointings shall be threaded. Fittings shall be malleable iron,
150 pound class, conforming to ANSI B16.3 requirements.
2.6 COPPER TUBING
A. Copper tubing shall be seamless, annealed copper tubing Type K, in conformance with
ASTM B88. Exposed tubing shall be hard-temper and buried tubing shall be soft-temper.
Fittings shall be wrought copper or cast bronze. Exposed joints shall be solder joints
except where threaded or flanged fittings are required. Solder joint type fittings shall
conform to ANSI B16.22 or ANSI B16.18. Solder used shall be a 95-5 Tin-Antimony alloy
in conformance with ASTM B32.
2.7 BRASS PIPE
A. Brass pipe shall be seamless red brass pipe in accordance with ASTM B43.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
151015-2/7

SECTION 151015—PIPE & PIPE FITTINGS
2.8 BRONZE FITTINGS
A. Bronze fittings shall conform to the requirements of ANSI B16.15.
2.9 PVC PIPE
A. PVC gravity sewer pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with ASTM D3034. The walls
shall have a minimum thickness of DR-35. The pipe shall have integral bell and spigot
joints. Bell and spigot joints shall be supplied with a rubber o-ring to provide for
contraction and expansion to ensure water tightness. All fittings and accessories shall
have identical bell and spigot configurations as the pipe. All fittings shall be supplied by
the same manufacturer as the pipe.
B. ASTM PVC pressure pipe shall be in accordance with the latest NSF standards, AWWA
standards, and ASTM D2241. The pipe shall be pressure rated at 200 psi. The walls shall
have a minimum thickness of SDR-21. The pipe shall have integral bell and spigot joints.
The joints shall be supplied with rubber o-ring gaskets to ensure water tightness. All
fittings shall meet ASTM D3139, latest edition.
C. AWWA PVC pipe shall conform to AWWA C900 and shall have a wall thickness
dimension ratio of 18 unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. The pipe shall have
an outside diameter conforming to the dimensions of cast iron pipe. The pipe shall be
listed by Underwriters Laboratory and shall be Factory Mutual approved. The pipe shall
have a factory installed coupling or gasket bell end. Fittings shall be as specified for
ductile iron pipe.
D. Schedule 80 PVC pipe shall conform to ASTM D 1785, and threaded fittings shall
conform to ASTM D 2466. Joints shall be threaded and lubricated before assembly with
Teflon tape. Where indicated,flanges shall be provided for joints.
E. Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall conform to ASTM D 1785 and socket welded fittings shall
conform to ASTM D 2466, D 2564 and D 2855.
F. Copper tracing wire (14 gauge) shall be installed directly along and attached to the side
of all buried PVC plastic pipe except service piping in a manner that results in a
continuous tract.
2.10 CPVC PIPE
A. CPVC material for pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM D1784, Class 23447-B. Pipe
and fittings shall be in accordance with ASTM F441. Neoprene gaskets with push-on
joints shall conform to ASTM F477.
B. Schedule 80 CPVC socket type fittings shall conform to ASTM F439. Schedule 40 CPVC
socket type fittings shall conform to ASTM F438. CPVC solvent weld cement for socket
connections shall meet the requirements of ASTM F493. Schedule 80 CPVC threaded type
fittings shall conform to ASTM F437.
2.11 POLYETHYLENE PIPE
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
151015-3/7

SECTION 151015—PIPE & PIPE FITTINGS
A. Polyethylene pipe (PE) shall be in conformance with AWWA C901 with a Pressure Class
rating of 200 psi. Joints for polyethylene pipe shall be fusion type in accordance with
AWWA C901.
2.12 FLANGE ADAPTERS
A. Flange adapters for ductile iron pipe shall be ductile iron slip-on type retained by set
screws. Set screws shall be manufactured from AISI 4140 steel, case and core hardened,
unplatted. Drilling for set screws shall be on a 10°angle. Flange adapters shall conform
to ANSI B16.1 and AWWA specifications. Flange adapters for ductile iron pipe shall be
Kwik-Flange as manufactured by Columbus Standard, Rockwell style 912 (cast), Dresser
style 127(cast),or equal.
B. Flange adapters for steel pipe shall be steel or carbon steel, flange,followers and Grade
30 rubber gaskets. Flanges shall meet the standards of adjoining flanges. Flange
adapters for steel pipe shall be Rockwell style 913 (steel), Dresser Style 128 (steel), or
equal.
2.13 WALL PIPES AND SLEEVES
A. Pipes through concrete walls and slabs shall be provided with wall pipes or penetration
seals. Wall pipes shall comply with cast iron fittings specification and shall have flanged
joint connections unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Penetration seals shall be
Link-Seal as manufactured by Thunderline Corporation of Wayne, Michigan, or equal,
and shall include the Link-Seal wall sleeve, and shall be suitable for the pipe material
passing through the wall.
2.14 PIPE SUPPORTS
A. Hangers
1. Pipe shall be supported by steel pipe hangers, clamps, brackets or rods and
inserts, sized to support the imposed pipe load. Hangers shall be manufactured
by ITT Grinnell Corporation or approved equal. Hangers shall be new,
manufactured of clean carbon steel and suitable for painting with the pipe.
Hangers shall be spaced and sized in accordance with the following schedule:
Pipe Size (Inches) 0 to 3/ 1 to 1'/< 11/2 to 2 4
Max.Spacing(feet) 6 8 10 12
2. Where concentrations of valves, fittings and equipment occur, closer hanger
spacing may be required. In such case, the total hanger load shall not exceed
the following. Where flexible couplings occur, additional hangers shall be
installed one foot each side of coupling.
Hanger Rod Diameter(Inches) %8 %2 %a 3/
Max. Safe Load (Pounds) 600 1,100 1,800 1,700
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
►mprovements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
151015-4/7

SECTION 151015—PIPE& PIPE FITTINGS
B. Floor Pipe Supports
1. Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle supports, ITT Grinnel Fig. 264, or equal, shall be
furnished where indicated on the drawings, complete with support pipe and
base flange drilled for anchor bolting to floor.
2. Concrete pipe supports shall be provided where indicated on the drawings. Pipe
supports shall be in accordance with the detail.
C. Wall Mounted Supports
1. Wall mounted support systems shall consist of channels with necessary framing
fittings and pipe clamps, as manufactured by Unistrut Building Systems.
2.15 COMPRESSION SLEEVE COUPLING:
A. Compression sleeve couplings for steel to steel and ductile iron to ductile iron shall be
Dresser (style 38) or equal and Dresser (style 153) or equal, respectively. Provide field
coating for buried application per AWWA C203.
2.16 CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE
A. Cast-iron soil pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with ASTM A74. Pipe shall be
provided with bituminous coating and joints shall be hub and spigot type. Pipe joints at
floor drain connections shall be no hub.
2.17 HEAT TRACING
A. Tracer tape shall consist of self-limiting, parallel circuit construction with a continuous
inner core of conductive material between two copper bus wires. The resistance and
heating capacity of the heating material shall vary in response to piping temperature
changes. Tape shall withstand continuous exposure to 150 degrees F temperature.
Tracer tape shall operate using 120-volt AC, 1-phase, 60 Hz power. Tracer tape shall be
provided with copper shield and fluoropolymer jacket. Tracer tape shall have a thermal
rating of 4 watts per foot at 50 degrees F. Each length of tracer tape shall be controlled
by a thermostat. Thermostat shall be provided in an aluminum, NEMA 4, watertight
enclosure. Each length of tracer tape shall be provided with a signal light wired to the
terminating end. Light shall indicate that tape is energized.
B. Thermostat shall control by sensing ambient temperature with the following
characteristics:
1. Rating: 22 amperes at 480 volts AC.
2. Control temperature range: 15 to 140 degrees F.
3. Calibration tolerance: 2 degrees F.
4. Sensor material: Stainless steel.
5. Exposure temperature: -65 to 140 degrees F.
6. Temperature setting: 50 degrees F.
D. Tracer tape shall be fastened to pipe and valves as recommended by the manufacturer
at intervals not exceeding 1 foot. Insulation shall be provided in accordance with
Section 15250 over the tracer tape. Contractor shall provide all necessary conduit, wire
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
151015-5/7

SECTION 151015—PIPE& PIPE FITTINGS
and miscellaneous equipment for a complete installation. Power shall be obtained from
the nearest 120-volt panel with additional 120-volt circuit breakers installed as required.
2.18 PIPE INSULATION
A. Piping insulation shall be tubular type with a minimum thickness of 1-inch. Pipe
insulation shall be cellular glass or fiberglass type and shall be provided with aluminum
jackets. Complete installation shall be weathertight. Cellular glass type insulation shall
conform to the requirements of ASTM C552, Type II. Fiberglass type insulation shall
conform to the requirements of FEDSPEC HH-I-558B. Aluminum jackets shall be
constructed of smooth finish aluminum sheet conforming to ASTM B209, alloy 5005,
temper H16, with integral vapor barrier. Jackets shall be 0.016 inch thick. Sheet metal
screws shall be aluminum or stainless steel. Jackets shall be secured with 0.020 by 3/4
inch type 304 stainless steel expansion bands. Aluminum covers shall be constructed of
smooth finish aluminum sheet conforming to ASTM B209, alloy 5005, temper H16, with
integral vapor barrier. Covers shall be 0.016 inch thick.
B. Insulation for fittings, connections, flanges and valves shall be cellular glass or fiberglass
type and shall be provided with rigid aluminum covers. Complete installation shall be
weathertight. Insulation shall be segmented sections, molded,or blanket type coverings
with the same thickness as pipe insulation
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PIPE INSTALLATION
A. Piping shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Piping materials required for specific applications shall be as indicated on the piping
schedule included in this specification. Pipe shall be cut accurately to dimensions
established at the job site and worked into place without springing or forcing, properly
clearing all openings and other conflicts. Open ends of pipe lines or equipment shall be
properly capped or plugged during installation to prevent entry of dirt or other foreign
material into the system. Exposed piping shall be installed in practical alignment with
the building. All cast iron pipe and fittings shall be carefully checked and tested on job
for correct dimensions and coating before placing pipe.
C. Changes in direction of piping shall be made with fittings except bending will be
permitted in copper tubing providing a mechanical or hydraulic pipe bender is used,
wide sweep bends are formed, and no kinks or wrinkles are evident in bends. Changes
in direction in piping shall be made by the appropriate use of long sweep 1/4 bends, 1/6,
1/8 or 1/16 bends; 45 degree wyes, 1/2 wyes or a combination of these fittings, except
that changes in direction of flow from the horizontal to the vertical may be made with
short 1/4 bends.
D. Interior flanged pipe shall be properly supported, aligned flange to flange, gaskets
installed, lubricant applied, if required, bolts inserted and drawn up until tight. Torque
wrenches shall be used to assure tightness of bolts.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
151015-6/7

SECTION 151015—PIPE & PIPE FITTINGS
E. Interior, small diameter pipe shall be carefully aligned and connected together. Pipe
joints shall be made up with an approved joint compound applied to male threads only.
Valves and fittings shall be made up to ensure no distortion or damage to these parts.
Threaded ends shall be protected against damage and shall not be used if damaged. All
valves shall be installed with a union on one side to permit easy removal for repair.
F. Piping systems shall be well supported in accordance with ANSI B31.1 so as to maintain
required pitch of lines, prevent vibration and provide for expansion and contraction
movement. Pipes shall be supported from the building structure in a neat and
workmanlike manner.
G. Pipe shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.2 PIPING SCHEDULE
All piping for the project shall be in conformance with the following schedule.
Service Construction Size Pipe Test Pressure Test Duration
(in) Material (psi) (hrs)
Nonpotable Exposed-Interior To 3 CPVC Sch 80 150 6
Water Buried To 2 PE 150 6
3-4 PVC SDR21 150 6
Potable Buried& Exposed To 2 CPVC Sch 80 125%of system 6
&PE pressure
Sewage Buried&Exposed 3-12 PVC/Ductile 150 6
Force main
Sewage
Buried 6-24 PVC/Ductile See Section 33-
Gravity/Sanitary
30-00
Sewer
Buried& Exposed 3-12 Steel 20 6
Aeration(Air)
Submerged 3-12 Stainless 20 6
Exposed&Buried 2-8 Cast Iron Soil See Section 33-
Vent Pipe 30-00
Exposed 1-1%% Galvanized See Section 33-
30-00
Chemical Buried& Exposed To 3 PVC 125 6
Sch 80
Waste/Drain
Buried&Exposed 2-12 Ductile or See Section 33-
Cast Iron Soil 30-00
Pipe
Sludge Buried&Exposed 4-12 Ductile 150 6
END OF SECTION 151015
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
151015-7/7

SECTION 230529—VALVES & SPECIALTIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
Furnish all valves, specialties,and appurtenances as shown and as specified and required.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 45 00—Quality Control
B. Section 31 00 00—Clearing, Grading,and Excavation
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Comply with all applicable codes and regulations as required by regulatory agencies having
jurisdiction over this Work. Comply with the pertinent sections of the following Standards:
A. AWWA-American Water Works Association
B. ANSI -American National Standards Institute
C. ASTM -American Society of Testing and Materials
1.4 SUBMITTALS
Shop drawings and product data for valves and specialties.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GATE VALVES
A. GENERAL
1. Gate valves shall be resilient seated valves conforming to AWWA C509. The
valve shall be designed so that no sliding or shear on the resilient seating
surface is present when compressed to a drop tight shut off. Valve shall seal
equally well in either direction. Interior shall be epoxy coated. Valve shall be
permanently lubricated. Direction of opening shall be counterclockwise. Valve
shall have permanent designation of the direction of opening on the valve. All
gate valves, 4 inches in diameter and larger, shall be non-rising stem gate valves
unless otherwise noted on the Drawings.
2. Gate valves, 2 inches in diameter, where specified as bronze, and all gate valves
under 2 inches in diameter, shall be rising stem, bronze body, bronze trim, with
threaded, soldered, or flanged ends, suitable for service required. Direction of
opening shall be counterclockwise. Bronze gate valves shall comply with Federal
Specifications MSS SP-80; and shall be rated for 150 psi working pressure. Valves
shall be Stockham Fig. B-120, B-124, B-125,or equal.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
230529-1/8

SECTION 230529—VALVES & SPECIALTIES
B. NONRISING STEM GATE VALVES
1. Buried nonrising stem (NRS) gate valves, shall have mechanical joint ends,
unless otherwise specified. Buried valves shall have a two-inch square-
operating nut. Exposed NRS gate valves shall have flanged ends, unless
otherwise specified, and shall be equipped with handwheels.
2. Resilient seated gate valves shall be Mueller A-2370, American Flow Control
2500, Kennedy Valve 4571, or equal.
2.2 ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES
A. Valves shall be cast iron body, resilient faced, non-lubricated, eccentric plug valve,
incorporating a one piece plug, faced with neoprene or hycar, suitable for use in
sewage, welded in, 90% nickel seat as an integral part of the valve body. Screwed in
seats and 2-piece plugs will not be permitted. The valve will have adjustable, multiple
ring packing which can be replaced and/or adjusted with the line under pressure and
without removing the actuator from the valve. This will assure that if a stem leak
occurs, it can be controlled and repairs made, without interrupting the system
operation. Valves utilizing o-ring seals or non-adjustable packing shall not be
acceptable. Plug valves shall be rated for 150 psi working pressure or greater.
B. End connections for exposed service shall be flanged,with drilling conforming to ANSI
B16.1. End connections for buried service shall be mechanical joint.
C. Actuator gearing shall be in an enclosure suitable for running in oil with seals on shaft to
prevent entry of dirt or water. A positive identification on actuator indicating valve
position shall be provided. Actuator shall have adjustable stop to set closing torque. The
valve packing adjustment shall be accessible without removing actuator from valve.
Manual valves shall have lever or gear actuators and tee wrenches extension stems,
floorstands, etc. All valves 4 inches and larger shall be equipped with gear actuators. The
actuator shaft and the quadrant shall be supported on permanently lubricated bronze
bearings. Actuators shall clearly indicate valve position and an adjustable stop shall be
provided to set closing torque and to provide seat adjustment to compensate for change in
pressure differential or flow direction change. Valves and gear actuators for buried or
submerged service shall have seals on all shafts and gaskets on the valve and actuator
covers to prevent the entry of water. All exposed nuts, bolts, springs and washers shall be
stainless steel. Actuator mounting brackets for buried or submerged service shall be totally
enclosed and shall have gasket seals.
D. Eccentric plug valves shall be DeZurik Series 100, Milliken Series 600,Clow Series 5400 or
equal.
2.3 BUTTERFLY VALVES
A. Butterfly valves, 12" and larger, shall be of the rubber-seated tight closing type meeting
requirements of AWWA C-504, Class 150B and of the size shown on the Drawings.
B. Valve ends shall be mechanical joint and of the size shown on Drawings. Accessories
(bolts,glands,and gaskets)shall be supplied by the valve manufacturer.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
230529-2/8

SECTION 230529—VALVES & SPECIALTIES
C. Valves shall have a horizontally mounted operator. Valve operator shall be of the
traveling-nut type,sealed,gasketed and lubricated for underground service.
D. Rubber seat may be applied to the body or the disc.
E. Valves shall open counter-clockwise and shall be equipped with a 2-inch square AWWA
Pq
operating nut for buried service and a handwheel for above ground or vault service.
Shaft extensions shall be supplied where noted on the Contract Drawings.
F. Valves shall be factory tested in accordance with Section 12 of AWWA C-504
specification and upon request, the manufacturer shall furnish certified copies of test
reports.
G. Valves shall be M&H 450 (4"-12") or 4500 (14"-24") AWWA C504 butterfly valve,
American-Darling Class 150B MJ butterfly valve,or approved equal.
2.4 BALL VALVES
A. Ball valves shall comply with Federal Specifications WW-V-35B Type II, Class A. Valve
body shall be bronze; stem and stem gland nut shall be brass. Valve ball shall be
chrome plated brass seats; stuffing box ring and thrust washer shall be reinforced
teflon. Handle shall be vinyl coated, zinc-plated steel or cadmium - plated steel. Design
workingpressure shall be 200psi. Valve stuffingboxes shall be capable of being
P
repacked under pressure and adjustable for wear. Stems shall be provided with
reinforced Teflon stuffing box ring and with blowout-proof design. The ball design shall
not allow media contact with the stem. Actuator shall be integral part of valve.
B. Ball valves shall be as manufactured by Apollo,Jamesbury, Watts,Stockham,or equal.
2.5 GLOBE VALVES
A. Globe valves shall comply with MSS SP-80 Type 2. Globe valves shall be rising-stem type
with bronze body and bonnet. Disc shall be Teflon. Globe valve shall be in-line style
with female threaded connection. Design working pressure shall be 200 psi.
B. Globe valves shall be as manufactured by Nibco, Stockham,or equal.
2.6 VALVE BOXES
A. Each buried valve shall be provided with a valve box. Valve boxes shall be approved
standard Buffalo-type, cast iron, slip-type adjustable shaft boxes, with a minimum shaft
diameter of 5 1/4 inches, unless otherwise specified on the Drawings. Valve box size
shall suit depth of bury and valve size at each location. Valve box covers shall have the
word "SEWER cast into them. Valve boxes shall be Tyler Series 6855,or equal,for valves
up to 12 inches in diameter. Valve boxes shall be Tyler Series 6865, or equal, for valves
larger than 12 inches in diameter.
2.7 FIRE HYDRANTS
A. Fire hydrants shall be post type, dry-barrel, compression type main valve in accordance
with AWWA Standard C502. Hydrants shall be designed for a working pressure of 150
psi. Hydrants shall have a 6-inch mechanical joint connection to the water main, two
21/2" hose outlets, and one 4W' pumper outlet. The diameters of the main valve opening
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
230529-3/8

SECTION 230529—VALVES &SPECIALTIES
and pumper outlet shall be as specified on the Drawings. Connection caps shall be fitted
with chains. Hydrants shall be equipped with a national standard 1%z" pentagon
operating nut, opening counter-clockwise. All hose threads shall conform to the
National Standard. Hydrants shall be equipped with safety flange, breakaway top type,
and stem. Packing shall be of the 0-ring type. Hydrants shall be painted with one coat
of zinc paint matching the color of chromed yellow. Hydrants shall be Kennedy
GUARDIAN, Mueller Centurion Type A-461,or approved equal.
2.8 YARD HYDRANTS
A. Yard hydrants shall be brass 1" frost proof type equipped with a brass vacuum breaker.
The valve stem and plunger assembly shall be removable for inspection and repair
without the need for digging up of the hydrant.The yard hydrant shall be as follows:
1. Casing: 1-1/4"galvanized steel pipe
2. Inlet connection: 1" NPT.
3. Nozzle: heavy duty%" brass hose thread.
4. Paint:Standard Red above ground line.
5. Bury Depth: 24 inches minimum
6. Acceptable manufacturers are Merril Any Flow Brass Frost Proof or equal.
B. Provide post-mounted hose reel hose at all yard hydrant locations. Hose reel shall be
heavy gauge steel wall mount configuration capable of holding 150 feet of 5/8" ID
hose. Hose reel shall be furnished at minimum with a 100-foot, 5/8" ID, commercial
duty reinforced rubber water hose with a min of 500 psi burst pressure. Hose reel shall
be mounted on a 4"x 4" treated wooden post at approximately 36" above grade. Post
shall be buried 2-feet and encased in concrete.
2.9 COUPLINGS & EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Standard couplings shall be Dresser Style 38 or approved equal. Transition couplings
shall be Dresser Style 162 or approved equal. Flanged adapters shall be Dresser Style
127 or approved equal. Expansion joints shall be Red Valve J-1 or approved equal. All
couplings,adapters and expansion joints shall be restrained unless otherwise indicated.
2.10 TAPPING SLEEVES
A. Tapping sleeves shall meet requirements of AWWA C110 for pressure ratings shown on
the drawings. Sleeves shall be built in two sections and shall be mechanical joint type
with flanged outlet. Two-part steel, bolted tapping sleeves, shall be epoxy coated and
furnished with stainless steel bolts and nuts as manufactured by Rockwell International
or JCM Industries. The tapping sleeve shall be for the size and type of pipe shown on
the Drawings.
2.11 SWING-CHECK VALVES
A. Cushioned swing-check valves, 2 1/2 inches through 8 inches, shall be iron body and
bronze mounted in accordance with AWWA C508. The minimum rated working
pressure shall be 175 psi. All cushioned swing-check valves shall be lever and weight
operated unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Seat ring material shall be bronze
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
230529-4/8

SECTION 230529—VALVES & SPECIALTIES
and end types shall be flanged. Check valves shall be Mueller A-2604-6-01, APCO
Service 6000, Golden Anderson Figure 250—D, or equal.
B. Swing-check valves, 2 inches in diameter and smaller, shall be bronze body, suitable for
service required. Valves shall be rated for 150 psi working pressure. Valves shall comply
with Federal Specification MSS SP-80. Valves shall be Stockham B-319, Nibco 413B, or
equal.
2.12 REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE BACKFLOW PREVENTER
A. A reduced pressure zone backflow preventer shall be installed at each noted potential
health hazard location toprevent backflow due to backsi hona a and/or back pressure.
P g P
The assembly shall consist of an internal pressure differential relief valve located in a
zone between two positive seating check modules with captured springs and silicone
seat discs. Service of all internal components shall be through a single access cover
secured with stainless steel bolts The assembly shall also include two resilient seated
isolation valves, four resilient seated test cocks, a protective bronze wye strainer with a
20 mesh screen and an air gap drain fitting. The assembly shall meet the requirements
of ASSE Std. 1012; AWWA Std. C511; USC-FCC&HR and shall be a Watts Regulator Co.
Series 009S-QT.
2.13 TELESCOPING VALVES
A. Telescoping valve shall be complete and operable, including mounting hardware,
operator, and rising stems graduated cover. Telescoping valve shall be as manufactured
by Waterman Industries,or equal.
B. Telescoping valve body material shall be stainless steel Schedule 40 with stainless steel
lifting straps (bails) rigidly welded to the tube.
C. Flare tube top shall be provided.
D. The stem shall be manufactured of 304 stainless steel and shall be rising stem type. A
clear tube graduated in feet and inches shall cover the rising stem.
E. The telescoping valve shall be sized to fit the riser pipe andpenetrate the riser pipe a
P g PP PP
minimum of 9" in the up position.
F. The sliptube shall incorporate a 150 lb. stainless steel companion flange and%-inch thick
neoprene wipe gasket.
G. Operator shall be 90° angle, 2:1 gear ratio corresponding to approximately 32 turns for
one foot of valve travel. All gears and bearings shall be housed in an enclosed
weatherproof housing and shall be furnished with lubrication fittings and mechanical
seals. Each unit shall be fitted with a removable 9" long rotating hand crank extending
beyond the top of the tank and easily accessible from the tank platform.
H. Telescoping valve shall provide for five feet of travel and shall be provided with limit
stops.
Telescoping valve shall incorporate a stainless steel baffle to prevent passage of surface
scum.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
230529-5/8

SECTION 230529—VALVES & SPECIALTIES
J. Telescoping valve shall be guaranteed for a period of 3 years from the date the unit is
placed into service.
2.14 ALTITUDE VALVES
A. Altitude valve shall be a two-way (double acting)valve as manufactured by Cla-Val, Ross
Valve, or approved equal. The maximum allowable head loss across the valve shall be
10 psi at a flow of 5,000 gpm. The valve is to be a non-throttling, hydraulically operated,
and pilot controlled type valve that remains fully open until the shut off point is
reached. The valve shall close at a high water level and open for return flow when the
pressure at the valve inlet is less than the tank pressure. The valve shall be equipped
with a strainer in the pilot system which can be cleaned without shutting down the
valve. Isolation valves are to be provided on the pilot system. The shutoff head of the
valve shall be adjustable between 100 and 150 feet at a minimum. The valve shall be
equipped with 125 lbs. flanges.
2.15 BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR AIR SERVICE
A. Butterfly valves shall comply with MSS SP-67. Valve body shall be wafer type with
ductile iron, ASTM A395 construction. Valve shaft or stem shall be stainless steel, Type
416. Valve disc shall be ductile iron, ASTM A395, nickel-plated or aluminum bronze,
ASTM B148, Alloy 954. Valve seat for air service temperature below 180° F and
between 180° F and 250°F shall be Buna-N and EPDM, respectively. Valve seats shall be
a full body seat isolating stem and body from the flow. Working pressure shall be 25 psi.
Valves shall be equipped with fully tapped anchor lugs drilled per ANSI B16.5.
B. Butterfly valves shall be as manufactured by Pratt, Hoffman, Lamson, or equal.
2.16 CHECK VALVES FOR AIR SERVICE
A. Double door check valves for air service shall be aluminum body with a stainless steel
hinge and stop pin. The seal shall be EPDM. Valves shall be APCO series 9000, Nibco
W920W,Technocheck 5002 or equal.
2.17 SPECIALTY VALVES
A. Pressure relief valves for wastewater service shall be as manufactured by Fisher or
equal. Body shall be stainless steel.
B. Solenoid valves shall be ASCO or equal. Valve body and seat shall be brass and Buna-N,
respectively. Insulation shall be Class F. Valve shall utilize 110 VAC with a design
working pressure of 150 psig.
C. Sewage combination air release valves shall be 2-inch NPT Val-Matic Model 48SBW or
approved equal. Valve shall be provided with inlet and blow off valves. Air release
valves shall be rated for 150 psi working pressure. Air release orifice shall be equipped
with a screened gooseneck attachment.
D. Water combination air release valves shall be 2" NPT Val-Matic 202C or APCO Model 2" -
145C or approved equal. Valve shall be provided with inlet and blow off valves. Air
release valves shall be rated for 150 psi working pressure. Air release orifice shall be
equipped with a screened gooseneck attachment.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
230529-6/8

SECTION 230529—VALVES & SPECIALTIES
E. Ball curb valves shall be Ford B11-777 type or equal. Valve shall be equipped with curb
key type actuator.
F. Mud valves shall be Clow F-3085, M&W Style 140-02, or equal with rising stem.
Galvanized extension stem shall be provided with handwheel operator and adjustable
upper stem guide bracket.
2.18 VALVE ACTUATORS
A. Actuators shall be as shown on Plans or as specified. Actuators shall have a
counterclockwise opening as viewed from the top. The direction of opening and the
word open shall be cast on handwheel or valve bonnet. The actuator shall be sized to
produce the required torque with a maximum pull of 80 pounds and withstand without
damage a pull of 200 pounds.
B. Buried valve actuators shall be provided with a screw or slide type adjustable cast iron
box, 5 inches minimum diameter, and an identifying cover. The box base shall enclose
the buried valve gear box or bonnet. Buried valves shall have a 2-inch AWWA standard
valve actuator nut. Provide stem extension to grade with guide bushing to center
extension.
C. All gate valves shall be provided with handwheels, sized in accordance with AWWA
C500. Plug valves, butterfly valves, ball valves 3 inches in diameter and smaller shall be
provided with lever actuators. Lever actuators for butterfly valves shall have a minimum
of five (5) intermediate lock positions between full open and full close. Gear actuators
are required for plug valves, butterfly valves, and ball valves 4 inches in diameter and
larger. Gear actuators shall be totally enclosed, permanently lubricated and with sealed
bearings. Chain actuators shall be provided for valves 6 feet or higher from finished
floor. Equip chain wheels with chain guide to permit rapid operation with reasonable
side pull without jamming the wheel.
D. Electric actuators shall be Limitorque LY2001, 115 volt, single phase, 60 cycle open/close
service electric actuator or Approved equal. Valve actuator shall include a compartment
heater. Valves shall include a manual override with limit switch feedback to the
microprocessor in both the open and closed positions. Field wiring and junction/box
disconnect shall be provided by the installing contractor. Valve stem extensions shall be
provided as indicated on the Plans.
2.19 HOSE BIBBS
A. Hose bibbs shall be % inch, wheel operated brass hose bibb, each provided with a
vacuum breaker. Hose bibb shall be Chicago 13LK with Watts No. BAC vacuum 6
breaker or Approved equal. Provide wall-mounted hose reel hose at all bib locations.
Hose reel shall be Northern Tool and Equipment#520-13208,or equal.
2.20 PRESSURE GAUGES
A. Pressure gauges shall have 4 1/2-inch diameter cases. Gauges shall have white faces
with black numerals, acrylic windows, stainless steel bourdon tubes and phenol cases.
Accuracy of measurement shall be provided with a Type 316 stainless steel porous metal
disc type pressure snubber having 0.0013 - to 0.0025 - inch pore openings, and an
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
230529-7/8

SECTION 230529—VALVES & SPECIALTIES
isolation valve. Gauges shall be graduated in psi to meet system design requirements
with normal operating pressure being indicated mid-range of dial. 4 1/2-inch pressure
gauges shall be Ashcroft, Duragauge, Weksler, Regal, or equal. Gauges for sludge
application shall utilize a diaphram seal.
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 230519
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
230529-8/8

SECTION 03 30 00 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary apply to
this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
This Section specifies cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcing, mix design,
placement procedures, and finishes.
Cast-in-place concrete includes the following:
a) Foundations and footings.
b) Slabs-on-grade.
c) Tank walls.
d) Elevated slabs.
e) Equipment pads and bases.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Specification
Section Sumbittal Procedures.
1. Product data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and
forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds,waterstops,joint systems,
curing compounds, dry-shake finish materials, and others if requested by
Engineer.
2. Shop drawings for reinforcement detailing fabricating, bending, and placing
concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for
Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures"showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing,
bent bar diagrams, and arrangement of concrete reinforcement. Include special
reinforcing required for openings through concrete structures. Engineer's review
is for general compliance only. The Contractor will be responsible for size, number
and lengths of reinforcing.
3. Shop drawings for formwork indicating fabrication and erection of forms for specific
finished concrete surfaces. Show form construction including jointing, special form
joints or reveals, location and pattern of form tie placement, and other items that
affect exposed concrete visually. Engineer's review is for general applications and
features only. Designing formwork for structural stability and efficiency is
Contractor's responsibility
4. The testing laboratory shall submit three copies of results of concrete cylinder tests
to Engineer together with one copy each to Owner, Contractor, and Concrete
Supplier.
5. Ready-mixed concrete delivered shall be accompanied by delivery tickets showing
the following:
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
03 30 00-1

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
a) Date and time leaving the plant
b) Type of cement and weight
c) Quanity of water and time added
d) Admixtures and weight
e) Site arrival time
f) Site leaving time
g) Type of fly ash and weight
6. Laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design test. Contractor shall
submit three (3) copies.
7. Material certificates in lieu of material laboratory test reports when permitted by
Engineer. Material certificates shall be signed by manufacturer and Contractor,
certifying that each material item complies with or exceeds specified requirements.
Provide certification from admixture manufacturers that chloride content complies
with specification requirements.
8. Hot weather and cold weather concreting plan shall include curing method and
specific curing plan, ready mixed supplier plan, contingency plans, and materials
list as a minimum. All hot weather plans shall meet requirements of ACI 305. All
cold weather plans shall meet requirements of ACI 306.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the latest revision of the following codes,
specifications, and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or
specified:
1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 211 "Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and
Mass Concrete."
2. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for
Buildings."
3. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete."
4. ACI 347"Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork."
5. ACI 350"Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures."
6. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice."
7. ASTM C 94 Standard Specifications for Ready-Mix Concrete
8. North Carolina State Building Code
B. Concrete Testing Service: Owner will engage a testing agency to perform material
evaluation tests.
C. Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting at any time during progress
of Work. Any retesting of rejected materials for installed Work, shall be done at
Contractor's expense.
D. Review requirements for submittals, status of coordinating work, and availability of
materials. Establish preliminary work progress schedule and procedures for materials
inspection, testing, and certifications. Require representatives of each entity directly
concerned with cast-in-place concrete to attend conference, including, but not limited to,
the following:
1. Contractor's superintendent.
2. Agency responsible for concrete design mixes.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
03 30 00-2

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
3. Agency responsible for field quality control.
4. Ready-mix concrete producer.
5. Concrete subcontractor.
6. Primary admixture manufacturers.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 FORM MATERIALS
A. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood faced, or
other acceptable panel-type materials to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed
surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform
to joint system shown on drawings.
B. Use plywood complying with U.S. Product Standard PS-1 "B-B(Concrete Form) Plywood,"
Class I, Exterior Grade or better, mill-oiled and edge-sealed, with each piece bearing
legible inspection trademark.
C. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another acceptable
material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit.
D. Forms for Cylindrical Columns and Supports: Metal,glass-fiber-reinforced plastic,or paper
or fiber tubes that will produce smooth surfaces without joint indications. Provide units with
sufficient wall thickness to resist wet concrete loads without deformation.
E. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form release agent with a maximum
of 350 g/L volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that will not bond with, stain, or adversely
affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.
F. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, adjustable-length, removable or snap-off metal form ties
designed to prevent form deflection and to prevent spalling of concrete upon removal.
Provide units that will leave no metal closer than 1-1/2 inches to the plane of the exposed
concrete surface.
G. Provide ties that,when removed,will leave holes not larger than 1 inch and no smaller than
1/2 inch in diameter in the concrete surface. Form ties for exposed concrete shall be of the
cone-washer type. The cones shall be made of approved wood or plastic. Ties for liquid
containment structures shall have an integral waterstop that is tightly welded to the tie.
Common wire will not be allowed for form ties.
2.2 REINFORCING MATERIALS
A. Reinforcing Bars:ASTM A 615 Grade 60 deformed.
B. Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, plain, cold-drawn steel.
C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric.
D. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing,
supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar-
type supports complying with CRSI specifications.
E. For slabs-on-grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base
material will not support chair legs.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
03 30 00-3

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
F. For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact with forms,
provide supports with legs that are protected by plastic (CRSI, Class 1) or stainless steel
(CRSI, Class 2).
2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II.
B. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type F
Use one brand of cement and fly ash throughout Project unless otherwise acceptable to
Engineer.
C. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33 and as specified. Provide aggregates from a
single source for exposed concrete.
D. For exposed exterior surfaces, do not use fine or coarse aggregates that contain
substances that cause spelling.
2.4 Water: Potable.
2.5 Admixtures, General: Provide concrete admixtures that contain not more than 0.1 percent chloride
ions.
A. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with
other required admixtures.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may
be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a) Monex Air or Monex NVR, Monex Resources, Inc.
b) Air-Tite, Cormix Construction Chemicals.
c) Air-Mix or Perma-Air, Euclid Chemical Co.
d) Darex AEA or Daravair, W.R. Grace& Co.
e) MB-VR or Micro-Air, Master Builders, Inc.
f) Sealtight AEA, W.R. Meadows, Inc.
g) Sika AER, Sika Corp.
B. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A or D.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may
be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following
a) Monex Resources, Inc
b) Chemtard, ChemMasters Corp.
c) PSI N, Cormix Construction Chemicals.
d) Eucon WR-75, Euclid Chemical Co.
e) WRDA, W.R. Grace &Co.
f) Pozzolith Normal or Polyheed, Master Builders, Inc.
g) Metco W.R., Metalcrete Industries.
h) Prokrete-N, Prokrete Industries.
i) Plastocrete 161, Sika Corp.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
03 30 00-4

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
C. High-Range Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F or Type G.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may
be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a) Monex SP or Mighty RD, Monex Resources, Inc.
b) Super P,Anti-Hydro Company, Inc.
c) Eucon 37, Euclid Chemical Company.
d) WRDA 19 or Daracem, W.R. Grace and Company.
e) Rheobuild or Polyheed, Master Builders, Inc.
f) Superslump, Metalcrete Industries.
g) PSP, Prokrete Industries
h) Sikament 300, Sika Corp.
2.6 Calcium Chloride
The use of calcium chloride will not be permitted.
2.7 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Reglets: Where sheet flashing or bituminous membranes are terminated in reglets, provide
reglets of not less than 0.0217- inch-thick galvanized sheet steel. Fill reglet or cover face
opening to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris.
B. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot-dip galvanized sheet steel, not less than 0.0336 inch thick with
bent tab anchors. Fill slot with temporary filler or cover face opening to prevent intrusion
of concrete or debris.
C. Waterstops: Provide ribbed, dumbbell-type waterstops at construction joints and other
joints as indicated. Provide ribbed dumbbell type with centerbulb waterstops at expansion
joints. All waterstops shall be a minimum of'/z" thick x 9" wide. All waterstops shall be
provided with either metal grommets or intergal tie wires located along the top and bottom
of the waterstop spaced at 12".
D. Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstops: Corps of Engineers CRD-C 572.
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
a) The Burke Co.
b) Greenstreak Plastic Products Co.
c) Meadows, Inc.
d) Progress Unlimited.
e) Schlegel Corp.
f) Vinylex Corp.
E. Sand Cushion: Clean, manufactured or natural sand.
F. Vapor Retarder: Provide vapor retarder that is resistant to deterioration when tested
according to ASTM E 154, as follows:
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
03 30 00-5

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Polyethylene sheet not less than 8 mils thick.
G. Water-resistant barrier consisting of heavy kraft papers laminated together with glass-fiber
reinforcement and overcoated with black polyethylene on each side.
H. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf,weighing approximately 9 oz./sq.
yd., complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 2.
Moisture-Retaining n f i with 1 Cover: One ofthe following, complying ASTM C 17 .
1. Waterproof paper.
2. Polyethylene film.
3. Polyethylene-coated burlap.
J. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component material suitable for use on dry or damp
surfaces. Provide material type, grade, and class to suit Project requirements.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may
be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a) Burke Epoxy M.V., The Burke Co.
b) Spec-Bond 100, Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co.
c) Resi-Bond (J-58), Dayton Superior.
d) Euco Epoxy System#452 or#620, Euclid Chemical Co.
e) Epoxtite Binder 2390, A.C. Horn, Inc.
f) Epabond, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.
g) Concresive Standard Liquid, Master Builders, Inc.
h) Rezi-Weld 1000, W.R. Meadows, Inc.
i) Metco Hi-Mod Epoxy, Metalcrete Industries.
j) Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod, Sika Corp.
k) Stonset LV5, Stonhard, Inc.
I) Series, Symons Corp.
2.8 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGNING MIXES
A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch
or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301, ACI 211, and ACI 350. For the trial
batch method, use an independent testing agency acceptable to Engineer for preparing
and reporting proposed mix designs.
B. Do not use the same testing agency for field quality control testing.
C. Limit use of fly ash to not exceed 25 percent of the total cementitious content by weight.
Fly ash shall be used as an admixture and will not be allowed to replace cement. Fly ash
shall be used in all structural concrete.
D. Submit written reports to Engineer of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least
15 days prior to start of Work. Do not begin concrete production until proposed mix designs
have been reviewed by Engineer.
2.9 Design mixes to provide concrete with the following properties as indicated on schedules:
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
03 30 00-6

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
MAXIMUM WATER - MINIMUM
CLASS 7 DAY 28 DAY CEMENTITIOUS CEMENTITIOUS
RATIO MATERIAL (LBS/CY)
Structural 2670 4000 0.44 611
Non-Structural 2000 3000 0.50 508
Structural, High Density 2670 4000 0.40 658
2.10 Structural, High Density Concrete shall be used in all structures where concrete is intended to be
watertight in service.
2.11 Slump Limits: Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at point of placement as
follows:
A. Ramps, slabs, and sloping surfaces: Not more than 3 inches.
B. Reinforced foundation systems: Not less than 1 inch and not more than 3 inches.
C. Concrete containing high-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer): Not more
than 8 inches after adding admixture to site-verified 2 -3 inch slump concrete.
2.12 Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when
characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant,
as accepted by Engineer. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be
submitted to and accepted by Engineer before using in Work.
2.13 ADMIXTURES
A. Use high-range water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use
industrial slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with water-cement ratios
below 0.50.
B. Use air-entraining admixture in exterior exposed concrete unless otherwise indicated. Add
air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of
placement having total air content of 4%with a tolerance of plus or minus 1.0 percent.
2.14 Ready-Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified.
When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-
1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery
time to 60 minutes.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Coordinate the installation of joint materials, vapor retarder/barrier, and other related
materials with placement of forms and reinforcing steel.
B. FORMS
General: Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to support vertical, lateral,
static, and dynamic loads that might be applied until concrete structure can support such
loads. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape,
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
03 30 00-7

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
alignment, elevation, and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances and surface
irregularities complying with the following ACI 347 limits:
1. Provide Class A tolerances for concrete surfaces exposed to view.
2. Provide Class C tolerances for other concrete surfaces.
C. Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines, and dimensions shown and to obtain accurate
alignment, location, grades, level, and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for
openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers,
blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required in the
Work. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide
backup at joints to prevent cement paste from leaking.
D. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces.
Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete
surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete
with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the
like for easy removal.
E. Provide temporary openings for clean-outs and inspections where interior area of formwork
is inaccessible before and during concrete placement. Securely brace temporary openings
and set tightly to forms to prevent losing concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in
forms at inconspicuous locations.
F. Chamfer all exposed corners and edges, using wood, metal, PVC, or rubber chamfer strips
fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints.
G. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work
of other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses, and chases from
trades providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms.
H. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive
concrete. Remove chips,wood, sawdust, dirt, or other debris just before placing concrete.
Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks
and maintain proper alignment.
3.2 PLACING REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for
"Placing Reinforcing Bars," for details and methods of reinforcement placement and
supports and as specified.
B. Avoiding cutting or puncturing vapor retarder/barrier during reinforcement placement and
concreting operations. Repair damages before placing concrete.
C. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials that reduce
or destroy bond with concrete.
D. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and
support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as approved
by Engineer.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
03 30 00-8

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
E. Place reinforcement to maintain minimum coverages as indicated for concrete protection.
Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position
during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete,
not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
F. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least
one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent
continuous laps in either direction.
3.3 JOINTS
A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints so they do not impair strength
or appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Engineer.
B. Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement
across construction joints except as indicated otherwise. Do not continue reinforcement
through sides of strip placements.
C. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete.
D. Waterstops: Provide waterstops in construction joints as indicated. Install waterstops to
form continuous diaphragm in each joint. Support and protect exposed waterstops during
progress of Work. Field-fabricate joints in waterstops according to manufacturer's printed
instructions.
E. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Construct isolation joints in slabs-on-grade at points of
contact between slabs-on-grade and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals,
foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated.
F. Joint fillers and sealants shall be as follows:
1. Joint Fillers
a) Self-expanding Cork Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with ASTM
D 1752 for Type III.
b) Cork Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with ASTM D 1752 for Type
II.
c) Sponge Rubber Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with ASTM D
1752 for Type I.
d) Bituminous Fiber Joint Filler: Performed strips complying with ASTM
D 1751: Granulated cork with asphalt binder encased between 2 layers
of saturated felt of glass-fiber felt of width and thickness indicated.
2. Joint Sealers shall be appropriate for their intended use and installations. Follow
manufactures instruction for use and installation. All joint sealants shall be in
accordance with ACI 504R.
3.4 Installing Embedded Items:
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
03 30 00-9

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
1. General: Set and build into formwork anchorage devices and other embedded
items required for other work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place
concrete. Use setting drawings,diagrams, instructions, and directions provided by
suppliers of items to be attached.
2. Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for
slabs to achieve required elevations and contours in finished surfaces. Provide
and secure units to support screed strips using strike-off templates or compacting-
type screeds.
3.5 PREPARING FORM SURFACES
A. General: Coat contact surfaces of forms with an approved, nonresidual, low-VOC, form-
coating compound before placing reinforcement.
B. Do not allow excess form-coating material to accumulate in forms or come into contact with
in-place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply according to
manufacturer's instructions.
C. Coat steel forms with a nonstaining, rust-preventative material. Rust-stained steel
formwork is not acceptable.
3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation,
reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit
installation of their work.
B. General: Comply with ACI 304, "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing
Concrete,"and as specified.
C. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be
placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause seams or planes of weakness.
If a section cannot be placed continuously,provide construction joints as specified. Deposit
concrete to avoid segregation at its final location.
D. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than
24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists
of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints.
E. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand-
spading, rodding,or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete
complying with ACI 309.
F. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators
vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the
machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into
preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to
set. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete
and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix
to segregate.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
03 30 00-10

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
G. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation,
within limits of construction joints or expansion joints, until completing placement of a panel
or section.
H. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked
around reinforcement, other embedded items and into corners.
Bring slab surfaces to correct level with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or
darbies to smooth surface free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to
beginning finishing operations.
J. Maintain reinforcing in proper position on chairs during concrete placement.
K. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with provisions of ACI 306 and as follows. Protect
concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost,
freezing actions, or low temperatures.
L. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F, uniformly heat
water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less
than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F) at point of placement.
M. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on
frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.
N. Do not use salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators
unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. Calcium chloride will not be allowed.
O. Hot-Weather Placement: When hot weather conditions exist that would impair quality and
strength of concrete, place concrete complying with ACI 305 and as specified.
P. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement to
be in accordance with ACI. Mixing water may be chilled or chopped ice may be used to
control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing
water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option.
Q. Cover reinforcing steel with water-soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel
temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in
concrete.
R. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep
subgrade moisture uniform without puddles or dry areas.
S. Use water-reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity,
or other adverse placing conditions, as acceptable to Engineer.
3.7 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. Rough-Formed Finish: Provide a rough-formed finish on formed concrete surfaces not
exposed to view in the finished Work or concealed by other construction. This is the
concrete surface having texture imparted by form-facing material used, with tie holes and
defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in
height rubbed down or chipped off. Finish shall be a Class C in accordance with ACI 347.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
03 30 00-11

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
B. Smooth-Formed Finish: Provide a smooth-formed finish on formed concrete surfaces
exposed to view or to be covered with a coating material applied directly to concrete, or a
covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing,
veneer plaster, painting, or another similar system. This is an as-cast concrete surface
obtained with selected form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical
manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective areas with fins and other
projections completely removed and smoothed. Finish shall be a Class A in accordance
with ACI 347.
C. Grout-Cleaned Finish: Provide grout-cleaned finish on scheduled concrete surfaces that
have received smooth-formed finish treatment.
1. Combine one part portland cement to one and one-half parts fine sand by volume,
and a 50:50 mixture of acrylic or styrene butadiene-based bonding admixture and
water to form the consistency of thick paint. Blend standard portland cement and
white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so that final color of
dry grout will match adjacent surfaces.
2. Thoroughly wet concrete surfaces, apply grout to coat surfaces, and fill small
holes. Remove excess grout by scraping and rubbing with clean burlap. Keep
damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours after rubbing.
D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed
surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike-off smooth and finish with a texture matching
adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly
across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
E. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel finish and other
finishes as specified; slab surfaces to be covered with membrane or elastic waterproofing,
membrane or elastic roofing, or sand-bed terrazzo; and where indicated.
1. After screeding, consolidating, and leveling concrete slabs, do not work surface
until ready for floating. Begin floating, using float blades or float shoes only,when
surface water has disappeared, or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to
permit operation of power-driven floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power-
driven floats or by hand-floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units.
Finish surfaces to tolerances of F(F)25(floor flatness)and F(L)20(floor levelness)
measured according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M). Cut down high spots
and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling,
refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. Class of surface shall be a
class C surface in accordance with 347 R.
F. Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip light broom finish to exterior concrete platforms,
steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated.
1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming
with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required
final finish with Engineer before application.
G. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other
trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place. Mix,
place, and cure concrete as specified to blend with in-place construction. Provide other
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
03 30 00-12

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete Work. All grout shall be non-
shrinking.
H. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still
green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections,
and terminations slightly rounded.
Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and
foundations as shown on drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to
template at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates of manufacturer
furnishing machines and equipment.
J. Steel Pan Stairs: Provide concrete fill for steel pan stair treads, landings, and associated
items. Cast-in safety inserts and accessories as shown on drawings. Screed, tamp, and
nonslip broom concrete surfaces.
3.8 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperatures. In hot, dry, and windy weather protect concrete from rapid moisture loss
before and during finishing operations with an evaporation-control material. Apply
according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before power
floating and troweling.
B. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after
placing and finishing. Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than 14
days.
C. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moist curing, by moisture-retaining cover curing, or by
combining these methods, as specified.
1. Provide moisture curing by the following methods:
a) Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water.
b) Use continuous water-fog spray.
c) Cover concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly
saturate cover with water, and keep continuously wet. Place absorptive
cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with a 4 inch
lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
2. Provide moisture-retaining cover curing as follows:
a) Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete,
placed in widest practicable width with sides and ends lapped at least 3
inches and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any
holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof
tape.
3. Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of
beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces, by moist curing with forms in
place for the full curing period or until forms are removed. As soon as initial set
has occurred, place a soil soaker hose along the tops of all walls to keep concrete
forms wet during the curing period. If forms are removed, continue curing by
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
03 30 00-13

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
methods specified above, as applicable, for the remainder of the curing period. If
forms are removed before the end of the curing period, then the concrete shall be
continuously moist for the remainder of the curing period by fog spraying or
covering with moist burlap.
4. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, including slabs, floor
topping, and other flat surfaces, by applying the appropriate curing method.
5. Final cure concrete surfaces to receive finish flooring with a moisture-retaining
cover, unless otherwise directed.
3.9 SHORES AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Comply with ACI 347 for shoring and reshoring in multistory construction, and as
specified.
B. Extend shoring from ground to roof for structures four stories or less, unless otherwise
permitted.
C. Remove shores and reshore in a planned sequence to avoid damage to partially cured
concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support work without excessive stress
or deflection.
D. Keep reshores in place a minimum of 15 days after placing upper tier, or longer, if required,
until concrete has attained its required 28-day strength and heavy loads due to construction
operations have been removed.
3.10 REMOVING FORMS
A. Formwork, such as beam soffits, joists, walls, and other structural elements, may not be
removed until concrete has attained at least seventy percent (70%) of design minimum
compressive strength at 28 days. Determine potential compressive strength of in-place
concrete by testing field-cured specimens representative of concrete location or members.
B. Form-facing material may be removed 4 days after placement only if shores and other
vertical supports have been arranged to permit removal of form-facing material without
loosening or disturbing shores and supports.
3.11 REUSING FORMS
A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated,
or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces.
Apply new form-coating compound as specified for new formwork.
B. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces,
remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close joints. Align and secure joint to avoid
offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces except as acceptable to
Engineer.
3.12 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
03 30 00-14

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar
immediately after removing forms,when acceptable to Engineer.
B. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if
defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Engineer. Surface defects include color and
texture irregularities, cracks, spells, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets, fins and other
projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by
cleaning. Flush out form tie holes and fill with dry-pack mortar or precast cement cone
plugs secured in place with bonding agent.
C. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, containing defects that affect the
concrete's durability. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace the concrete.
D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for
smoothness and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct
low and high areas as specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of
slope and smoothness by using a template having the required slope.
E. Repair finished unformed surfaces containing defects that affect the concrete's durability.
Surface defects include crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to
the reinforcement or completely through nonreinforced sections regardless of width,
spalling, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions.
F. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14
days.
G. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completing surface
finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish
repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary underlayment compounds may
be used when acceptable to Engineer.
H. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 inch in
diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with
clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4 inch clearance all around.
Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix
patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of same type or class as original
concrete. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in
same manner as adjacent concrete.
3.13 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. General: The Owner will employ a testing agency to perform tests and to submit test
reports. The testing agency shall be approved by the Engineer. Any retesting due to non-
acceptable work or materials shall be at the Contractors expense.
B. Sampling and testing for quality control during concrete placement may include the
following, as directed by Engineer.
C. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with
ASTM C 94.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
03 30 00-15

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
D. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of discharge for each day's pour of each type of
concrete; additional tests when concrete consistency seems to have changed or as
directed by the Engineer.
E. Air Content: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight concrete;
ASTM C 231, pressure method for normal weight concrete; one for each day's pour of each
type of air-entrained concrete.
F. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F
and below, when 90 deg F and above, and one test for each set of compressive-strength
specimens.
G. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of four standard cylinders for each
compressive-strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for
laboratory-cured test specimens except when field-cured test specimens are required.
H. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day's pour exceeding 5 cu.yd.
plus additional sets for each 50 cu.yd. more than the first 25 cu.yd. of each concrete class
placed in any one day; one specimen tested at 7 days, two specimens tested at 28 days,
and one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required.
When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five strength tests for a given class of
concrete, conduct testing from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch
if fewer than five are used.
J. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-
cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide corrective procedures for
protecting and curing the in-place concrete.
K. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three
consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength and no
individual strength test result falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500
psi.
L. Test results will be reported in writing to Engineer, ready-mix producer, and Owner within
24 hours after tests. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the Project
identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing
service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in structure, design
compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive
breaking strength, and type of break for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests.
M. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may
be permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection.
N. Additional Tests: The testing agency will make additional tests of in-place concrete when
test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been
attained in the structure, as directed by Engineer. Testing agency may conduct tests to
determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other
methods as directed. These additional tests shall be at the Contractor's expense.
END OF SECTION 30 30 00
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
03 30 00-16

CLEARING GRADING AND EXCAVATION - 310000
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplemental Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
B. This item shall consist of the removal and satisfactory disposal of all
materials excavated within the limits specified by the Engineer including
the road right-of-way, unsuitable subgrade material, and the replacement
with satisfactory materials and such excavation as is necessary for berm,
inlet, outlet, and lateral drainage ditches and for the formation,
compaction, and shaping of all embankments, fills, subgrade, shoulders,
slopes, and roadways to conform to the lines and grades and typical
cross-sections shown on the Plans.
h include the removal and proper disposal of all stripping,C. Its all also p p p fence,
trees, hedge rows, pipes, walls, steps and existing asphalt and concrete
surfaces, existing sidewalk and curb and gutter, raising and/or adjusting
the tops of all existing valve boxes and manhole tops, as required.
1.2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS
A. Erosion, Siltation, and Pollution: Section 312500
B. Seeding and Mulching: Section 329200
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Contractor shall consult with the Owner and the Engineer prior to
beginning clearing. A full understanding shall be reached as to procedure.
The Contractor shall then conduct clearing and/or grubbing operations in
strict accordance with these agreements.
B. Compaction shall be completed in accordance with the standards of
ASTM D-698 as amended.
C. The Contractor shall retain the services of a testing laboratory to perform
all tests required at the project site. In areas of fill and backfill, field
density tests shall be performed in sufficient numbers to insure that the
specified density is obtained. These tests shall be made at no additional
cost to the Owner.
1. Areas in which testing reveals compaction below the specified
density shall be reworked, or removed and replaced by the
Contractor until specified compaction is obtained. In the event
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
310000- 1of8

CLEARING GRADING AND EXCAVATION - 310000
results fail after reworking material, the Contractor shall be liable for
retesting.
2. The Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of testing of borrow
material which shall include standard density tests (Proctor curves).
1.4 CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATION
A. The following classifications of excavation will be made:
B. Earth excavation includes excavation of obstructions visible on the
surface; other items indicated to be demolished and removed; together
with earth and other materials encountered that are not classified as solid
rock, undercut excavation, or unauthorized excavation.
C. Rock and Boulder Excavation:
1. The following material classifications, based on the type of
excavation equipment required, shall be used to identify materials
for payment:
a) Soil, Partially Weathered Rock, or Rippable Rock — Soil,
partially weathered rock (PWR), or Rippable Rock shall be
defined as any material that can be removed by a Caterpillar
350 excavator or equivalent.
b) Rock- Rock shall be defined as any material that cannot be
removed by a Caterpillar 350 excavator or equivalent. The
methodology for excavating such material shall be approved
by the ENGINEER per North Carolina Department of
Environment and Natural Resources (NCDENR) approval.
BLASTING WILL NOT BE ALLOWED, in portions of the
project delineated on the plans.
c) Intermittent drilling, blasting, or ripping performed to increase
production and not necessary to permit excavation of
material encountered will be classified as earth excavation.
d) Do not perform rock excavation work until material to be
excavated has been cross-sectioned and classified by the
Contractor, and such information provided to the Engineer
for approval. Such excavation will be paid on basis of
Contract Conditions relative to changes in work.
e) Rock payment lines are limited to the following:
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
310000-2 of 8

CLEARING GRADING AND EXCAVATION - 310000
(1) Two (2) feet outside of concrete work, for which forms
are required, except foundations.
(2) One (1) foot outside perimeter of foundations.
(3) In pipe trenches, six (6) inches below invert elevation
of pipe and two (2) feet wider than inside diameter of
pipe, but not less than three (3) feet minimum trench
width.
(4) Outside dimensions of concrete work where no forms
are required.
(5) Under slabs on grade, six (6) inches below bottom of
concrete slab.
D. Where rock is encountered, it shall be uncovered but not excavated until
measurements have been made in the presence of the ENGINEER. The
means of excavation shall be subject to approval by the ENGINEER.
There will not be additional payment for excavation of partially weathered
rock or rippable rock.
D. Undercut excavation shall consist of the excavation and disposal of
unsuitable materials below the proposed subgrade, as directed by the
Engineer, and the proper disposal of the material at designated areas on-
site or off-site as provided by the Contractor.
E. Off-site select material shall consist of the excavation, hauling, placement,
and compaction of select material, only for the replacement of undercut
areas, as directed by the Engineer, from a location off the project site as
arranged by the Contractor.
F. On-site select material shall consist of the excavation, movement,
placement, and compaction of the select material, only for the
replacement of undercut areas, as directed by the Engineer. This work
shall be included in the unit price for common excavation.
1.5 GEOTECHNICAL DATA
A. A subsurface (geotechnical) investigation and soil analyses have not been
performed. The contractor is responsible for subsurface conditions. 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 BORROW MATERIAL
Borrow material shall consist of a sandy-clay or clayey-sand soil, which shall be
free from trash, debris, stone, vegetable matter, or other indigenous material. It
shall have an optimum, compacted dry unit weight of approximately 120 pcf or
greater. The source of borrow materials shall be approved by the Engineer. The
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
310000-3of8

CLEARING GRADING AND EXCAVATION - 310000
Contractor shall submit Proctor density curves for each source of borrow material
for approval.
2.2 CRUSHED STONE
Crushed stone for foundation preparation or for use as backfill in event of over
excavation, shall be uniform, clean and shall conform to ASTM C-33, size no. 57,
or size no. 67 as directed by the Engineer.
2.3 CONCRETE
Concrete for use as backfill in event of over excavation, as directed by the
Engineer, shall have a compressive strength of 2,000 psi or greater.
2.4 TOPSOIL
Topsoil shall consist of natural loamy soil suitable as surfacing for lawns or
roads, occurring usually in a surface layer of 6" to 18" thick. Topsoil shall be
removed from the work sites and shall be stockpiled for subsequent use.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PRELIMINARY WORK
Key sedimentation and soil erosion control measures shall be installed prior to
beginning significant clearing operations.
3.2 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND STRIPPING
A. Where trees or brush exist at the site of the work, the construction areas
shall be cleared and trees, stumps, and roots grubbed. All areas shall be
stripped to such depth as to remove turf, roots, organic matter, and other
objectionable materials. Only those trees that seriously interfere with
construction shall be cut and care shall be exercised to protect remaining
trees and adjacent property. All brush, stumps, laps, roots, and logs shall
be removed from the entire construction area and disposed of offsite to
the Engineer's satisfaction. Marketable wood mass shall be harvested
and sold with revenue belonging to the Contractor. No open burning shall
be allowed. Minor debris, pipes, and debris that may be on the site shall
be removed and disposed of to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
B. The operations of the Contractor shall be conducted with full consideration
of all the proper and legal rights of the Owner, and of adjacent property
owners and the public, and with the least possible amount of
inconvenience to them.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
310000-4 of 8

CLEARING GRADING AND EXCAVATION - 310000
C. All pollutable waste material shall be properly disposed in the nearest
landfill unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Other wastes shall be
disposed at a convenient site located by the Contractor, subject to the
approval of the Engineer.
3.3 GENERAL
A. Excavation and grading shall include all site grading, roadway and
driveway, trench and structure excavation, backfill, dike, and embankment
construction. Excavation and grading shall also include borrow, disposal
of excess material off-site as indicated, procuring and placing topsoil,
cleanup, and dressing off. This item shall also include all necessary
dewatering, soil aeration (drying), sheathing, bracing, cofferdam work,
pumping, blasting, and protection.
B. All excavation and grading shall be confined to the construction area, as
shown on the Plans, and shall be done in an approved manner, with
proper equipment.
C. Comply with local codes, ordinances, and requirements of agencies
having jurisdiction.
D. All construction operations shall be accomplished in accordance with
applicable regulations of the North Carolina Department of Labor,
Occupational Safety and Health Division. Copies of these standards may
be obtained from the North Carolina Department of Labor, 413 North
Salisbury Street, Raleigh, North Carolina.
E. Slope sides of excavations are to comply with codes, ordinances, and
requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. Shore and brace where
sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material
excavated. Maintain side slopes of excavations in a safe condition until
completion of backfilling.
F. The Contractor shall be responsible for any dewatering required for site
grading. The Contractor shall provide and maintain whatever means
required for dewatering including ditching, drains, pumping, bailing, and
well pointing.
G. Prevent surface water and subsurface or groundwater from flowing into
excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area.
1. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to
prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings, and
soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations.
Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
310000-5of8

CLEARING GRADING AND EXCAVATION - 310000
discharge lines, and other dewatering system components
necessary to convey water away from excavations.
2. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other
diversions outside excavation limits to convey rain water and water
removed from excavations to collecting or runoff areas. Do not use
trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches.
p ry 9
H. Site grading shall conform to the grades indicated by the finish contours,
cross-sections, and/or spot elevations on the Plans. Accuracy of finished
grades shall be ±0.1 ft. Where topsoil, stone base, or other items are
shown or called for, the rough grade shall be finished to such depth below
finish grade as is necessary to accommodate these items. Excavation
shall be made to the elevations, slopes, and limits called for on the Plans.
All exposed soils in areas of cuts shall be proof rolled with a 15 to 20 ton
pneumatic roller to locate any unconsolidated material. Should soft or
unsuitable material be encountered at subgrade elevation, such material
shall be removed and replaced with acceptable compacted borrow
material, as directed by the Engineer.
J. Fills, berms, dikes, and embankments shall be constructed of material that
is reasonably free from grass, roots, rock, or other objectionable material.
Where natural slopes exceed 4:1, horizontal benches shall be cut to
receive fill material. Slopes of less than 4:1 and other areas shall be
scarified prior to placing fill material. Keyways under dikes shall be
constructed where indicated.
K. Fills shall be formed of acceptable material placed in successive layers of
not over 8 inches loose thickness for the full width of section, where
practical. Where rock is excavated along with other material, it may be
incorporated in fill sections which are not to support pavement or
structures, and which lie outside the core areas of dikes (defined as the
area within a 1:2.5 slope from the top edges of dikes). Rock shall be
evenly distributed. Rock fragments larger than 4 inches in greatest
dimension will not be allowed in the top 12 inches of fills or slopes. Voids
between rock material are to be well filled with good material, and all rock
shall be covered with at least 24 inches of earth.
L. Materials for fills shall be spread evenly and the compaction equipment
routed over the work to obtain uniform compaction. Fills under areas
designated for structures and in dikes shall be compacted by approved
equipment, to ninety-five percent (95%) of the Standard Proctor Maximum
Dry Density as defined by ASTM D-698 as amended, except within two
feet of subgrade where the fill shall be compacted to at least ninety-eight
percent (98%) of Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density. Fills under
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
310000-6of8

CLEARING GRADING AND EXCAVATION - 310000
roadways and future paved surfaces shall be compacted to ninety-five
percent (95%) of Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density, except for soils
within 2 feet of finished grade which are to be compacted to 98% of the
maximum dry density as defined by ASTM D698. Fills in other areas shall
be compacted to at least ninety percent (95%) of Standard Proctor
Maximum Dry Density.
M. Compaction moisture control shall be maintained between -2 and +2
percent optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D-698 or as
directed by the Engineer. Material that is too dry for proper compaction
shall be moistened by suitable watering devices, turned and harrowed to
distribute the moisture, and then properly compacted. When material is
too wet for proper compaction, fill soils shall be dried prior to compaction.
The soils shall be dried by aeration disking, harrowing, or other methods
until the materials can be compacted to the specified density. Select
material, as needed, will be provided from the work site or other
acceptable source.
N. All cuts, fills, and slopes shall be neatly dressed off to the required grade
or subgrade, as indicated on the Plans.
O. At locations designated on the Plans and/or as designated by the
Engineer, the Contractor shall remove unsuitable material within the limits
as directed and backfill with suitable material properly compacted to the
finished subgrade. Undercut material may be used elsewhere on the
project if the Engineer determines that it is suitable for the purpose. If it
cannot be used, the Contractor shall dispose of it as directed herein
before.
P. Foundation excavations shall be made at the locations shown on the plans
and to the exact subgrade required. Bottoms of excavations are to be
level and in firm, solid, material, with soft material or voids treated as
specified below. Excavated area shall be kept free of water during the
construction period. Space shall be provided outside of footings and walls
for placing forms and pointing masonry.
Q. Where necessary, the sides of excavation shall be shored and sheathed,
or cofferdams built, as required for protection of the work and employees.
R. Should soft or unsuitable material be encountered at subgrade elevation,
such material shall be removed and replaced with acceptable compacted
select material, obtained on-site or off-site at the direction of the Engineer.
Any other excavation below grade shall be replaced with good material,
without additional compensation therefor.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
310000-7of8

CLEARING GRADING AND EXCAVATION - 310000
S. Should the specified depth for foundations prove insufficient to reach firm
ground, the Engineer shall be notified and shall furnish instructions for
proceeding with the work. Wherever footing elevations change, step-
downs shall be made at a 2:1 ratio, unless otherwise shown. Connections
between step-downs shall be of poured concrete of the same cross-
section as the footing connected.
T. Where blasting is required, it shall be done by experienced personnel and
every needed precaution taken to protect persons and property from
injury. No blasting for rock excavation will be allowed whenever there are
existing structures or pipelines except by permission of the Engineer, and
only when the Contractor provides a suitable vibration-monitoring device
and can demonstrate that vibrations to adjacent structures and piping will
not cause damage. All responsibility for damages rest on the Contractor.
3.4 FINE GRADING, PLACEMENT OF TOPSOIL, AND CLEANUP
A. Upon completion of excavation, grading, and backfill, the entire work area
shall be fine graded and dressed off to the indicated grades. At least 4" of
topsoil shall be placed on all disturbed non-paved areas, except for the
interior slopes and bottom of storage lagoon, with the final level of topsoil
conforming to the design finished elevations. Topsoil shall be obtained
from off-site sources if required. Topsoil shall be free of debris, sticks,
excessive amounts of weeds, and other deleterious substances.
B. Upon completion of the fine grading and placement of topsoil, the entire
site shall be cleaned up and dressed off and all excess material and
debris disposed of to the Owner's and the Engineer's satisfaction. All
areas to be seeded shall be "broom dragged" and/or hand raked.
END OF SECTION
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
310000-8 of 8

SECTION 31 20 00-EARTH MOVING
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Excavating and filling for rough grading the Site.
2. Preparing subgrades for walks, pavements and grasses.
3. Excavating and backfilling for buildings and structures.
4. Excavating and backfilling trenches for utilities and pits for buried utility structures.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 31 10 00 "Site Clearing" for site stripping, grubbing, stripping topsoil, and
removal of above-and below-grade improvements and utilities.
2. Section 32 92 00 "Turf and Grasses" for finish grading in turf and grass areas, including
preparing and placing planting soil for turf areas.
3. Section 32 11 23 "Aggregate Base Course"for road subgrade materials.
4. Section 32 12 16 "Asphalt Paving"for pavement repair.
5. Section 32 13 13 "Cement Concrete Paving" for replacement of walks, drives, curb and
gutter as it relates to trenching operations.
1.3 UNIT PRICES
A. Quantity allowances for earth moving are included in the Bid Form.
B. Rock Measurement: Volume of rock actually removed, measured in original position, but not
to exceed the following. Unit prices for rock excavation include replacement with approved
materials.
1. 6 inches beneath pipe in trenches, and the greater of 24 inches wider than pipe or 42
inches wide.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Backfill: Soil material or controlled low-strength material used to fill an excavation.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
312000- 1 of 14

1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to
support sides of pipe.
2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench.
B. Base Course: Aggregate layer placed between the subbase course and hot-mix asphalt paving.
C. Bedding Course: Aggregate layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying
pipe.
D. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill.
E. Drainage Course: Aggregate layer supporting the slab-on-grade that also minimizes upward
capillary flow of pore water.
F. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and
dimensions indicated.
1. Authorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond
indicated lines and dimensions as directed by Engineer. Authorized additional
excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions
for unit prices.
2. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated
lines and dimensions without direction by Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as
remedial work directed by Engineer, shall be without additional compensation.
G. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades.
H. Rock: Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, conglomerate deposits, and boulders
of rock material that exceed 1 cu.yd. for bulk excavation or 3/4 cu. yd. for footing, trench, and
pit excavation that cannot be removed by rock-excavating equipment equivalent to the
following in size and performance ratings,without systematic drilling, ram hammering, ripping,
or blasting,when permitted:
1. Equipment for Footing,Trench, and Pit Excavation: Late-model,track-mounted hydraulic
excavator; equipped with a 42-inch- maximum-width,short-tip-radius rock bucket; rated
at not less than 138-hp (103-kW) flywheel power with bucket-curling force of not less
than 28,700 lbf (128 kN) and stick-crowd force of not less than 18,400 lbf (82 kN) with
extra-long reach boom.
2. Equipment for Bulk Excavation: Late-model, track-mounted loader; rated at not less
than 230-hp (172-kW) flywheel power and developing a minimum of 47,992-lbf (213.3-
kN) breakout force with a general-purpose bare bucket.
I. Rock: Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, conglomerate deposits, and boulders
of rock material 3/4 cu.yd. (0.57 cu. m) or more in volume that exceed a standard penetration
resistance of 100 blows/2 inches (97 blows/50 mm) when tested by a geotechnical testing
agency, according to ASTM D1586.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
312000-2of14

J. Structures: Buildings,footings,foundations, retaining walls, slabs,tanks, curbs, mechanical and
electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below
the ground surface.
K. Subbase Course: Aggregate layer placed between the subgrade and base course for hot-mix
asphalt pavement, or aggregate layer placed between the subgrade and a cement concrete
pavement or a cement concrete or hot-mix asphalt walk.
L. Subgrade: Uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of a fill or backfill
immediately below subbase, drainage fill, drainage course, or topsoil materials.
M. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables as well as underground
services within buildings.
1.5 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETINGS
A. Preconstruction Conference: Conduct preconstruction conference at Town of Walstonburg
Town Hall.
1. Review methods and procedures related to earthmoving, including, but not limited to,
the following:
a. Personnel and equipment needed to make progress and avoid delays.
b. Coordination of Work with utility locator service.
c. Coordination of Work and equipment movement with the locations of tree- and
plant-protection zones.
d. Extent of trenching by hand or with air spade.
e. Field quality control.
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of the following manufactured products required:
1. Geotextiles.
2. Controlled low-strength material, including design mixture.
3. Warning tapes.
1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency.
B. Material Test Reports: For each on-site and borrow soil material proposed for fill and backfill
as follows:
1. Classification according to ASTM D2487.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
312000-3 of 14

2. Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D698.
C. Preexcavation Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction
and site improvements, including finish surfaces that might be misconstrued as damage
caused by earth-moving operations.Submit before earth moving begins.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Geotechnical Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E329 and
ASTM D3740 for testing indicated.
1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent
occupied or used facilities during earth-moving operations.
1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities
without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by Owner
or authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Improvements on Adjoining Property: Authority for performing earth moving indicated on
property adjoining Owner's property will be obtained by Owner before award of Contract.
1. Do not proceed with work on adjoining property until directed by Engineer.
C. Utility Locator Service: Notify "North Carolina 811" for area where Project is located before
beginning earth-moving operations.
D. Do not commence earth-moving operations until temporary site fencing and erosion- and
sedimentation-control measures specified in Construction Drawings, Section 31 25 00 "Erosion
Siltation and Pollution" are in place.
E. The following practices are prohibited within protection zones:
1. Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material.
2. Parking vehicles or equipment.
3. Foot traffic.
4. Erection of sheds or structures.
5. Impoundment of water.
6. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated.
7. Attachment of signs to or wrapping materials around trees or plants unless otherwise
indicated.
F. Do not direct vehicle or equipment exhaust towards protection zones.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
312000-4of14

G. Prohibit heat sources,flames, ignition sources, and smoking within or near protection zones.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL MATERIALS
A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not
available from excavations.
B. Satisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM according to
ASTM D2487, or a combination of these groups; free of rock or gravel larger than 2 inches in
any dimension, debris,waste,frozen materials,vegetation, and other deleterious matter.
C. Unsatisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GC, SC, CL, ML, OL, CH, MH, OH, and PT
according to ASTM D2487, or a combination of these groups.
1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of
optimum moisture content at time of compaction.
D. Subbase Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed
stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D2940/D2940M; with at least 90 percent passing a
1-1/2-inch (37.5-mm) sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 (0.075-mm)sieve.
E. Base Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed
stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D2940/D2940M; with at least 95 percent passing a
1-1/2-inch (37.5-mm) sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200(0.075-mm) sieve.
F. Engineered Fill: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed
stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D2940/D2940M; with at least 90 percent passing a
1-1/2-inch (37.5-mm) sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 (0.075-mm)sieve.
G. Bedding Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed
stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D2940/D2940M; except with 100 percent passing a
1-inch (25-mm)sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200(0.075-mm) sieve.
H. Drainage Course: Narrowly graded mixture of washed crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed
gravel; ASTM D448; coarse-aggregate grading Size 57; with 100 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch
(37.5-mm)sieve and zero to 5 percent passing a No. 8(2.36-mm)sieve.
I. Filter Material: Narrowly graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, or crushed stone and
natural sand; ASTM D448; coarse-aggregate grading Size 67; with 100 percent passing a 1-inch
(25-mm) sieve and zero to 5 percent passing a No.4(4.75-mm)sieve.
J. Sand: ASTM C33/C33M;fine aggregate.
K. Impervious Fill: Clayey gravel and sand mixture capable of compacting to a dense state.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
312000-5 of 14

2.2 GEOTEXTILES
A. Subsurface Drainage Geotextile: Nonwoven needle-punched geotextile, manufactured for
subsurface drainage applications, made from polyolefins or polyesters; with elongation greater
than 50 percent; complying with AASHTO M 288 and the following, measured per test
methods referenced:
1. Survivability: Class 2;AASHTO M 288.
2. Survivability: As follows:
a. Grab Tensile Strength: 157 lbf(700 N); ASTM D4632.
b. Sewn Seam Strength: 142 lbf(630 N);ASTM D4632.
c. Tear Strength: 56 lbf(250 N); ASTM D4533.
d. Puncture Strength: 56 lbf(250 N);ASTM D4833.
3. Apparent Opening Size: No. 60(0.250-mm) sieve, maximum; ASTM D4751.
4. Permittivity:0.2 per second, minimum;ASTM D4491.
5. UV Stability: 50 percent after 500 hours' exposure;ASTM D4355.
B. Separation Geotextile: Woven geotextile fabric, manufactured for separation applications,
made from polyolefins or polyesters; with elongation less than 50 percent; complying with
AASHTO M 288 and the following, measured per test methods referenced:
1. Survivability: Class 2; AASHTO M 288.
2. Survivability:As follows:
a. Grab Tensile Strength: 247 lbf(1100 N); ASTM D4632.
b. Sewn Seam Strength: 222 lbf(990 N); ASTM D4632.
c. Tear Strength: 90 lbf(400 N);ASTM D4533.
d. Puncture Strength: 90 lbf(400 N);ASTM D4833.
3. Apparent Opening Size: No. 60(0.250-mm)sieve, maximum;ASTM D4751.
4. Permittivity:0.02 per second, minimum;ASTM D4491.
5. UV Stability: 50 percent after 500 hours' exposure; ASTM D4355.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant, polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for
marking and identifying underground utilities, 6 inches (150 mm) wide and 4 mils (0.1 mm)
thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility; colored as follows:
1. Red: Electric.
2. Yellow:Gas, oil, steam,and dangerous materials.
3. Orange:Telephone and other communications.
4. Blue: Water systems.
5. Green:Sewer systems.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
312000-6 of 14

B. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant, polyethylene film warning tape
manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches wide
and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility, with metallic core
encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when
tape is buried up to 30 inches deep; colored as follows:
1. Red: Electric.
2. Yellow: Gas,oil, steam, and dangerous materials.
3. Orange:Telephone and other communications.
4. Blue: Water systems.
5. Green:Sewer systems.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by
settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earth-
moving operations.
B. Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation controls during earth-moving operations.
C. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from freezing temperatures and frost. Remove
temporary protection before placing subsequent materials.
3.2 DEWATERING
A. Provide dewatering system of sufficient scope, size, and capacity to control hydrostatic
pressures and to lower, control, remove, and dispose of ground water and permit excavation
and construction to proceed on dry,stable subgrades.
B. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations,from ponding on prepared
subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area.
C. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water
accumulation.
1. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to
accumulate in excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary drainage
ditches.
D. Dispose of water removed by dewatering in a manner that avoids endangering public health,
property, and portions of work under construction or completed. Dispose of water and
sediment in a manner that avoids inconvenience to others.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
312000-7 of 14

3.3 EXPLOSIVES
A. Explosives: Do not use explosives.
B. Explosives: Obtain written permission from authorities having jurisdiction before bringing
explosives to Project site or using explosives on Project site.
1. Perform blasting without damaging adjacent structures, property,or site improvements.
2. Perform blasting without weakening the bearing capacity of rock subgrade and with the
least-practicable disturbance to rock to remain.
3.4 EXCAVATION,GENERAL
A. Unclassified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface
and subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials may include rock,
soil materials, and obstructions. No changes in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time will be
authorized for rock excavation or removal of obstructions.
1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials
and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials.
2. Remove rock to lines and grades indicated to permit installation of permanent
construction without exceeding the following dimensions:
a. 6 inches beneath pipe in trenches and the greater of 24 inches (600 mm) wider
than pipe or 42 inches wide.
B. Classified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations. Material to be excavated will be
classified as earth and rock. Do not excavate rock until it has been classified and cross
sectioned by Engineer.The Contract Sum will be adjusted for rock excavation according to unit
prices included in the Contract Documents. Changes in the Contract Time may be authorized
for rock excavation.
1. Earth excavation includes excavating pavements and obstructions visible on surface;
underground structures, utilities, and other items indicated to be removed; and soil,
boulders, and other materials not classified as rock or unauthorized excavation.
a. Intermittent drilling; blasting, if permitted; ram hammering; or ripping of material
not classified as rock excavation is earth excavation.
2. Rock excavation includes removal and disposal of rock. Remove rock to lines and
subgrade elevations indicated to permit installation of permanent construction without
exceeding the following dimensions:
a. 6 inches beneath pipe in trenches and the greater of 24 inches wider than pipe or
42 inches wide.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
312000-8 of 14

3.5 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES
A. Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1 inch. If
applicable, extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing and removing
concrete formwork,for installing services and other construction, and for inspections.
1. Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Do not disturb bottom of excavation.
Excavate by hand to final grade just before placing concrete reinforcement. Trim
bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work.
2. Pile Foundations: Stop excavations 6 to 12 inches above bottom of pile cap before piles
are placed. After piles have been driven, remove loose and displaced material. Excavate
to final grade, leaving solid base to receive concrete pile caps.
3. Excavation for Underground Tanks, Basins, and Mechanical or Electrical Utility
Structures: Excavate to elevations and dimensions indicated within a tolerance of plus
or minus 1 inch. Do not disturb bottom of excavations intended as bearing surfaces.
B. Excavations at Edges of Tree-and Plant-Protection Zones:
1. Excavate by hand or with an air spade to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and
subgrades. If excavating by hand, use narrow-tine spading forks to comb soil and expose
roots. Do not break,tear, or chop exposed roots. Do not use mechanical equipment that
rips,tears, or pulls roots.
3.6 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS
A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations,
and subgrades.
3.7 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES
A. Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations.
1. Beyond building perimeter, excavate trenches to allow installation of top of pipe below
frost line.
B. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide the following clearance on each side of pipe or
conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches (300 mm) higher
than top of pipe or conduit unless otherwise indicated.
1. Clearance: 12 inches (300 mm) each side of pipe or conduit or as indicated.
C. Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support
of pipes and conduit. Shape subgrade to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and
barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. Remove projecting stones and
sharp objects along trench subgrade.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
312000-9of14

1. For pipes and conduit less than 6 inches in nominal diameter, hand-excavate trench
bottoms and support pipe and conduit on an undisturbed subgrade.
2. For pipes and conduit 6 inches or larger in nominal diameter, shape bottom of trench to
support bottom 90 degrees of pipe or conduit circumference. Fill depressions with
tamped sand backfill.
3. For flat-bottomed, multiple-duct conduit units, hand-excavate trench bottoms and
support conduit on an undisturbed subgrade.
4. Excavate trenches 6 inches deeper than elevation required in rock or other unyielding
bearing material to allow for bedding course.
D. Trench Bottoms: Excavate trenches 4 inches deeper than bottom of pipe and conduit
elevations to allow for bedding course. Hand-excavate deeper for bells of pipe.
1. Excavate trenches 6 inches deeper than elevation required in rock or other unyielding
bearing material to allow for bedding course.
E. Trenches in Tree-and Plant-Protection Zones:
1. Hand-excavate to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades. Use narrow-
tine spading forks to comb soil and expose roots. Do not break, tear, or chop exposed
roots. Do not use mechanical equipment that rips,tears, or pulls roots.
2. Do not cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with
installation of utilities.
3.8 SUBGRADE INSPECTION
A. Notify Engineer when excavations have reached required subgrade.
B. If Engineer determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with
compacted backfill or fill material as directed.
C. Proof-roll subgrade below pavements with a pneumatic-tired loaded 10-wheel, tandem-axle
dump truck weighing not less than 15 tons to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding.
Do not proof-roll wet or saturated subgrades.
1. Completely proof-roll subgrade in one direction. Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph.
2. Excavate soft spots, unsatisfactory soils, and areas of excessive pumping or rutting, as
determined by Engineer,and replace with compacted backfill or fill as directed.
D. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to
Contract provisions for unit prices.
E. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or
construction activities, as directed by Engineer, without additional compensation.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
312000- 10 of 14

3.9 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS
A. Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without intermixing.
Place,grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.
1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of
remaining trees.
3.10 BACKFILL
A. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly, but not before completing the following:
1. Construction below finish grade including, where applicable, subdrainage,
dampproofing,waterproofing, and perimeter insulation.
2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for Record Documents.
3. Testing and inspecting underground utilities.
4. Removing concrete formwork.
5. Removing trash and debris.
6. Removing temporary shoring, bracing, and sheeting.
7. Installing permanent or temporary horizontal bracing on horizontally supported walls.
B. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud,frost, snow,or ice.
3.11 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL
A. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud,frost, snow,or ice.
B. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape bedding
course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints,
PP pp J ,
fittings,and bodies of conduits.
C. Trenches under Roadways: Provide support and bedding according to construction drawings.
D. Backfill voids with satisfactory soil while removing shoring and bracing.
E. Initial Backfill:
1. Soil Backfill: Place and compact initial backfill of satisfactory soil, free of particles larger
than 1 inch in any dimension,to a height of 12 inches over the pipe or conduit.
a. Carefully compact initial backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up on
both sides and along the full length of piping or conduit to avoid damage or
displacement of piping or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing.
F. Final Backfill:
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
312000- 11 of 14

1. Soil Backfill: Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil to final subgrade
elevation.
2. Controlled Low-Strength Material: Place final backfill of controlled low-strength material
to final subgrade elevation.
G. Warning Tape: Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches below finished grade,
except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs.
3.12 SOIL FILL
A. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill
material will bond with existing material.
B. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows:
1. Under grass and planted areas, use satisfactory soil material.
2. Under walks and pavements, use satisfactory soil material.
3. Under steps and ramps, use engineered fill.
4. Under building slabs, use engineered fill.
5. Under footings and foundations, use engineered fill.
C. Place soil fill on subgrades free of mud,frost, snow,or ice.
3.13 SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL
A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer before
compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content.
1. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain
frost or ice.
2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that
exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified
dry unit weight.
3.14 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS
A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material
compacted by heavy compaction equipment and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for
material compacted by hand-operated tampers.
B. Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations and
uniformly along the full length of each structure.
C. Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight
according to ASTM D698 or ASTM D1557:
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
312000- 12 of 14

1. Under structures, building slabs, steps, and pavements, scarify and recompact top 12
inches of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 98 percent.
2. Under walkways, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each
layer of backfill or fill soil material at 95 percent.
3. Under turf or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and
compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 95 percent.
4. For utility trenches, compact each layer of backfill soil material at 95 percent.
3.15 GRADING
A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free of irregular surface changes. Comply
with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated.
1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existinggrades and new grades.
2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface
tolerances.
B. Site Rough Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding.
Finish subgrades to elevations required to achieve indicated finish elevations, within the
following subgrade tolerances:
1. Turf or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch.
2. Walks: Plus or minus 1 inch.
3. Pavements: Plus or minus 1/2 inch.
3.16 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES UNDER PAVEMENTS AND WALKS
A. Place base course on subgrades free of mud,frost, snow,or ice.
B. On prepared subgrade, place base course under pavements and walks as follows:
1. Prepare subgrade according to construction drawings.
C. Pavement Shoulders: Place shoulders along edges of base course to prevent lateral movement.
Construct shoulders, at least 12 inches wide, of satisfactory soil materials and compact
simultaneously with each base layer to not less than 98 percent of maximum dry unit weight
according to ASTM D698.
3.17 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified geotechnical engineering testing agency to
perform tests and inspections.
B. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with
subsequent earth moving only after test results for previously completed work comply with
requirements.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
312000- 13 of 14

C. Footing Subgrade: At footing subgrades, at least one test of each soil stratum will be
performed to verify design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of other
footing subgrades may be based on a visual comparison of subgrade with tested subgrade
when approved by Engineer.
D. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D1556, ASTM D2167,
ASTM D2937, and ASTM D6938, as applicable. Tests will be performed at the following
locations and frequencies:
1. Paved Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill layer, at least one test
for every 2000 sq. ft. or less of paved area but in no case fewer than three tests.
E. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of
compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil materials to
depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained.
3.18 PROTECTION
A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep
free of trash and debris.
B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed
surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent
construction operations or weather conditions.
1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Engineer; reshape
and recompact.
C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing,
backfill with additional soil material, compact,and reconstruct surfacing.
.g
1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent
work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.
3.19 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste materials, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and
debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 312000
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
312000- 14 of 14

SUBGRADE PREPERATION FOR ROADS - SECTION 312313
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Scope
A. Work specified under this section shall consist of furnishing all plant, labor,
materials, and equipment, for the construction and preparation of the subgrade
for roads, drives and parking areas.
B. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section.
1.2 Related Requirements
A. Section 310000 "Clearing Grading and Excavation" for specifications on type of
soil and properties suitable for earth work.
B. Section 321216 "Asphalt Paving" for specifications on asphalt placement over
road subgrade.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 General
A. After the earthwork has been substantially completed and related work has
been completed, the subgrade shall be brought to the lines, grades, and typical
cross-section shown on the plans, and finished in accordance with these
specifications.
B. The subgrade shall be properly shaped and thoroughly compacted so that it
conforms to the lines and yielding condition before any base course or curbs
and gutters are placed thereon. If the subgrade does not contain sufficient
moisture for compaction, it shall be wetted to optimum moisture content.
C. All soft and yielding material, boulders, loose stones or any other unsuitable
material in the subgrade which will not compact readily shall be removed and
replaced with suitable material which shall be thoroughly compacted. All
submerged roots, stumps, or other degradable matter encountered in the
preparation of the subgrade shall be removed.
D. In preparing the subgrade, the material excavated shall not be piled or
windrowed in such a manner as to interfere with the proper drainage of the
subgrade.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
312313 -1 of 2

SUBGRADE PREPERATION FOR ROADS - SECTION 312313
3.2 Rolling of Subgrade
A. The subgrade for roads and drives shall be rolled as required by the Engineer
for the entire length of the project with a 10-ton or heavier three-wheel power-
driven roller.
B. During the rolling of the subgrade, the surface shall be maintained smooth by
blading or other approved means. Rolling shall be continued until the subgrade
has been compacted throughout to 98% of its maximum practical density as
determined by ASTM D698 for the material. Structures shall be tested
immediately prior to placement of base course to insure that compaction
specifications are met. Any portion of the subgrade inaccessible to rolling
operations shall be thoroughly compacted with hand or mechanical tamps.
3.3 Protection of Subgrade
A. Ditches and drains shall be provided and maintained to satisfactorily drain the
subgrade. In no case shall any aggregate base course be placed on frozen or
muddy subgrade. Frost crystals or mud caused by freezing and thawing shall
be removed and replaced with suitable material or allowed to dry before placing
any base course or curb and gutters. If ruts are formed in the prepared
subgrade, the subgrade shall be scarified and thoroughly compacted.
END OF SECTION
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
312313-2 of 2

EROSION SILTATION AND POLLUTION - 312500
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplemental Conditions and Special Project Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This section covers the furnishing of materials, labor, and equipment
necessary to minimize erosion, siltation, and pollution on the project or
projects covered by these specifications.
B. The Contractor shall take whatever measures are necessary to minimize
soil erosion and siltation, water pollution, and air pollution. The Contractor
shall also comply with the applicable regulations of all legally constituted
authorities relating to pollution prevention and control. The Contractor
shall keep himself fully informed of all such regulations which in any way
affect the conduct of the work. In the event of conflict between such
regulations and the requirements of these specifications, the more
restrictive requirements shall apply.
C. Failure on the part of the Contractor to perform the necessary measures to
control erosion, siltation, and pollution will result in the Engineer notifying
the Contractor to take such measures. In the event that the Contractor
fails to perform such measures within 24 hours after receipt of such notice,
the Engineer may suspend the work with no extension of contract time, or
may proceed to have such measures performed by others at the
Contractor's expense, or both.
D. Related Work in Other Sections:
Clearing Grading and Excavation: Section 310000
Seeding and Mulching Section 329200
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Quality Assurance: Erosion and sedimentation control shall conform to the
requirements of the North Carolina Sedimentation Pollution Control Act of 1973.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Seeding and seeding materials shall conform to the requirements of Section
329200.
2.2 Silt fences shall conform to the details shown on plans.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
312500-1of3

EROSION SILTATION AND POLLUTION - 312500
2.3 Check dams and jute mat shall conform to the details shown on the plans.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution throughout the life of
the project to prevent the eroding of soil and the siltation of rivers, streams, lakes,
reservoirs, ditches, ground surfaces, or other property. Should any erosion or
siltation occur, the Contractor shall take immediate action to correct the situation.
The Contractor shall remove and properly dispose of any material washed into
rivers, streams, lakes, reservoirs, ditches, storm sewers, or other property. The
Contractor shall be liable for any damage to private or public property resulting
from insufficient erosion and siltation control measures.
3.2 Construction operations in rivers, streams, ditches, and water impoundments
shall be restricted to those areas which must be entered for the performance of
work shown on the plans. Excavated materials shall not be deposited in rivers,
streams, ditches, or impoundments except that temporary earth dikes may be
used when approved by the Engineer, but such dikes shall be completely
removed in such manner as to prevent siltation. Frequent fording of flowing
streams with equipment will not be permitted. Temporary bridges or other
structures shall be used wherever frequent stream crossings are necessary.
3.3 Temporary and permanent erosion control measures shall be provided as shown
on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Temporary sediment control
devices must be installed to the extent possible prior to initiation of grading and
excavation. The devices must be maintained at a minimum of 50% of the original
sediment storage capacity and may not be removed until the areas they serve
have been stabilized. Temporary erosion control measures shall include, but not
be limited to, the use of temporary berms, dikes, drainage ditches, silt basins, silt
ditches, slope drains, structures, stone check dams, vegetation, mulches, mats,
netting, gravel, or other necessary methods. Temporary erosion control may
include work outside the construction limits.
3.4 The Engineer may limit the area over which excavation, embankment, and
grading operations are performed whenever the Contractor's operations are not
effectively minimizing erosion and/or siltation.
3.5 All disturbed, non-paved areas shall be seeded and fertilized, mulched, and
tacked as soon as practical after cleanup in accordance with the detailed
technical specifications therefore. In no case shall a total area of one acre or
more be left ungrassed for a period of fifeteen (15) days when construction has
been completed in the area.
3.6 The Contractor shall take every precaution throughout the life of the project to
prevent the pollution of rivers, streams, and water impoundments. Pollutants
such as chemicals, fuels, lubricants, bitumens, sewage, and other harmful waste
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
312500-2 of 3

EROSION SILTATION AND POLLUTION - 312500
shall not be discharged into or alongside rivers, streams, or impoundments, or
into natural or manmade channels leading thereto. The Contractor shall also
comply with all Federal, State, and local water and air pollution laws.
3.7 Contractor shall maintain all erosion control measures until such time as the
appropriate State authority approves and releases the site at which time the
Contractor shall remove all erosion control measures as directed by the
Engineer.
END OF SECTION
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements for Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
312500-3of3

CONCRETE PAVING - 321313
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes exterior cement concrete pavement for the following:
1. Driveways.
2. Curbs and gutters.
3. Walkways.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Section 31 00 00 "Clearing Grading and Excavations" for backfill
requirements below concrete walks, curbs, gutters, and driveways.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or
more of blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, and ground
granulated blast-furnace slag.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated.
B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete pavement mixture. Include alternate
mixture designs when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather,
test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments.
C. Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that each of the
following materials complies with requirements:
1. Cementitious materials.
2. Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories.
3. Fiber reinforcement.
4. Admixtures.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
321313 - 1 of 10

CONCRETE PAVING - 321313
5. Curing compounds.
6. Applied finish materials.
7. Bonding agent or epoxy adhesive.
8. Joint fillers.
D. Field quality-control test reports.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer of ready-mixed concrete products
who complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and
equipment.
B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to
ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated, as documented according
to ASTM E 548.
C. ACI Publications: Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete,"
unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents.
D. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to
perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required
for other construction activities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FORMS
A. Form Materials: Plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood, or other approved
panel-type materials to provide full-depth, continuous, straight, smooth exposed
surfaces.
1. Use flexible or curved forms for curves with a radius 100 feet or less.
B. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not
bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair
subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
321313 -2 of 10

CONCRETE PAVING - 321313
2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60; deformed.
B. Tie Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed.
C. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing,
supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars, welded wire reinforcement, and
dowels in place. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI's "Manual of
Standard Practice" from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete of greater
compressive strength than concrete, and as follows:
2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials in accordance
with NC Department of Transportation standards and specifications, of the
same type, brand, and source throughout the Project:
B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, in accordance with NC Department of
Transportation standards and specifications, uniformly graded. Provide
aggregates from a single source with documented service record data of at
least 10 years' satisfactory service in similar pavement applications and service
conditions using similar aggregates and cementitious materials.
C. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M.
D. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
E. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be
compatible with other admixtures and to contain not more than 0.1 percent
water-soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material.
2.4 CURING MATERIALS
A. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or
kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. dry.
B. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-
polyethylene sheet.
C. Water: Potable.
D. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming; manufactured
for application to fresh concrete.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
321313 -3 of 10

CONCRETE PAVING - 321313
E. Clear Waterborne Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309,
Type 1, Class B.
F. White Waterborne Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309,
Type 2, Class B.
2.5 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated
cellulosic fiber or ASTM D 1752, cork or self-expanding cork.
B. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or
styrene butadiene.
2.6 CONCRETE MIXTURES
A. Prepare design mixtures, proportioned according to ACI 301, for each type and
strength of normal-weight concrete determined by either laboratory trial mixes
or field experience.
1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting
proposed concrete mixture designs for the trial batch method.
B. Proportion mixtures to provide normal-weight concrete with the following
properties:
1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 4000 psi or as shown on plans.
2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio at Point of Placement:
0.45.
3. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch.
C. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in
normal-weight concrete at point of placement having an air content as follows:
1. Air Content: 6-1/2 percent plus or minus 1.5 percent for 1-inch nominal
maximum aggregate size.
D. Chemical Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
E. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials
other than portland cement according to ACI 301 requirements.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
321313-4of10

CONCRETE PAVING - 321313
2.7 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and
concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M. Furnish batch certificates for each
batch discharged and used in the Work.
1. When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F, reduce mixing
and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is
above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine exposed subgrades and subbase surfaces for compliance with
requirements for dimensional, grading, and elevation tolerances.
B. Proof-roll prepared subbase surface below concrete pavements with heavy
pneumatic-tired equipment to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding.
1. Completely proof-roll subbase in one direction. Limit vehicle speed to 3
mph.
2. Proof-roll with a loaded 10-wheel tandem-axle dump truck weighing not
less than 15 tons.
3. Subbase with soft spots and areas of pumping or rutting exceeding depth
of 1/2 inch require correction according to requirements in Section 312000
"Earth Moving."
C. Proceed with concrete pavement operations only after nonconforming
conditions have been corrected and subgrade is ready to receive pavement.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before
placing concrete.
3.3 EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION
A. Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides
for pavement to required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow
continuous progress of work and so forms can remain in place at least 24 hours
after concrete placement.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
321313-5 of 10

CONCRETE PAVING - 321313
B. Clean forms after each use and coat with form-release agent to ensure
separation from concrete without damage.
3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating,
placing, and supporting reinforcement.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, or other bond-
reducing materials.
C. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in
position during concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement.
3.5 JOINTS
A. General: Form construction, isolation, and contraction joints and tool edgings
true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct
transverse joints at right angles to centerline, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of
pavement and at locations where pavement operations are stopped for more
than one-half hour unless pavement terminates at isolation joints.
C. Isolation Joints: Form isolation joints of preformed joint-filler strips abutting
concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks, other fixed
objects, and where indicated.
D. Contraction Joints: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning
concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal
to at least one-fourth of the concrete thickness, as follows:
E. Edging: Tool edges of pavement, gutters, curbs, and joints in concrete after
initial floating with an edging tool to a 1/4-inch radius. Repeat tooling of edges
after applying surface finishes. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surfaces.
3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork
installation, steel reinforcement, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify
other trades to permit installation of their work.
B. Remove snow, ice, or frost from subbase surface and reinforcement before
placing concrete. Do not place concrete on frozen surfaces.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
321313-6 of 10

CONCRETE PAVING - 321313
C. Moisten subbase to provide a uniform dampened condition at time concrete is
placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they
are at required finish elevation and alignment.
D. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for measuring, mixing, transporting, and
placing concrete.
E. Do not add water to concrete during delivery or at Project site.
F. Do not add water to fresh concrete after testing.
G. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse
joints. Do not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move
concrete into place.
H. Consolidate concrete according to ACI 301 by mechanical vibrating equipment
supplemented by hand spading, rodding, or tamping.
1. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints
with an internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies,
reinforcement, or side forms. Use only square-faced shovels for hand
spreading and consolidation. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocating
reinforcement, dowels, and joint devices.
I. Screed pavement surfaces with a straightedge and strike off.
J. Commence initial floating using bull floats or darbies to impart an open textured
and uniform surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on
the surface. Do not further disturb concrete surfaces before beginning finishing
operations or spreading surface treatments.
K. Curbs and Gutters: When automatic machine placement is used for curb and
gutter placement, submit revised mix design and laboratory test results that
meet or exceed requirements. Produce curbs and gutters to required cross
section, lines, grades, finish, and jointing as specified for formed concrete. If
results are not approved, remove and replace with formed concrete.
L. Slip-Form Pavers: When automatic machine placement is used for pavement,
submit revised mix design and laboratory test results that meet or exceed
requirements. Produce pavement to required thickness, lines, grades, finish,
and jointing as required for formed pavement.
1. Compact subbase and prepare subgrade of sufficient width to prevent
displacement of paver machine during operations.
M. When adjoining pavement lanes are placed in separate pours, do not operate
equipment on concrete until pavement has attained 85 percent of its 28-day
compressive strength.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
321313-7 of 10

CONCRETE PAVING - 321313
N. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect
concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused
by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures.
1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F,
uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete
mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F
at point of placement.
2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow.
3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze
agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved
in mix designs.
O. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows when hot-
weather conditions exist:
1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90
deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be
used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated
to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is
Contractor's option.
2. Cover steel reinforcement with water-soaked burlap so steel temperature
will not exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in
concrete.
3. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing
concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft
spots, or dry areas.
3.7 FLOAT FINISHING
A. General: Do not add water to concrete surfaces during finishing operations.
B. Float Finish: Begin the second floating operation when bleed-water sheen has
disappeared and concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit
operations. Float surface with power-driven floats, or by hand floating if area is
small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to true planes. Cut down
high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to uniform granular
texture.
1. Medium-to-Fine-Textured Broom Finish: Draw a soft bristle broom across
float-finished concrete surface perpendicular to line of traffic to provide a
uniform, fine-line texture.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WW
TP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
321313-8of10

CONCRETE PAVING - 321313
3.8 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive
cold or hot temperatures.
B. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection.
C. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot,
dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h
before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's
written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying
concrete, but before float finishing.
D. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared
from concrete surface.
E. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moisture curing, moisture-retaining-cover
curing, curing compound, or a combination of these as follows:
1. Moist Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven
days with the following materials:
a. Water.
b. Continuous water-fog spray.
c. Absorptive cover, water saturated and kept continuously wet. Cover
concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent
absorptive covers.
2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-
retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with
sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape
or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period
using cover material and waterproof tape.
3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power
spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat
areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application.
Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.
3.9 PAVEMENT TOLERANCES
A. Comply with tolerances of ACI 117 and as follows:
1. Elevation: 1/4 inch.
2. Thickness: Plus 3/8 inch, minus 1/4 inch.
3. Surface: Gap below 10-foot- long, unleveled straightedge not to exceed
1/4 inch.
4. Lateral Alignment and Spacing of Tie Bars and Dowels: 1 inch.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
321313 -9of10

CONCRETE PAVING - 321313
5. Vertical Alignment of Tie Bars and Dowels: 1/4 inch.
6. Alignment of Tie-Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Pavement
Edge: 1/2 inch.
7. Alignment of Dowel-Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Pavement
Edge: Length of dowel 1/4 inch per 12 inches.
8. Joint Spacing: 3 inches.
9. Contraction Joint Depth: Plus 1/4 inch, no minus.
10. Joint Width: Plus 1/8 inch, no minus.
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Contractor shall engage a qualified independent testing and
inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test
reports.
B. Remove and replace concrete pavement where test results indicate that it does
not comply with specified requirements.
C. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to
determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified
requirements.
3.11 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Remove and replace concrete pavement that is broken, damaged, or defective
or that does not comply with requirements in this Section.
B. Drill test cores, where directed by Architect, when necessary to determine
magnitude of cracks or defective areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory
pavement areas with portland cement concrete bonded to pavement with epoxy
adhesive.
C. Protect concrete from damage. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 14
days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain
pavement as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of
materials as they occur.
D. Maintain concrete pavement free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign
material. Sweep concrete pavement not more than two days before date
scheduled for Substantial Completion inspections.
END OF SECTION
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
321313-10 of 10

SECTION 33 30 00 - SANITARY SEWERS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
Work under this section consists of furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment
for the work shown and described in the Plans.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standards:
1. American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials
a) AASHTO T99
2. American National Standards Institute
a) ANSI A21.50 Ductile cast iron pipe
b) ANSI A21.51 Ductile cast iron pipe
3. American Society for Testing and Materials
a) ASTM A74 cast iron soil pipe
b) ASTM A252 encasement pipe
c) ASTM C12 clay pipe
d) ASTM C14 concrete sewer pipe (18 in. and smaller)
e) ASTM C32 manhole brick
f) ASTM C33 crushed stone
g) ASTM C76 concrete sewer pipe (larger than 18 in.)
h) ASTM C91 masonry cement
i) ASTM C139 concrete manhole block
j) ASTM C230 grout and mortar
k) ASTM C301 clay pipe
I) ASTM C425 pipe joints
m) ASTM C443 pipe joint material and fittings
n) ASTM C478 precast concrete manholes
o) ASTM C594 flexible couplings and fittings
p) ASTM C700 clay pipe
q) ASTM D1869 pipe fittings
r) ASTM D2152 pipe testing
s) ASTM D2321 pipe installation
t) ASTM D2412 pipe testing
u) ASTM D2444 pipe testing
v) ASTM D2680 ABS composite pipe
w) ASTM D2751 ABS sewer service line
x) ASTM D3034 PVC gravity sewer pipe
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For BetterVWVfP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333000-- 1 of 21

4. Federal Specifications
a) WW-P-421 ductile cast iron pipe
B. Material Testing
1. PVC, PVC Truss Pipe, and ABS Truss Pipe
PVC, PVC truss pipe, and ABS truss pipe shall be tested at the pipe
factory with their own in-house quality control methods in accordance with
ASTM Specifications D2412, D2152, and D2444 for PVC pipe and
appropriate sections of ASTM D2680 for ABS truss pipe. A test certificate
shall be furnished to the Engineer by the factory for each 5,000' of pipe
shipped to the site, showing that each joint of pipe conforms to these
specifications. Each joint of pipe shall be stenciled with the
manufacturer's initials and any pipe arriving at the job site unstenciled will
be rejected. The Owner reserves the right to have the same test run by
an independent laboratory and the results of the test furnished to the
Engineer. The Owner will pay all cost of testing by an independent
laboratory not normally conducted by the pipe manufacturer.
2. Other Materials
Other material shall be subject to such testing as the Engineer may
require should its acceptability be questioned.
3. Cost for Testing Method
All costs for testing of materials by an independent laboratory not
normally conducted by the factory shall be paid for by the Owner.
C. Inspection, Testing, and Acceptance- New Pipelines
1. Inspection
a) Upon completion of each section of sewer or at such time as the
Engineer may direct, a block or section of sewer shall be cleaned
and inspected. All repairs shown necessary by the inspection
shall be made. Broken or cracked pipe shall be replaced;
defective joints, if any, replaced; all deposits removed; and the
sewer left true to line and grade, entirely clean, free from lumps or
protruding jointing material, etc., and ready for use. Each section
of sewer between manholes shall show, upon examination from
either end, a reasonably full circle of light.
b) Manholes shall be true circles of acceptable brick or block work, or
for precast manhole, shall have no major defects. Tops shall be
properly placed, and castings securely in place. Manholes shall
show absolutely no evidence of leakage through the walls or
bottom.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better VVUVTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333000--2 of 21

2. Testing
a) Infiltration and exfiltration shall be kept to the minimum amount
possible. The allowable limit of groundwater infiltration/exfiltration
for any or more selections of sewer with any type joint, including
service lines, allowable under these specifications (all sizes), shall
not exceed 100 gallons per 24 hours per mile of sewer line per
inch of diameter.
b) Any line that does not meet this specification will be rejected and
must be repaired at the Contractor's expense.
c) No infiltration tests will be made until normal infiltration conditions
are established. Tests shall be made before existing sewers or
connections are made to new service lines and shall be measured
by means of a V-notch weir inserted into the line at a manhole or
built in a manhole. These tests will be conducted over a period of
time sufficient to determine the correct rates of groundwater
infiltration. Weir measurements shall be made at points
designated by the Engineer along the completed pipelines, and at
least one measurement shall be made for each pipe segment
between manholes if requested by the Engineer. All expense of
the above test or tests shall be borne by the Contractor and be
included in the unit price bid per foot of sewer under each
respective size of sewer. When infiltration occurs in excess of the
specified amounts as hereinabove given, defective pipe or joints
shall be located and repaired at the expense of the Contractor. If
the defective portions cannot be so located, the Contractor shall,
at his own expense, remove and reconstruct as much of the
original work as necessary to obtain a sewer within the allowable
infiltration limits upon retesting.
d) Where lines are above the ground water table, exfiltration testing
will be required. Also for lines that may be seasonally under the
ground water table or flood levels but, due to dry conditions, upon
completion of construction normal infiltration conditions are not
present (or the normal wet weather ground water level is not
present), the Contractor has the option of conducting exfiltration
tests in lieu of infiltration tests. Test procedure shall be as follows:
(1) Plug lower end of section to be tested.
(2) Fill line and manholes with water so that the level in the
manhole furthest upstream is at least 3' above the top of
the pipe, or a level as determined by the Engineer that
models the height of the wet weather groundwater table or
the local surface level during flood conditions.
(3) Let water stand overnight or at least 4 hours to allow all air
to escape and sewer line to reach its maximum absorption.
(4) After pipe has reached its maximum absorption, refill
upstream manhole or test location to original depth. After
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333000--3 of 21

test period specified by the Engineer, record difference in
elevation of water level and compute exfiltration rate.
Minimum test period shall be six (6) hours.
(5) When the leakage exceeds the specified amount,
satisfactory correction shall be made. Both the
measurement and the correction shall be made at no
additional cost to the Owner.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer in accordance with the
General Conditions for the following items:
1. Precast manholes
2. Metal castings
3. Transition couplings
B. Product data shall be submitted to the Engineer for the following:
1. Tapping sleeves
2. Valves
C. Manufacturer's certifications shall be submitted to the Engineer certifying that the
following materials meet all requirements of the specifications:
1. Sewer Main Pipe
2. Sewer Service Pipe
3. Sewer Pipe Fittings
4. Manhole Brick or Block
D. Mix designs for concrete and asphalt shall be submitted to the Engineer for
approval, if requested by the Engineer.
E. Three (3) copies of all submittals are required. None of the above listed
equipment or materials shall be used on the project unless the necessary
approval for that particular item has been given by the Engineer.
1.4 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATIONS
A. Subsurface investigations have not been performed. The Contractor is
responsible for all subsurface conditions encountered. Unsuitable
conditions will be determined by the Engineer or his representative.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Preparation for Transport: Prepare valves, including fire hydrants, according to
the following:
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333000--4 of 21

SANITARY SEWERS
1. Protect valves against damage to threaded ends and flange faces.
2. Set valves in best position for handling. Set valves closed to prevent
rattling.
B. During Storage: Use precautions for valves, including fire hydrants, according to
the following.
1. Do not remove end protectors, unless necessary for inspection; then
reinstall for storage.
2. Protect from weather. Store indoors and maintain temperature higher
than ambient dew-point temperature.
3. Support off the ground or pavement in watertight enclosures when
outdoor storage is necessary.
C. Handling: Use sling to handle valves and fire hydrants whose size requires
handling by crane or lift. Rig valves to avoid damage to exposed valve parts. Do
not use handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points.
D. Deliver piping with factory-applied end-caps. Maintain end-caps through
shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe-end damage and to prevent
entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture.
E. Protect flanges, fittings, and specialties from moisture and dirt.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. All materials and appurtenances shall meet the following minimum standard
requirements therefor. It shall be each manufacturer's responsibility to check the
proposed installation and to furnish material that will be fully capable of
performing its intended function.
B. Pipe shall be of the type, size, class, and diameter as hereinafter specified and
called for by the Plans and/or Bid. Pipe shall be ductile cast iron, ABS composite
type, PVC composite type, and/or polyvinyl chloride.
C. Trench width for buried pipe design shall be considered as the outside diameter
of the pipe plus 2', at the bottom and up to 1' above the top of the pipe.
D. Buried pipe shall be designed for laying condition A, B and C (see standard
sewer detail) to withstand all internal pressures and external loads with a
minimum depth to cover of 3', and greater depths of cover where required by the
Engineer, plus an H-20 live load in accordance with A.A.S.T.H.O. Specifications.
2.2 CONCRETE SEWER PIPE
A. Concrete sewer pipe 18" in diameter and smaller shall conform to ASTM
Specification C-14 and shall be Class 3 or stronger. Concrete sewer pipe larger
than 18" in diameter shall be reinforced type in accordance with ASTM
Town of Spring Hope, North Carolina 33 30 PA c
Wastewater System Improvements PN 1140
June 2008

Specification C-76-72 with minimum Class III pipe used with trench depth up to
12' and Class IV pipe used with trench depths equal to or greater than 12'.
B. Joints for all concrete sewer pipe shall be rubber gasketed, 0-ring type
accordance with ASTM Specification C443-72.
C. Interior lining for concrete sewer pipe shall consist of a heavy bitumastic coating
applied to a dry film thickness of at least 14 mils. Bitumastic coating shall be
applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, particularly in
regard to surface moisture and ambient temperature. The coating shall be
Koppers Super Service Black, Pittsburgh's Bitumastic or equal. The lining in the
pipe shall be guaranteed for adherence and erosion resistance for a period of
two (2) years.
2.3 Ductile Iron Pipe:
A. Ductile iron pipe shall be centrifugally cast of ductile iron having a minimum
tensile strength of 60,000 psi, a minimum yield strength of 42,000 psi, and a
minimum elongation of 10 percent (Grade 60-42-10). It shall be designed,
manufactured, and shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.51 (AWWA
C151) Standards.
B. Nominal laying lengths shall be 18 or 20 feet nominal maximum of 20 percent of
each size for each order being as much as 24 inches shorter than the nominal
laying length and additional 10 percent as much as 6 inches shorter than nominal
laying length.
C. Dimensions shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.6, ANSI A21.8, ANSI
A21.11, and WW-P-421 C, as applicable. Dimensions shall be gauged at
sufficiently frequent intervals to assure dimensional control. Insides of sockets
and outside of spigot ends shall be tested with circular gages.
D. Wall thickness shall be determined for the design depth of cover shown in
accordance with ANSI A21.50 - 1976. Minimum allowable wall thickness shall be
Class 50.
E. All pipes shall be tested at the factory in accordance with ANSI requirements for
each type.
F. Each pipe shall be coated on the outside with standard bituminous coating of
either coal-tar or asphalt base approximately one mil thick. The coating shall be
continuous, smooth, and strongly adherent to the pipe and shall not become
brittle from cold or sticky from heat. Pipe shall be coated on the interior with
Sewper Coat as manufactured by Lafarge Calcium Aluminate or Protecto 401
ceramic lining as manufactured by U.S. Pipe, or equal.
G. Each pipe shall be weighed prior to placing of the inside lining. Weight, nominal
thickness, sampling period, and class of pipe shall be shown on each pipe. The
manufacturer's year of production and the letters DI or DUCTILE shall be clear
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333000-6of21

and legible and on, or near, the bell end.
2.4 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sewer Pipe: PVC gravity sewer pipe shall be type •
PSM conforming to ASTM D3034, SDR-21, with bell and spigot rubber 0-ring gasketed
joints. The standard length of pipe shall be 12.5' "1". All fittings and accessories shall
have bell and spigot configurations identical to pipe.
2.5 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Composite (Truss) Pipe: PVC composite pipe and fittings shall
be type PSM and shall conform to ASTM D2680, Type SC (solvent cemented joints).
Standard lengths shall be 12.5' maximum. The manufacturer shall submit written
certification from an independent testing laboratory that the PVC composite pipe meets
all requirements of ASTM D2680, except for material composition.
2.6 Steel Encasement Pipe: Steel encasement pipe shall be bituminous coated inside and
outside. Bituminous coating shall be 6 mil. minimum thickness. Encasement pipe for
installation under highways and railroads shall be spiral welded steel pipe conforming to
ASTM Specification A252-61, Grade 2. Encasement pipe shall conform to DOT
specifications for pipe laying for highway crossings and to AREA specifications for
railroad crossings.
2.7 Service Lines: Temporary and permanent service lines shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
as defined above in 2.4 and 2.5.
2.8 Tees, Wyes, and Miscellaneous Fittings: Fittings for service connections on new main
lines shall be the same material as the main and shall conform to the above applicable
specifications. A tapping saddle shall be used for service taps on existing mains. All
fittings for cleanout assemblies shall be the same material as the service line pipe
including combination wye and bend, vertical riser, and cleanout plug and cap. All
service connections shall conform to the details as shown on the Plans.
2.9 MANHOLE MATERIAL
A. Manhole material shall consist of brick, concrete block, pr
ecast or p ecast concrete in
accordance with the following requirements. All material shall be approved by
the Engineer prior to use.
B. Brick shall be no. 2 Common, or equal, hard clay, or shale, free from cracks and
defects that would impair their strength of usefulness. Brick shall conform to
ASTM C32, Grade MM.
C. Concrete manhole blocks shall be units meeting the requirements of ASTM
Specification C139. Masonry units shall consist of barrel and cone block 6" thick,
72" high and not over 152" long. Barrel block shall be cast to a radius which will
result in approximately 12 units to the course for a 4' diameter manhole, and
proportionally thereto for manholes of greater diameter than 4'. Cone block shall
be cast to produce a reduction of 6" in diameter per course. All units shall have a
vertical groove at the ends.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333000-7of21

D. Precast concrete manholes shall consist of precast reinforced concrete sections,
a conical or flat top section as required, and a base section conforming in general
h sections the details shown on the Plans. Precast manhole sect ons shall be
manufactured in accordance with ASTM Specification C478. The minimum
compressive strength of the concrete for all sections shall be 4,000 psi. The
maximum allowable absorption of the concrete shall not exceed 8% of the dry
weight.
E. The manhole shall have flexible coupling cast into the manhole making it an
integral part of the manhole at each inlet and outlet hole. This coupling shall be
rigid, secure, and provide water tightness, yet provide flexibility at the pipeline to
manhole connection.
2.10 Masonry Cement: Masonry cement shall be of best grade, conforming to ASTM
Specification C91, Type II, of a brand approved by the Engineer. It shall be newly
manufactured, well housed, and kept dry and protected at all times.
2.11 CASTINGS AND STEPS
A. Castings and steps shall be provided for each manhole. Frames, covers, and
steps shall be of cast iron of superior quality, tough and even texture, and of not
less than 40% pig. They shall be clear of blow holes, and holes, cracks, or other
defects, properly finished and bituminous coated while hot.
B. Manhole covers, frames, and steps shall conform to the details for each type
manhole on the Plans, or to similar plans differing in detail but of equally good
design, provided such castings are approved by the Engineer prior to use.
Covers and frames shall be machined to provide plane, smooth surfaces for
uniform seating and interchangeability of covers. Rings and covers that provide
imperfect seating will be rejected. All covers and frames shall be suitable for
traffic service. Minimum opening shall be 22" in diameter, minimum weight of
cover shall be 120 pounds and minimum weight of frame shall be 190 pounds.
C. Special frames and covers shall be provided for sealing manholes water tight at
locations shown on the Plans. These frames and covers shall conform to the
above specifications and shall be provided with a one piece rubber gasket seated
into the manhole frame. Covers shall be secured with 4 minimum 2" lug bolts.
Such frames and covers shall be manufactured by Neenah Foundry, Dewey
Brothers, Inc., or equal.
2.12 Concrete: Refer to Section 03 30 00 for concrete.
2.13 GROUT AND MORTARS
A. Non-shrink, high strength grout shall be a non-shrink catalyzed metallic mortar
that provides high strength, and does not need rigid confinement. It shall be
premixed and used in proportion with water as recommended by the
manufacturer. It shall be compatible with other grouts and mortars used. It shall
be manufactured by Master Builders, Five Star, W.R. Grace Company, or equal.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333000-8 of 21

B. Hydraulic cement grout shall be a cement base, quick set compound which
effectively and permanently stops hydrostatic water infiltration through concrete
or masonry. It shall be used as recommended by the manufacturer. It shall be
"waterplug" as manufactured by Thoro System Products, "Preco Plug" as
manufactured by Fosroc Preco, or equal.
C. Hydraulic waterproof sealant shall be cementituous base grouting compound
designed specifically for providing a hydraulic waterproof coating for concrete or
masonry walls, which when applied, becomes an integral part of the concrete or
masonry surface. It shall be "Thoro-seal" as manufactured by Thoro System
Products, "Brush-Bond" as manufactured by Fosroc Preco, or equal.
2.14 Crushed Stone: Crushed stone for pipe bedding shall conform to ASTM C33, size no.
57.
2.15 Pipe Adapters: Connections between dissimilar pipe materials or pipe with different
diameters shall be made using flexible couplings with stainless steel bands conforming
to ASTM Specification C594-70, or using PVC adapter "donut" fittings conforming to
applicable portions of ASTM Specifications C443, C425, C594, and D1869. A Smith-
Blair Type 242 or 243 with 6" band width, CLOW CORP., Type 1202 or 1212, or equal,
all purpose repair clamp will be acceptable. Concrete collars will not be allowed unless
specifically called for or directed by the Engineer in the field.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 LOCATIONS
Pipework shall be installed at the locations shown on the Plans and to the position,
alignment, and grade shown thereon. Prior to beginning work at any location, the
Contractor shall consult with the Engineer and Owner to determine that all rights-of-way,
permits, or other legalities are in order. He shall familiarize himself with all conditions
and/or limitations of such rights-of-way or permits and shall fully comply with all such
requirements.
3.2 RELATION OF SEWERS TO WATER MAINS
A. Crossing a sewer under a water main: Whenever it is necessary for a sewer to
cross under a water main, the sewer shall be laid at such elevation that the top of
the sewer is at least 18" below the bottom of the water main, unless local
conditions or barriers prevent an 18" vertical separation -- in which case both the
water main and sewer shall be constructed of ferrous materials and with joints
that are equivalent to water main standards for a distance of 10' on each side of
the point of crossing.
B. Crossing a sewer over a water main: Whenever it is necessary for a sewer to
cross over a water main, both the water main and the sewer shall be constructed
of ferrous materials and with joints equivalent to water main standards for a
distance of 10' on each side of the point of crossing. A section of water main
pipe shall be centered at the point of crossing.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333000-9 of 21

3.3 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
A. Clearing and grubbing, where required, shall be done prior to beginning of pipe
installation. It shall be done in accordance with applicable portions of items of
General Conditions and the following:
1. The Contractor shall consult with the Owner and Engineer prior to starting
clearing and a full understanding is to be reached as to procedure. The
Contractor shall then conduct clearing and grubbing operations in strict
accordance with these agreements.
2. Clearing of trees and brush along the pipeline shall be carefully done so
that no damage will occur outside of the limits of the right-of-way. Trees
and brush must be cut by hand and trees felled within the right-of-way
limits. Only trees that would seriously interfere with construction shall be
cut down and all others shall be saved and protected. Trees 6" or more in
diameter shall be trimmed, cut into usable lengths of 3', or as DIRECTED
BY THE OWNER and the logs neatly stacked on the edge of the right of
way or disposed in a manner approved by the Engineer. Clearing debris
shall be disposed of per Specification 31 10 00, Item 3.6. Burning of
trees, brush, and debris will not be permitted.
3. Grubbing of stumps that are in the way of construction shall be done in
any convenient manner which will not cause damage to remaining trees
or adjacent property. Stumps shall be disposed as for brush or laps
above.
4. Limits of the pipe-laying operation shall be confined to the right-of-way
and easements. The width of clearing shall be held to a minimum and in
no case more than the easement, without the written consent of the
Engineer.
5. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 31
00 00.
3.4 WORK ON HIGHWAY RIGHT-OF-WAY
A. The contractor shall not begin work on any property of the Department of
Transportation until necessary permits are in hand. He shall conform to all
requirements of the Department of Transportation or its authorized
representatives in the prosecution of this portion of the work. It shall be the
responsibility of each Bidder to contact the local highway representative and to
determine the exact requirements for work to be done. Requirements shall
include, but are not limited to the following:
B. Where a pipeline crosses under a highway, it shall be installed either by open
cut, in tunnel or in encasement under the highway. Materials and method of
crossing shall be as indicated on the plans for each crossing. Where pipe is
installed by open cut, at least one full lane for traffic shall be kept open and clear
at all times.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333000- 10 of 21

C. The Contractor shall provide full-time flagmen, with appropriate red flags, at all
times when work is in progress.
D. Necessary warning and descriptive signs shall be provided and placed at each
end of the working area while work is in progress along highways. These signs
shall be well tended and shall be placed at sufficient distances from the site of
the work so that ample warning is given to approaching traffic. Signs shall be
adequately lighted at night.
E. The Contractor shall keep all streets open to traffic at all times unless permitted
otherwise by the Engineer or Department of Transportation as applicable. The
Contractor shall provide, place and maintain temporary traffic control devices as
directed by the Engineer or Department of Transportation. The latest edition of
the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways as
prepared by the National Joint Committee on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
shall be used as a guide in the placement of devices and all devices shall meet
the requirements of said manual.
F. Where pipe is installed in open cut across a highway, the cut shall be
immediately backfilled and all work of repairing the pavement completed
immediately. Any subsequent settlement shall be immediately corrected and
repaired.
G. Where pavement is cut and replaced, the Contractor shall cut the edges to a
straight and even line before repairing the pavement. No ragged edges will be
allowed or accepted.
H. Where asphalt pavement or bituminous surfacing is cut, the entire area to be
repaired shall be primed with an asphalt prime coat, acceptable to the
Department of Transportation before the pavement is replaced.
When required, the Contractor shall furnish to the Department of Transportation
a 100% Performance Bond for the amount of paving to be cut and replaced along
highways. Bond is required in North Carolina.
J. Unless otherwise indicated, no excavated material shall be placed on the
pavement side of the ditch, along State Highways. The least possible amount of
trench will be left open when work is not in progress and equipment shall be
removed from the pavement and shoulders during shutdown periods.
K. Shoulders of roadways shall be left in good, acceptable condition and all topsoil
and grass that is disturbed shall be replaced. Grassing shall include seeding
fertilizing, and mulching to conform with the Department of Transportation
requirements.
L. The Contractor shall pay the cost of all Department of Transportation inspectors
time, if required on the job.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333000- 11 of 21

3.5 BORED ENCASEMENT INSTALLATION
A. Encasement pipe which is dry bored under highways and railroads for installation
of sewer lines shall be installed at the locations, to the gradients, and within the
tolerances (if any), as shown on the plans. In event the encasement is installed
off grade or seriously out of line, then another encasement pipe will be dry bored
as close as practical to the original pipe with no additional compensation allowed
therefor. The original encasement must be sealed with a watertight concrete
plug (min. 3' deep) at each end.
B. Any additional pipe or other work required for realignment of the water line with
an alternate encasement location which was required due to improper gradient or
misalignment in the original installation, shall be completed at the Contractor's
expense.
C. In event an obstruction is encountered during encasement boring operations
which cannot be overcome, a second encasement shall be bored at a location
designated by the Engineer. No additional compensation will be allowed for the
second encasement installation. In event an obstruction is encountered in the
second installation, at the direction of the Engineer, a third attempt shall be made
to complete the encasement installation. Consideration will be given for
additional compensation in event a third installation attempt is required. All
abandoned encasement pipes shall be sealed as specified in paragraph 3.3.A
above.
D. Pipelines installed through steel encasement shall meet specifications herein
described and all Department of Transportation or Railroad specifications and
guidelines for installing pipelines through steel encasement pipe. Upon insertion
of the pipeline through the encasement pipe, the ends of the encasement pipe
shall be sealed with brick and mortar. Brick and mortar shall be as herein
specified, and the seal shall be such to withstand hydrostatic pressure from
ground water and all backfill loads. Contractor shall provide means to prevent
water line from floating within the encasement pipe. Grouting procedure will not
be allowed.
E. Casing pipe and joints shall be of leakproof construction, capable of withstanding
railway or traffic loading. The diameter of the casing pipe shall be at least 2"
greater than the largest outside diameter of the carrier pipe, joints, or couplings
for carrier pipe less than 6" in diameter and at least 4" greater for carrier pipe, 6"
in diameter and greater, unless indicated differently on drawings. Further, the
casing pipe shall be of great enough diameter to allow carrier pipe to be removed
subsequently without disturbing the case pipe and immediate areas.
F. Steel encasement pipe shall be as specified in item 2.10 of this section.
3.6 TRENCH EXCAVATION
A. Trench excavation shall be made along the lines designated by the Engineer and
to the depth necessary for laying the sewer to the required grade.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333000-12 of 21

B. Sides of trenches shall be kept as nearly vertical as is allowable by the
Occupational Safety and Health Administration. They shall be at least 12" and
not more than 24" wider at the top of the pipe than the outside diameter of the
pipe plus sheathing where it is necessary. Where pavement is to be cut. It shall
be cut in advance of trenching 1' wider than the required width of the trench.
C. Where soil conditions prohibit vertical walls, the trench width at the bottom and to
1' above the top of the pipe shall be as specified above with the remainder being
held to the least possible width greater than that specified. Where soil conditions
prevent ditch excavation without excessive widths, or where directed by the
Engineer, wood or steel sheeting, as hereinafter specified, shall be driven to
support the trench walls, or a suitably reinforced steel trench box shall be
employed.
D. Trench bottoms shall be hand graded to provide uniform and continuous bearing
for the pipe along its entire length, with bell holes being dug for pipe bells. No
ridges, sags, or undercutting will be allowed. Excess excavating below grade
shall be backfilled at the Contractor's expense with suitable material which shall
be thoroughly stamped.
E. If approved by the Engineer and subject to suitable soil conditions, the trench
may be excavated a few inches below the established subgrade and backfilled
with selected material (from the excavation, if available) well compacted and so
shaped as to give the pipes uniform bearing throughout their lengths at the
established grade. Bell holes shall be dug to relieve the bells of load and to
provide for completing the joints.
F. Where the material at grade is unstable, soft, and incapable of supporting the
pipe, the trench shall be excavated below grade, as directed by the Engineer,
and refilled to grade with crushed stone or gravel to form a foundation for the
pipe.
G. When authorized by the Engineer, the Contractor shall dispose of material
excavated from the trench that is unsuitable for backfill material. The Contractor
shall provide the place select borrow material to replace unsuitable material for
backfilling the trench as directed.
H. Stone shall be compacted and graded to provide stable foundation and a uniform
bearing for the pipe. Bell holes shall be provided as in other types of
foundations.
Should ground water be encountered in the bottom of the trench, causing the
trench bottom to be unstable, the material, as directed by the Engineer, shall be
excavated below grade sufficiently to allow a bed of crushed rock or gravel to be
place in which to bed the pipe. The work shall be done as for unstable
foundations. The depth of cut below grade shall be only the minimum amount to
accomplish the purpose, and shall be as directed by the Engineer.
J. The Contractor shall furnish all machinery for pumping, bailing, and/or well
pointing and shall pump, bail, or otherwise remove any water which may be
found or shall accumulate in the trenches, and shall perform all work necessary
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333000- 13 of 21

to keep them clear of water while the pipe is being laid. The disposal of water
after removal shall be satisfactory to the Engineer.
K. Whenever necessary, the side of the trench shall be braced and rendered secure
and either open or close sheathing used to the satisfaction of the Engineer; such
sheathing and bracing to be left in place until the trench is refilled to a safe limit,
not less than 2' above the top of the pipe. The top portion may be then cut off,
but the lower portion shall remain undisturbed. In lieu of sheeting, suitable trench
boxes may be employed. All sheeting, bracing, trench boxes, and trench
construction methods shall conform to the latest Department of Labor Safety and
Health Regulations for construction promulgated under the Occupational Safety
and Health Act of 1970. No extra payment will be made for sheeting and bracing.
Such cost shall be included in the cost of installing the pipe.
L. All existing water, sewer, and gas lines, buried electrical and telephone cable,
and other known utilities intersecting the lines of construction, if requested by the
Engineer, shall be uncovered by the Contractor at his expense and exposed to
the Engineer at least 100' ahead of pipe laying operations of insure the
correctness of grades. Existing utilities shown on the Plans are as accurately
located as existing records and field surveys allow; however, the Contractor shall
verify with the various utility companies before excavating and shall save
harmless the Owner from any claims for damages as a result of this work.
M. The Contractor shall at all times take necessary precautions in preventing
gutters, catch basins, ditches and other drainage facilities from being clogged
that might cause flooding conditions and damage to public or private properties.
N. Rock Removal, Blasting
1. In rock or other unyielding material, the excavation shall be made at least
6" below subgrade elevation. The trench shall be refilled with select
material compacted in place as specified for ordinary excavation.
Suitable material from excavation may be used, if available. If not, it shall
be hauled in. Select material used in trench after rock excavation shall be
included in the cost of rock excavation.
2. If rock is encountered, it shall be paid for at the unit price set forth in the
Bid. Only solid rock requiring blasting or drilling for its removal will be
classified as rock excavation. Allowance will be made for a width of the
trench not in excess of 16" greater than the outside diameter of the bell of
the pipe and a depth from the surface of the rock to be established
subgrade of the pipeline. Rock excavated in excess of these limits will
not be paid for. The Engineer shall measure the amount of rock
excavation to be classified as such before the trench is backfilled. No
payment will be made for rock excavation which is backfilled before
measurement by the Engineer.
3. All blasting, where required, shall be done under the personal supervision
of a man thoroughly skilled in this class of work. All necessary measures
to protect life and property shall be taken. When in close proximity to
buildings, transmission lines, telephone lines or other facilities, timber
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333000- 14 of 21

mats or other means of preventing damage from flying debris shall be
used. Ample and suitable signals shall be given in proximity to the work
before each blast, and flagmen shall be placed on all roads, beyond the
danger zone, in every direction to warn traffic. All responsibility for
damage rests on the Contractor.
O. Upon completion of the backfilling and repair operation, all excess earth, broken
pavement, rock, shoring and all left over materials and debris resulting from the
Contractor's operations shall be removed from the work areas and disposed of by
the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide his own disposal site. He shall
comply with all State of North Carolina, County and Local regulations, rules and
ordinances regarding the disposal of such material. All costs arising from the
disposal of the material shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to
the Owner. The work areas and adjoining areas used by the Contractor shall be
left clean and free of evidence resulting from the Contractor's presence.
3.7 PIPE INSTALLATION
A. Concrete Pipe
1. Concrete pipe shall be protected during handling against impact shocks
and free fall. On the subgrade prepared as specified in Section 3.7, the
pipe shall be laid so as to produce a straight line of pipe on a uniform
grade, each pipe laid to form a close joint with the preceding pipe and so
as to form a smooth inside flow line. Pipe jointly shall be in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations.
2. Concrete pipe shall be laid with preformed plastic gasket joints or as
specified by the manufacturer.
B. PVC Gravity Sewer Pipe
PVC gravity sewer shall be installed as ABS Truss pipe and in accordance with
ASTM D2321-74.
C. PVC Composite Pipe
PVC Composite pipe shall be installed as ABS Truss pipe and in accordance
with ASTM D2321-74.
D. All sewer pipe shall be bedded as shown on standard sewer details and/or
installed as called for above.
3.8 VALVE INSTALLATION
A. General Application: Use mechanical-joint-end valves for 3-inch NPS and larger
underground installation.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333000- 15 of 21

B. AWWA-Type Gate Valves: Comply with AWWA C600. Install underground valves
with stem pointing up and with cast-iron valve box.
3.9 MANHOLES
A. Manholes shall be constructed in accordance with details on the Plans and shall
be of true dimension and form. They shall be so constructed as to exclude all
ground water. On all lines having an inside diameter greater than 21", 5'
diameter manholes shall be constructed.
B. Brick Manholes
1. Not allowed
C. Concrete Block Manholes
1. Not allowed
D. Precast Manholes
1. Precast manholes shall be constructed as follows:
Precast base sections shall be installed on stabilized foundation so
prepared to prevent settlement and misalignment. Pipe openings shall be
exactly aligned to that of the pipe entering and leaving the manhole.
2. Rubber ring joints or semi-rigid composition joints shall be carefully made
in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and generally in the
following manner. Bells shall be wiped clean, be free of all dirt or other
matter, and liberally lubricated for receiving the spigot ends. The gasket
groove and gasket shall be well cleaned and lubricated prior to placing.
3. Cement mortar joints shall be carefully made to the manufacturer's
requirements. Grout shall be as stiff as possible to be consistent with
good practice and all joints shall be well filled.
4. Sewer pipe shall be placed in the openings provided in the base section
and properly aligned and set to grade. They shall be firmly held in place
by the flexible coupling and the base opening shall be filled with an
expanding type grout well rammed into place.
5. Steps shall be properly placed at 15" intervals and to the other
requirements specified for brick manholes.
6. Cast iron frames and covers shall be properly set in a bed of mortar and
aligned to fit the top section of the manhole. Concrete brick set in mortar
shall be used to adjust the top to finished grade, however, no more than
four courses of brick will be used for adjustment.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333000- 16 of 21

7. When using 5' diameter manholes, the Contractor may use 5' diameter
sections for the full depth or he may use a reducing section to reduce the
inside diameter to 4' at a minimum height of 42" from the floor of the
manhole.
E. Manhole Drops: Manhole drops shall be supported and encased in brick work,
and the backfill very thoroughly compacted. Should the trench for the upper
sewer be excavated below grade beyond the brick work, enough cast iron pipe
shall be used to provide a bearing of 2' on original ground.
F. Manhole Tops: Manhole tops shall be set to the proper elevation as dictated by
the location, or as directed by the Engineer. Care shall be exercised to set the
tops at the proper elevation. Where manholes are located in streets or roads, the
tops shall be set to conform to the finished grade of the roadway. Tops of
manholes located in yards, roadway shoulders or populated areas shall be set
flush with the ground elevation, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. In
cultivated fields, wooded areas and along outfall sewers the manhole tops shall
be set approximately 1' above the elevation of the ground unless the line is
subject to flooding or other hazards. In such instances manhole tops shall be set
to the elevations given by the Engineer.
3.10 BACKFILLING
A. All trash, forms, debris, and other foreign material shall be cleared from around
all pipes and structures before backfilling.
B. Backfilling around the pipe and to a depth of at least 1' above the top of pipe shall
be placed by hand in layers of not over 6". Only select material containing no
rocks or other objectionable material shall be used for this portion of the backfill.
As fast as the material is placed, it shall be cut under the haunches of the pipe
with a shovel and thoroughly compacted with mechanical tamps for the full width
of the trench to provide support for the bottom and sides of the pipe. Filling shall
be carried up evenly on both sides.
C. The balance of the backfill shall be placed and tamped to prevent excessive
settlement in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. If the trench backfill is
located under miscellaneous paved areas, areas to be paved, or unpaved
streets, the trench shall be backfilled with suitable material free from large stones
or clods in 8" layers (loose measurement) and thoroughly tamped and
compacted to 95% of maximum as established by AASHTO specification T99,
method A, with mechanical tampers, so as to avoid future settlement. Where
applicable, the compaction shall be acceptable to the Department of
Transportation or Owner. For trenches located in streets and highways trench
backfilling shall be in accordance with the requirements of item 3.12 of this
section, Cutting and Replacing Pavement.
D. For pipe outside street limits, compaction shall be at least 90% of maximum as
established by AASHTO Specification T99, Method A.
E. Excess material shall be promptly removed from the site, and the pavement or
road surface cleaned of objectionable material. The pavement and/or road
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333000- 17 of 21

surface shall be cleaned daily with a mechanical broom and/or washed if
requested by the Engineer. The Contractor shall correct any future settlement
within the guarantee period.
F. In unpaved streets and shoulders the top 6" of trench shall be filled with well
compacted crusher-run stone. In paved areas the top of the trench shall be filled
with the specified base for pavement, well mixed and compacted. Any
settlement of backfill below finish grade shall be promptly corrected.
G. On outfall lines and at other points where damage to the system or property will
not occur, the backfill material more than 1' above the top of the pipe may be
placed in 12" layers and compacted with mechanical tamps. The upper portion
of the backfill, more than 5' above the pipe may be compacted by rolling with
wheeled equipment. Excess material may be mounded on the trench. The
Contractor will be responsible for all final subsidence of all trenches and shall
leave the same flush with the original ground after all settlement has taken place.
Trenches must be protected against scour due to surface drainage.
H. Backfilling around manholes shall, in general, conform to requirements for
backfilling trenches, except that no backfill shall be placed around manholes until
all mortar has properly set, and backfilling shall be carried up symmetrically
around structures.
3.11 DUST CONTROL
A. The Contractor shall control dust throughout the life of the project within the
project area and at all other areas affected by the construction of the project.
Dust control shall not be considered effective where the amount of dust creates a
potential or actual unsafe condition, public nuisance, or condition endangering
the value, utility, or appearance of any property. The Contractor will not be
directly compensated for any dust control measures necessary, as this work will
be considered incidental to the work covered by the various contract items. The
Contractor will provide dust control measures as directed by the Engineer.
3.12 CUTTING AND REPLACING PAVEMENT
A. Where pavement is to be cut for installation of pipe or other utilities, the
Contractor shall cut it nearly in advance of trenching and shall replace the
pavement with base and new pavement.
B. In areas where roadway is to be patched pavement shall be neatly cut to a
straight edge in advance of trenching with the method of cutting being subject to
approval of the Engineer. Pavement shall be cut 12" wider than the excavated
area on each side. Ragged and irregular edges will not be allowed and work
completed with ragged edges shall be redone. Concrete pavement shall be
sawed with suitable concrete saw cutting equipment.
C. Trench backfilling shall be done in layers not over 6" thick and thoroughly com-
pacted. Compaction shall be such as to prevent future settlement and shall be
done by acceptable means, approved by the Engineer. Rolling with rubber-tired
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333000- 18 of 21

vehicles or track-type equipment will not be allowed. Compaction shall be at
least 95% of maximum as established by AASHTO Specification T99, Method A.
D. Base for pavement shall be crusher run stone for all non-NCDOT maintained
streets, HB binder for all secondary highways, and reinforced concrete for all
primary highways. All base shall be placed in accordance with plan and/or
encroachment permit details. Base width shall be as shown on the Plans and/or
encroachment permits for various types of pavement cuts.
1. Crusher run stone shall conform to the requirements of Section 32 12 16.
It shall be well mixed and compacted by tamping and rolling.
Compaction shall be to such degree as to preclude settlement. Crusher
run base material shall be placed at the same time that the trench is
backfilled. Backfilling to top of ditch, to be cut out and replaced with base
material at a later date, will not be allowed.
2. Crusher run base for highway pavement and adjacent drives shall be 8"
of stone, stabilized with 5% Portland Cement. It shall be thoroughly
mixed prior to compacting.
3. Crusher run base for non-highway pavement and drives shall be 8" of
stone without the addition of cement.
4. Binder base for secondary roads shall be a minimum of 6" binder
conforming to specifications of the Department of Transportation.
5. Concrete base shall consist of 8" of concrete, reinforced with #4
reinforcing steel bars placed at 8" on center in the transverse direction #4
tie bars in the longitudinal direction. Concrete shall be designed to
produce a compressive strength of 3000 psi at 28 days. The design of
the mix and source of supply shall be subject to approval of the Engineer.
E. Pavement shall be replaced with the same type of pavement that exists prior to
cutting and shall consist of either bituminous surface course (double treatment),
2" of hot plant mix asphaltic concrete, or 8" of Portland Cement concrete; all
conforming to specifications of the Department of Transportation for each type.
1. Pavement shall be replaced with the same type of pavement that exists
prior to cutting and shall consist of either bituminous surface course
(double treatment), 2" of hot plant mix asphaltic concrete, or 8" of
Portland Cement concrete; all conforming to specifications of the
Department of Transportation for each type.
2. For asphalt pavement or bituminous surfacing, the entire area to be
resurfaced (including edges of existing pavement) shall be primed with an
acceptable asphalt prime coat just prior to placing new pavement.
3.13 REMOVING AND REPLACING SIDEWALK, OTHER ITEMS
A. Where pipe is to be placed under existing concrete sidewalk, the concrete shall
be removed in construction units unless their length is more than 10', in which
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333000- 19 of 21

case the concrete shall be cut as specified in paragraph 3.11.2. of this section.
The backfill shall be thoroughly compacted for the entire depth of the trench.
B. The sidewalk shall be replaced with 3000 psi concrete, 4" thick, except for
driveways where it shall be 6"thick. The concrete shall be placed monolithic and
dressed off with a wooden float, brush and edging tool. Where pipe is to be
placed under concrete walk, the Contractor may, with the permission of the
Engineer, install the pipe by tunneling instead of removing and replacing the
walk. If pipe is to be placed under curb and gutter, it shall be done by tunneling.
No additional payment will be made therefor.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing and replacing items such as
mail boxes, fences, shrubbery, walls, steps, and any other private ornamental
items that are in direct conflict with the water line work. No additional payment
will be made therefor.
3.14 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
The Contractor shall be responsible for removing and replacing miscellaneous items in
conflict with the sewer line work such as mail boxes., signs, fences, walls, shrubbery,
private ornamental items, etc. Shrubbery and plantings shall be preserved by proper
root protection and watering until replanted. Tree limbs shall be protected where
possible. Damaged trees shall be repaired with an approved tree dressing. No
additional payment will be made for removing and replacing miscellaneous items.
3.15 REPAIRS TO DAMAGED SERVICES AND UTILITIES
Repairs to damaged services and utilities shall be promptly made at the Contractor's
expense. The Contractor shall use every effort to avoid damaging or breaking water,
sewer, gas, power, telephone or other utility services. Utility lines shall be properly
supported across the pipe trench until backfilling is completed. Should damage occur,
immediate action shall be initiated to effect satisfactory repairs. All repair work shall be
satisfactory to the Engineer and owner of the damaged utility.
3.16 CLEANUP
A. All pipeline rights-of-way and pipework areas shall be cleaned up and left in
satisfactory condition.
B. Cleanup of work along highways or roads shall be made immediately upon
completion of the backfill operation. Ditching and pipe laying shall be stopped at
any time that cleanup work lags and shall not be resumed until cleanup progress
is satisfactory to the Engineer. Final cleanup and condition of the work area shall
be subject to the approval of the State Highway Representative, the Owner, and
the Engineer.
C. Cleanup of work for cross-country locations shall follow immediately upon the
completion of any major part of the work or upon instructions by the Engineer.
Topsoil shall be replaced on all areas disturbed by the pipeline work throughout
the length of the sewer main, and to the full satisfaction of the property owner.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333000-20 of 21

Topsoil may be removed from the line of work and stockpiled for future use. It
shall be carefully removed, stockpiled, protected, respread, dressed off, and the
entire right- of-way left in condition acceptable to the Engineer and property
owner. If topsoil is not stockpiled and protected, suitable, approved material from
other sources shall be provided. Where the line is located on pasture land,
grassed areas, or roadway shoulders, grass shall be replaced.
D. All disturbed pipeline area shall be seeded in accordance with Section 32 92 00.
E. As-built Survey Requirements: Refer to Section 01 70 00.
END OF SECTION 33 30 00
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333000-21 of 21

SECTION 33 37 23—FLOW CONTROL
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 The work covered by this section consists of providing all labor, equipment, material and
supplies and performing all operations required to bypass pump sewage around a manhole or
sewer section in which work is to be performed. The Contractor shall bypass pump sewage
as part of his operations. The Contractor shall provide all pumps, piping and other
equipment necessary to accomplish bypass pumping; perform all construction; obtain all
permits; pay all costs; and perform complete restoration of all existing facilities and areas
disturbed to conditions equal to or better than pre-construction conditions and to the
satisfaction of the ENGINEER. Flow control and routing methods shall be subject to review
by the ENGINEER prior to work commencing on each new portion of the lines to be
rehabilitated.
1.2 General Requirements
A. When the depth of flow in the sewer line being televised or repaired is above the
maximum allowable for the proposed work(as specified in Paragraph 1.2B below),
then the Contractor shall reduce the flow to the levels shown below by manual
operation of pump stations, plugging or blocking of the flow or by pumping and
bypassing of the flow as acceptable to the ENGINEER. Plugging or blocking of the
flow shall only be allowed when the Contractor can demonstrate that the upstream
gravity collection system can accommodate the surcharging without any adverse
impact.
B. The maximum allowable depth of flow shall be half the total inside diameter of the
pipe in question or a depth such that all major joints and other pipe properties are
clearly and fully visible in all recordings, whichever is smaller.
1. Pre-Installation Television Inspection: Flow depths shall not exceed those
specified in Section 33 01 30.11
2. Pipe Lining Installation: For the pipe lining installation,the sewer line shall
be blocked completely. No flow or flow depth, except infiltration, will be
allowed through the sewer line. Infiltration shall be addressed as specified in
the Contract Documents and/or on the Drawings.
C. Violations from sewage spills shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
D. The bypass system shall meet the requirements of all codes and regulatory agencies
having jurisdiction.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333723 - 1 of 5

E. The Contractor shall provide either bypass redundancy for the largest pump or a
minimum of 50% pump capacity of the total required flow within the system,
whichever is greater with respect to flow volume. The intent of the redundant pump
capacity is to ensure adequate back-up pumps are immediately available to the
system. Back-up pumps shall be on-line, isolated from the primary system by a
valve.
F. Flowrates:Existing slopes of piping are unconfirmed.Historical drawings of sanitary
sewer system are available for Contractor's use in preparing his submittal,however
conditions of piping may have changed since installation. Historical drawings only
provide slope and size of piping as originally designed and do not necessarily
indicate current conditions. Not all piping to be investigated or replaced has
historical data. The Contractor shall calculate the maximum carrying capacity of the
system to be rehabilitated or replaced, at the diameters and slopes provided within
Historical Drawings. Field measurements by contractor may be necessary to
complete calculations. The pumping/bypass system shall be adequate in size to
handle the existing dry weather flow(maximum flow, based on pipe diameter and
slope)plus assumed additional flow that may occur during wet-weather(i.e.rainfall
and snowmelt events). The flowrate calculations shall be submitted to the
ENGINEER for review and approval.
G. Unless otherwise approved by the ENGINEER in writing, the bypass system shall
remain in place until all pipeline, manholes, and lateral replacement and/or
rehabilitation have been complete and tested. If tasks are not complete as per the
Contract Documents,full compensation will not be received for that respective task.
1.3 Submittal—Prior to Initiation of the Project:
A. The Contractor is responsible to submit flow control and sewage bypassing
arrangement plans to the ENGINEER for approval at least 7 days prior to
commencing work on each portion of the system to be rehabilitated or replaced.
Flow control includes,but is not limited to,plugging,bypass pumping or trucking as
deemed appropriate for the work performed. The plans must be specific and
complete, and shall include,but not be limited to,the following details:
1. Schedule for installation and maintenance of bypass pumping system.
2. Staging areas for pumps.
3. Bypass pump sizes, capacity, number of each size to be on site and power
requirements.
4. Calculations of static lift, friction losses, and flow velocity.
5. Pump curves showing pump operating range.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333723 -2 of 5

6. Road crossing details.
7. Protection against main breaks.
8. Sewer plugging methods and bypass time duration for each sewer section.
9. Size, length, material, and method of installation for suction and discharge
piping.
10. Sections showing suction and discharge pipe depth, embedment, select fill
and special backfill.
11. Method of noise control for each pump and/or generator.
12. Standby power method, size, and location.
13. Downstream discharging plan.
14. Methods of protecting discharge manholes or structures from erosion and
damage.
15. Restraining lengths for piping. Thrust blocks will not be allowed as a method
of restraint for bypass pumping systems.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 The Contractor shall provide the necessary operating controls for each pump.
2.2 Discharge Piping:In order to prevent the accidental spillage of sewage,all discharge systems
shall be temporarily constructed of rigid pipe with positive,restrained joints. Only materials
that withstand pressures greater than the peak bypass system pressures may be used. All
materials shall be suitable for contact with domestic sanitary sewage. Under no
circumstances will aluminum "irrigation" type piping or glued PVC pipe be allowed.
Discharge hose will only be allowed on a case-by-case basis and must be approved in
advance by the ENGINEER. The bypass pumping system shall be 100%watertight.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 Flow control:
A. The Contractor is responsible for locating any existing utilities in the area where the
Contractor selects to locate the bypass pipelines. The Contractor shall locate his
bypass pipelines to minimize any disturbance to existing utilities and shall obtain
approval of the pipeline locations from the ENGINEER. All costs associated with
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333723 -3 of 5

relocating utilities and obtaining all approvals shall be paid by the Contractor.
B. When working inside a manhole or force main,the Contractor shall exercise caution
and comply with OSHA requirements when working in the presence of sewer gases,
combustible or oxygen-deficient atmospheres, and confined spaces.
C. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining any approvals for placement of the
temporary pipeline within public rights-of-way from the North Carolina Department
of Transportation, the Department of Public Works, and the Local Regulatory and
Permitting Agencies.
D. The Contractor shall conduct a watertight test for the discharge piping,as required by
the Specification Section 33 30 00 Sanitary Sewer.
E. Plugging and Blocking:A sewer line plug shall be inserted into the line upstream of
the section being televised or repaired. The plug shall be so designed that all or any
portion of the upstream flow can be released. During the television inspections and
rehabilitation and replacement operations, the flow through the line being worked
shall be reduced to within the maximum limits established in Paragraph 1.2. After
the work has been completed,the flow shall be restored to normal.
F. Bypassed flows must be discharged to the sanitary sewer system.
G. During the line rehabilitation and/or replacement, flows shall be diverted,trucked,
using appropriate watertight vehicles or watertight containers,or otherwise handled
to prevent flows from interfering with rehabilitation and/or replacement in order to
allow work to be performed on that portion of the system. After the rehabilitation
and/or replacement has been completed, the system will be restored to pass the
sewage flows.
H. When pumping/bypassing is required,the Contractor shall be responsible to supply
the necessary pumps, conduits, engines and other equipment to divert the flow
around the pipe section or manhole in which work is to be performed.
I. The Contractor shall also furnish the labor and supervision to set up, operate, and
maintain the pumping/bypass system at all times. Pumps and equipment shall be
continuously monitored by the Contractor during the periods that pumping and
bypassing are required.
J. The Contractor shall select pumping/bypassing equipment that will not have
excessive noise levels. The noise levels shall be restricted to a maximum of sixty-
nine decibels(69 dB)or less at a distance of thirty-feet(30'). If pumping is required
on a 24-hour basis, engines shall be equipped in a manner to keep noise to a
minimum.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333723 -4 of 5

3.2 Flow Control Precautions
A. When flow in a sewer line is plugged, blocked or bypassed by the Contractor, he
shall take sufficient precautions to protect the public health and to protect the sewer
lines from damage that might result from sewer surcharging. Further,the Contractor
shall take precautions to insure that sewer flow control operations do not cause
flooding or damage to public or private property being served by the sewers
involved,and he shall be responsible for any damage resulting from his flow control
operations.
B. When flow in a sewer line is plugged or blocked by the Contractor,he shall monitor
the conditions upstream of the plug and shall be prepared to immediately start bypass
pumping, if needed. Any liquid or solid matter which is bypass pumped from the
sewer collection system shall be discharged to another sewer manhole or appropriate
vehicle or container only. No such liquid or solid matter shall be allowed to be
discharged, stored or deposited on the ground, swale, road, stormwater drainage
system or open environment. The Contractor shall protect all pumps, conduit and
other equipment used for bypass from traffic or other possible sources of damage.
C. Should any liquid or solid matter from the sewer collection system be spilled,
discharged,leaked or otherwise deposited to the open environment as a result of the
Contractor's flow control operations, he shall be responsible for all cleanup and
disinfection of the affected area and all associated costs. The Contractor shall also be
responsible for notifying the sewer system operating personnel and appropriate
regulatory agencies and performing all required cleanup operations at no additional
cost to the OWNER. The Department of Public Utilities Operations Division shall
be notified immediately, and the appropriate regulatory agencies shall be notified
within 24 hours.
3.3 Public Notification
A. As part of flow control plans,the Contractor will work with the OWNER to notify
sewer customers where that service will be disturbed for each segment of
rehabilitation and replacement. The Contractor shall advise the customers by written
notice that service will be interrupted. Service shall promptly be restored and will
not be shut off for more than six hours.
END OF SECTION
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
333723 -5 of 5

SECTION 40 00 01
MAJOR EQUIPMENT ITEM#1
STAY-IN-PLACE PVC FORMWORK—DIGESTER AND EQUALIZATION BASINS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
Octaform Formwork was used as the basis of design for the Equalization basin and the Digester,
an approved Equal manufacturer can be accepted upon Engineer Approval, however contractor
shall be responsible for all re-design or submittal efforts associated with alternate equipment.
A. The CONTRACTOR shall install stay-in-place PVC formwork with watertight internal panel
system as shown at the dimension shown in the drawings for:
1. Digestor
a. Radius: 31'
b. Height: 15'
2. Equalization Basin
a. Length: 25'
b. Width: 20'
c. Height: 13'
B. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordination with the Manufacturer and the
manufacturer's Field Services and Quality personnel to ensure that all equipment,components,
appurtenances and services described in the Contract Documents are provided. The
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for ensuring that the system is installed in accordance
with the Manufacturer's instructions and certification process, and that it is complete and fully
operational.
C. All Piping into, under and through the structure shall be approved by the formwork manufacturer
or approved Equal.
D. The specifications are intended to give a general description of what is required, but not to
cover all details that will vary in accordance with the requirements of formwork system. It is
however, intended to cover the furnishing, delivery, and any required assembly to provide a
working containment tank.
E. Equipment furnished under this section shall be fabricated, assembled, erected and placed in
proper operation condition in full conformity with the drawings,specifications, engineering data,
instructions, and recommendations of the Manufacturer.
F. SUBMITTALS
All submittals shall be in accordance with these specifications.
G. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI)
2. Contractor is responsible to install and deliver tank with local Qualified Engineer meeting
all local standards. American Concrete Institute(ACI 350 Code Compliance)and stamped
by Certifying Engineer.
H. Performance criteria
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
400001 - 1 of 4

SECTION 40 00 01
1. The tanks must be delivered to meet local Engineering Requirements for Environmental
structures, Structural Engineer's, and Certifying Engineer's specifications as well as
formwork manufacturer's certification criteria.
2. Upon certification, the formwork manufacturer will provide a letter of conformance, the
contractor is required to meet requirements and transfer letter of conformance to the owner.
3. Upon commissioning the contractor is responsible to provide the manufacturer's letter of
conformance and a certified warranty document with a warranty transfer of Ownership
letter.
I. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish operation and maintenance manuals as applicable. The
manuals shall be prepared specifically for this installation and shall include all required
maintenance required to maintain operating performance, mitigate risk of corrosion and
maintain good standing on other supplier's (sealants, concrete admixes etc.)warranties.
J. MATERIAL HANDLING
1. The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for receiving, unloading and properly storing the
materials, including spares shipped by the Manufacturer or the Manufacturer's vendor
when the equipment is ready and available for shipment in accordance with Manufacturer's
instructions. Promptly upon the arrival of any equipment components at the job site or first
shipping destination, the CONTRACTOR will prepare a Manufacturer's receiving report
and submit a copy thereof to the Manufacturer and a copy to the OWNER. The receiving
report is to note equipment receipt and all evidence of damage in transit, if any.
Confirmation of inspection will be no later than 10 days after receipt of delivery.
2. Each box or package shall be properly marked to show its net weight in addition to its
contents.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. The formwork design shall include a watertight panel system on all fluid containing wall faces.
B. The materials furnished shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the
best practices and methods and shall operate satisfactorily when installed as shown on
Manufacturer's drawings.
C. All parts shall be so designed and proportioned as to have liberal strength and stiffness and to
be especially adapted for the work to be done. All consumable parts, supports and scaffolding,
must meet OCTAFORM's specifications and best practices guidelines.
D. All materials furnished under this specification section shall be new and unused.
2.2 MINIMUM PVC FORMWORK REQUIREMENTS
A. Liquid tight forms
B. Lab tested watertight liner to minimum 68 P.S.I./140'water column pressure.
C. 20-year warranty against leakage and corrosion.
D. Field certification process to ensure warranty requirements are met and certification letter can
be issued to OWNER.
E. Welded or sealed and tested joints to 68 p.s.i (140'water column pressure)
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
400001 -2 of 4

SECTION 40 00 01
F. Interior Color:white
G. Exterior finish color: white
H. Insulation: None.
I. NSF 61 potable.
J. Non-detectable on PFAS (PVC raw material and extrusion process)
K. Non-detectable on PFOA(PVC raw material and extrusion process)
L. Class A Fire&Smoke.
M. Virgin PVC watertight liner.
N. Concrete tank designed per ACI 350 and compatible with to local Engineering standards.
O. Rebar must be tied and inspectable.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. All materials furnished under this section shall be fabricated, assembled, erected, and placed in
proper operating condition in full conformity with detailed drawings, specifications, engineering
data, instructions, and recommendations furnished by the Manufacturer. CONTRACTOR shall
provide shop drawings OWNER/Engineer review prior to installation.
B. Concrete, rebar and scaffolding shall be supplied and installed by CONTRACTOR per
Manufacturer requirements and local safety regulations requirements.
C. Installation shall include furnishing reinforcing steel, concrete and required admixtures, required
sealants and water stops.
D. All formwork shall be installed true to alignment rigidly supported and meet code requirements for
depth of cover and other considerations. Any damage caused by the negligence of the
CONTRACTOR to the above items shall be repaired or replaced by the CONTRACTOR to its
original condition.
E. All structural concrete work is the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to meet requirements.
F. Regardless of specifications to the contrary, Formwork panels are warrantied against corrosion.
Formwork panels and seams shall not be painted or otherwise coated except at floor/wall joints
and penetrations.
G. Unloading and storage of Materials and equipment supplied by Manufacturer to be performed by
CONTRACTOR.
3.2 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER
A. Pre-planning, Structural Design Review, Concrete Mix Review, Field Training, Quality Planning,
Concrete Placement Supervision, Final Report and Certification: An authorized service
representative of the manufacturer shall, at a minimum, conduct a pre-execution planning session,
visit the site for initial formwork erection training, and for pour completion, including at a minimum
two (2)trips.
B. Manufacturer's representative shall furnish the CONTRACTOR a risk register, concrete mix
requirements, and optimal rebar spacing, lengths and bends to the contractor in advance of key
milestones. Participation at this level is required for the Manufacturer's certification and warranty.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
400001-3 of 4

SECTION 40 00 0]
C. Manufacturer's representative shall review and approve engineer's final mix design, structural
design, penetration plan, water stops, selected sealants, and contractor's rebar order prior to
commencement of the formwork erection.
D. Instruction of OWNER'S Personnel: The authorized service representative shall also furnish the
indicated services for instruction of the OWNER'S personnel in the operation and maintenance of
the equipment including step-by-step troubleshooting procedures with necessary test equipment
for as long as necessary.
3.3 CONCRETE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS
A. Engineer must provide a concrete mix that exceeds the formwork manufacturer's required
parameters to ensure concrete consolidation and warranty compliance. formwork manufacturer's
current required parameters are as follows:
a. Final mix design per structural Engineer(see plans)
b. Base slump of 4"
c. Add super plasticizer to minimum 8" slump
d. Add super plasticizer on-site only
e. Place concrete within 40 minutes
f. Maximum aggregate size 3/8"
3.4 SEALANTS
1. All penetrations shall have an Engineer's specified water stop.
2. All penetrations shall have a sealant applied with compatible substrate adhesion protocol for
PVC as indicated by the manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 40 00 01
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
400001-4 of 4

SECTION 40 00 02
MAJOR EQUIPMENT ITEM#2
DISC FILTER EQUIPMENT
0.1 GENERAL
A. Scope: The disc filters shall be furnished and installed. The equipment is designed for the
microfiltration of municipally treated water. The equipment shall be designed to achieve high
separation efficiency, using sheets created from AISI 316 stainless steel or plastic or alternate
material as submitted to the engineer for approval, with a filtration between 10 and 40 pm. The
filter(s) shall include stainless steel tank, washing pump, filter discs, sludge hopper collection
channel, drive unit, nozzles washing system, by-pass system, top cover and all other
appurtenances required or shown on the drawings and SCADA connection points as required.
Approved manufactures include Veolia, ClearStream, Evoqua, or approved equal.
B. Supplier: The equipment must provide the specified features and meet the specified operating
conditions.
C. Design Criteria:
design flow(GPM): 200,000 GPD
maximum flow(GPM): 500,000 GPD
influent Turbidity (NTU): 5 NTU
effluent Turbidity Required (NTU): 0.1 NTU as the discharge limit
E. Warranty: A written supplier's warranty shall be provided for the equipment specified in this
section. The warranty shall be for a minimum period of one (1)year from start-up. Such warranty
shall cover all defects or failures of materials or workmanship which occur as the result of normal
operation and service.
F. Submittals: Copies of all materials required to establish compliance with these specifications shall
be submitted for review. Submittals shall include at least the following:
1. Certified general arrangement drawings showing all important details and materials of
constructions dimensions, loads on supporting structures, and anchorage locations.
2. Pertinent catalog information.
G. Experience: The equipment supplier shall have at least 5 years of experience in the design,
application, and supply of water treatment equipment.
0.2 PRODUCTS
A. General Design:
Construction material of the main components:
1. Containment tank (Optional): AISI 304 or AISI 316
- Disc filter structure: AISI 304 or AISI 316
- Filtration sheets: AISI 316 or Plastic
-External disc structure: Polyethylene
Town of Boonville,NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
400002- 1 of 3

SECTION 40 00 02
2. Description: The disc filter shall be shop fabricated, fully assembled, and tested prior to
shipment. Connections and mechanism supports shall be oriented required.
3. Materials: All materials used are stainless steel AISI 304 or AISI 316 with material
certification 3.1.
4. Fabrication: Shop fabrication must be done according to ISO 9001:2015 quality program.
5. Welds must be made according to WPQR and WPS specifications.
6. Machine must be pickled and passivate on all stainless-steel surfaces and welds.
B. Disc Filter Tank: the tank must be one tank,with reinforcement on the exterior, inlet box with inlet
flange, outlet sludge flange and overflow flange. A level sensor shall be supplied and connected
to the WWTP alarm/scada system. The top cover of the tank is equipped with a hood.
C. Filtration Disc: The water enters through the appropriate supply flange and enters into the
filtration area. The flow of water proceeds from the inside outwards through the filtering media;
The suspended solids are retained inside the filter allowing the tank to always receive clean
water.
When the solides in the media increase, the feed chamber fills until the level indicator activates
the washing cycle of the discs. During washing the sectors rotate and are brought to the upper
part where the washing system is located which, working in counter-current, cleans the media.
The water used by the washing system is taken from the filtrate in the tank through a submersible
pump,without requiring any outside water connection.
The solids retained by the media are pushed by the backwash water into a sludge hopper located
inside the central tube and then flow towards the solids discharge flange.
The water level inside the containment tank is regulated by a barrier that keeps the discs
immersed at approximately 60% of the filtering area. The filtered water, passes to the effluent
flange.
D. Filtration Mesh: 20 microns
E. Drive Unit: Drive motor, a shaft with chain adapter to connect to the disc filter shaft.
F. Washing System: The equipment is equipped with a nozzle washing system which is activated
each time the water level inside the tank reaches the pre-set level. The water level is adjusted
using the bar level indicators.
G. By-Pass System: included with lateral flange
H. Top Cover: included with safety rods and magnetic safety switch.
I. Backwash Pump: The backwash pump will be a submersible type selected to give the required
rate of flow of backwash. The pump will provide the required discharge head to overcome
pressure losses in the system. The pump will be fed from the tank.
Power supply to the equipment shall be 480/240 volt, 60 hertz, 3 phase.
J. Cartridge filter installed after backwashing pump with stainless steel cartridge and pressure
switch sensor to control level of solids build up.
K. Bar sensor level for start and stop the disc rotation and backwashing
Town of Boonville,NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
400002-2 of 3

SECTION 40 00 02
L. Controls: The filter manufacturer shall provide one(1) NEMA 4X control panel to control the disc
filter. There shall also be included a level sensor which shall provide a 4-20 mA signal to the
control panel. The panel shall be listed to the following applicable standards: UL 508, UL 6980
and/or UL 1604.
The electrical panel has the following control buttons:
- Main switch
- Anomaly indicates the presence of an error.
- 24V DC line indicates that the auxiliary panel is under voltage.
- Main start- Enabling of power and auxiliary circuits, with status indication.
- Emergency stop- Pressing immediately stops the apparatus. By turning in the direction of the
arrow the alarm condition is cancelled.
- Remote operation (black selector LOC-REM)
- LOC: Only works with local commands.
- MAN: It also allows the cycle to start remotely
- Cycle Stop-Start switch
- Disc rotation ON/OFF
- Pump ON/OFF
- PLC(programmer control panel) It allows selection of the MAN-AUT mode and the
performing of all adjustment.
0.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: The equipment shall be installed properly to provide a complete working system.
Installation shall follow the supplier's recommendations.
B. Manuals: The equipment supplier shall furnish six(6) printed copies and one(1) digital copy of
operation and maintenance manuals which will be retained at the installation site to assist plant
operators. The manual shall include the supplier's erection and assembly recommendations.
C. Field Service: The equipment supplier shall provide the service of a qualified representative for
two (2)trips and three(3)days to inspect the filter installation, to assist in filter start-up and to
train filter operators.
-End of Section-40 00 02
Town of Boonville,NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
400002-3 of 3

SECTION 40 00 03
MAJOR EQUIPMENT ITEM #3
CONCRETE AND REINFORCING
1.01 GENERAL
1.01.1 SCOPE OF WORK
(a) All labor, material, equipment, tools and services required for the furnishing and
installation of all concrete, both precast and cast in place, reinforcing steel and
appurtenances for structures and structural frames required on the Contract shall be
furnished and installed in compliance with the following General Specifications, with
the Project Specifications, and with the Contract Drawings.
(b) This General Specification section, designated as Concrete and Reinforcing, covers
the description of materials generally utilized in precast and cast in place reinforced
concrete construction and the installation of such materials. The Project
Specifications and the Contract Drawings designate the specific work, its locations
and the construction methods to be used on all Concrete and Reinforcing Steel
installations under this Section. The inclusion of items of material or work within this
Specification does not necessarily constitute their use on this Project.
1.01.2 SUBMITTALS
(a) SHOP DRAWINGS -Attention is directed to the provisions in the General Conditions of
the Contract requiring submission to the Engineer of descriptive details and of shop
and setting drawings. On Concrete and Reinforcing Steel installations such
submission shall include the following, even though items proposed to be furnished
conform to the exact description stated in the General or Project Specifications.
(1) Bar lists, bending details and setting drawings for all reinforcing.
(b) PRODUCT DATA - Manufacturers descriptive data and details shall be submitted on
the following products:
(1) Admixtures.
(2) Joint Materials.
(3) Reinforcing Steel support chairs.
(4) Form Ties.
(5) Forms, if fabricated off the site.
(6) Reinforcing Mesh.
(7) Vapor barriers.
(8) Floor and Slab Hardeners.
(9) Non-Slip aggregate.
(10) Curing Materials.
(11) Fiber Reinforcing Materials.
(12) Precast structures.
(c) DESIGN MIXES-A report of the design mix proposed for each different concrete mix
required for the project shall be submitted. The report shall include the following:
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better VWVfP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 1/26

SECTION 40 00 03
(1) Name of concrete producer.
(2) Name or number of mix.
(3) Description, source and quantities of all ingredients.
(4) Water/cement ratio.
(5) Slump.
(6) Air content.
(7) Specified compressive strength.
(8) Average compressive strength by test and age of test.
(d) MATERIAL CERTIFICATES - Certificates signed by manufacturers indicating that
materials comply with requirements shall be submitted for each of the following
items to be used:
(1) Cement
(2) Aggregates
(3) Reinforcing Steel
(e) SAMPLES - Samples of the following materials shall be submitted, unless otherwise
specified in the Project Specifications:
(1) Coarse Aggregate.
(2) Fine Aggregate.
(f) QUALIFICATION DATA - When directed by the Engineer, the concrete producer shall
submit a written description of production ability, including facilities, personnel and a
list of similar completed projects.
1.01.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
(a) GENERAL - Routine testing of materials and concrete for compliance with the
Specifications shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall
engage and pay an independent testing laboratory to perform quality control tests as
required by the Contract Documents. All tests and the manner in which they are
conducted shall be satisfactory to the Engineer. The testing laboratory shall have
prior approval from the Engineer.
(b) CONCRETE PRODUCER QUALIFICATIONS - The concrete producer shall have not
less than 5 years experience in the production of structural concrete and shall have
previously supplied concrete for not less than 5 projects similar in scope of this
project.
(c) TESTING AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS - The testing agency shall provide evidence to
the Engineer that an inspection of its facilities within the previous 12 months was
made by the Cement and Concrete Reference Laboratory of the National Institute of
Standards and that any deficiencies noted in the report of that inspection have been
corrected.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 2/26

SECTION 40 00 03
1.01.4 STANDARDS
(a) Where materials and methods are indicated in the following specifications as being in
conformance with a standard specification, it shall refer in all cases to the latest
edition of the specification and shall include all interim revisions. Listing of a
standard specification without further reference indicates that the particular material
or method shall conform to such listed specification.
(b) The following reference specifications shall govern the work covered by this Section,
unless otherwise noted or detailed:
American Concrete Institute
ACI-211.1 Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal,
Heavyweight and Mass Concrete
ACI-211.2 Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Structural
Lightweight Concrete
ACI-301 Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings
ACI-304 Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing
Concrete
ACI-305 Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting
ACI-306 Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting
ACI-308 Recommended Practice for Curing Concrete
ACI-309 Guide for Consolidation of Concrete
ACI-315 Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced
Concrete Structures
ACI-318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
ACI-347 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
CRSI Manual of Standard Practice
American Society for Testing and Materials
A 82 Specification for Cold-Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete
Reinforcement
A 185 Specification for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete
Reinforcement
A 496 Specification for Deformed Steel Wire for Concrete
Reinforcement
A 497 Specification for Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric for
Concrete Reinforcement
A 615 Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 3/26

SECTION 40 00 03
C 94 Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete
C 150 Specification for Portland Cement
C 309 Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds
for Curing Concrete
C 1059 Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to
Hardened Concrete
D 1751 Specification for Performed Expansion Joint Filler for
Concrete Paving and Structural Construction
(Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)
D 1752 Specification for Performed Sponge Rubber and Cork
Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural
Construction
1.01.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING
(a) STORAGE - Cement and aggregates shall be stored in such a manner as to
prevent deterioration or intrusion of foreign matter. Liquid admixtures shall be
protected from freezing and from settling out of solution. Any deteriorated or
damaged material shall not be used for concrete.
(b) DELIVERY OF REINFORCING BARS - Reinforcing bars shall be delivered without
bending.
(c) DELIVERY OF CONCRETE - Revolution counters shall be in operation for all
concrete discharged for use on this project.
1.02 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
1.02.1 GENERAL
All materials and fabricated items shall be furnished by an established and reputable
manufacturer or supplier. All materials and fabricated items shall be new and shall be of
first-class ingredients and construction and guaranteed to perform the service required
and shall conform to the following standard specifications. Cited examples are used
only to denote the quality standard of product desired and does not restrict
bidders to a specific brand, make, manufacturer or specific name. They are used
only to set forth and convey to bidders the general style, type, character, and
quality of product desired. Equivalent products will be acceptable.
1.02.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS
(a) PORTLAND CEMENT - Portland cement shall conform to Specifications for
Portland Cement ASTM C-150 and shall be Type I, except, where high early
strength concrete is called for, cement shall be Type III.
(b) CONCRETE AGGREGATES
(1) Concrete aggregates shall conform to ASTM C33, Specifications for
Concrete Aggregates. Aggregates failing to meet these requirements
but producing concrete of the required quality as shown by special test or
actual service may be used where authorized by the Engineer. (See
Table 1, Grading of Fine and Coarse Aggregate for Concrete).
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better VWVfP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 4/26

SECTION 40 00 03
(2) The maximum size of the aggregate shall be not larger than 1/5 of the
narrowest dimension between sides of the forms within which the
concrete is to be cast nor larger than 3/4 of the minimum clear spacing
between reinforcing bars, or between reinforcing bars and forms. For
unreinforced slabs, the maximum size of aggregate shall be not larger
than 1/3 of the slab thickness.
(3) Coarse Aggregate shall consist of clean gravel or crushed stone, free
from soft or elongated pieces and deleterious substances.
(4) Fine aggregate shall consist of sand having clean, hard, durable grains
free from deleterious substance. Sand shall be tested for impurities in
accordance with ASTM C 40 and shall be rejected for exposed work if it
shows a color darker than the reference color. A soundness test shall be
conducted in accordance with ASTM C 88.
(c) ADMIXTURES - Admixtures shall be measured and dispensed according to the
manufacturer's recommendations.
(1) AIR ENTRAINING - Air entraining admixtures shall conform to ASTM C
260"Specifications for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
(2) WATER REDUCING - Water reducing admixtures shall be composed
essentially of water soluble reacting products of an amine and an organic
acid, and shall not contain lignosulfonic acid, its derivatives or calcium
chloride. Admixtures shall conform to ASTM C 494, Types A, D or E,
dependent on the necessity for providing retarding or accelerating
characteristics to the mix.
(3) OTHER - Other admixtures shall conform to appropriate ASTM
Standards. Their use shall be approved by the Engineer.
(d) MIXING WATER- Preferably, water used in mixing concrete shall be fresh, clean
and potable. Nonpotable water may be used if mortar cubes made with the
water in question have 7 and 28 days strengths equal to those of companion
specimens in which potable water was used.
1.02.3 REINFORCING
(a) BARS- Intermediate grade, deformed -ASTM A615, grade 60.
(b) WELDED FABRIC AND COLD DRAWN WIRE-ASTM A82, A185, A496 and A497.
1.02.4 JOINTING MATERIALS
(a) WATER STOPS - Ribbed or corrugated and manufactured from virgin polyvinyl
chloride material.
(1) In construction joints - "Durajoint" type 7 as manufactured by W. R.
Grace and Co., Bometals,Vinylex, Greenstreet or equal.
(2) In expansion joints - "Durajoint" type 7C as manufactured by W. R.
Grace Co., Bometals, Vinylex, Greenstreet or equal.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 5/26

SECTION 40 00 03
(b) EXPANSION JOINTS MATERIAL - Resilient premolded self- expanding cork
conforming to ASTM D 1752 or asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber conforming to
ASTM D 1751.
(c) SEALANT - Gray polysulfide joint sealer "Hornflex" as manufactured by W. R.
Grace and Co., BASF Sonneborn NP-2, Pecora Dynatrol II, Tremco Dymeric or
equal.
(d) FOR PRECAST CONCRETE ITEMS - The joints between sections shall be of the
tongue and groove design sealed with a vulcanized butyl rubber elastomeric
compound which meets Federal Specification No. SS-S-00210 and which has a
temperature service range of -65 degrees F to +200 degrees F. Unless
otherwise specified joints will be grouted.
(e) EPDXY JOINT FILLER FOR FLOORS - Semirigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy resin
with a Shore A hardness of 80 per ASTM D 2240.
1.02.5 FLOOR TREATMENT MATERIALS
(a) LIQUID FLOOR HARDENER—BASF Sonneborn Lapidolith, Dayton Superior Burke
o lith, Symons Buff Hard, or approved equal.
(b) SHAKE-ON FLOOR HARDENER - Factory -graded, packaged, rustproof,
nonglazing, abrasive aggregate of fused aluminum oxide granules or crushed
emery with emery containing not less than 50 percent aluminum oxide and not
less than 24 percent ferric oxide; unaffected by freezing, moisture and cleaning
materials.
1.02.6 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS
(a) CURING PAPER—Concrete curing paper shall meet ASTM C171,Type I.
(b) FILM- Polyethylene film conforming to ASTM C 171.
(c) ABSORPTIVE COVER - AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth, weighing
approximately 9 oz./sq. yd.
(d) LIQUID MEMBRANE FORMING CURING COMPOUND -Wax free resin type, capable
of retaining 95% of the moisture for the specified curing period and conforming to
ASTM C-309, Type I, and containing a red fugitive dye. Curing compound applied
to surfaces to be left permanently exposed to view shall not cause permanent
discoloration or otherwise adversely affect the appearance of these surfaces.
1.02.7 GROUT
(a) NONSHRINK GROUT FOR GROUTING COLUMN AND EQUIPMENT BASE PLATES -
Non-metallic aggregate grout capable of developing full strength without vertical
confinement, and requiring no cutting or capping of shoulders. Grout shall be
composed of 1/4 inch maximum size coarse aggregate; cement, sand and water
in same proportions as specified for Class B concrete, added in accordance with
the manufacturer's recommendations. All non-confined portions of this grout
mixture shall be removed and replaced with general purpose grout for final
acceptance. This requirement is in effect unless deleted by the Project
Specification.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 6/26

SECTION 40 00 03
(b) GENERAL PURPOSE GROUT - Composed of equal parts of sand and cement,
with water sufficient to produce required consistency.
1.02.8 BONDING AGENT
(a) BONDING AGENT - Non-redispersible acrylic emulsion conforming to ASTM C
1059, Type II.
1.02.9 DRAINAGE FILL UNDER SLABS ON GRADE
NC Department of Transportation, Division of Highways Standard Size No. 5 stone,
unless shown otherwise on the Contract Drawings.
1.02.10 VAPOR BARRIER UNDER SLABS ON GRADE
Vapor barrier must conform to the requirements of ASTM E154.
1.02.11 PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES
(a) FINISH -All finished precast units shall be neat and smooth in appearance. The
concrete surface shall be dense and free of holes, voids, honeycombs, or other
irregularities. Precast units having a mottled, uneven, or discolored
appearance will be rejected. The finish requirements for the precast concrete will
be the same as for cast in place concrete.
(b) IDENTIFICATION - Each precast structure shall have date of casting stamped or
painted on it. If multiple castings are to be erected together, each section shall
be numbered to facilitate assembly, alignment and sequence of erection.
(c) CURING - Precast units shall be subjected to any one of the methods of curing
described below or to any other method or combination of methods approved by
the Engineer that will give satisfactory results. The precast units shall be cured
for a sufficient length of time so that the concrete will develop the specified
compressive strength in 28 days or less.
(1) Steam Curing - Precast units shall be placed in curing chamber, free
from outside drafts, and cured in a moist atmosphere maintained by the
injection of steam for such time and such temperature as may be needed
to enable the units to meet the strength requirements. The curing
chamber shall be so constructed as to allow circulation of steam around
the entire unit.
(2) Water Curing - Precast units may be water-cured by covering with water-
saturated material or by a system of perforated pipes, mechanical
sprinklers, porous hose, or by any other approved method, that will keep
the units moist for a minimum of 5 days after casting.
(3) The manufacturer may, at his option, combine the methods above as
long as the required concrete compressive strength is attained.
(4) A sealing membrane may be applied and should be left intact until the
required strength requirements are met. The concrete at the time of
application shall be within 10 degrees F. of the atmospheric temperature.
All surfaces shall be kept moist prior to the application of the compounds
and shall be damp when the compound is applied. This method shall not
be used on surfaces to be painted, surfaces to receive a bituminous
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 7/26

SECTION 40 00 03
membrane or surfaces which are to receive a finish treatment of any
kind.
1.02.12 CONCRETE MIXES
(a) GENERAL - Mix designs shall be prepared by an independent testing laboratory
in accordance with the following requirements.
(b) COMPOSITION -Concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, fine aggregate,
coarse aggregate,water and admixtures as specified herein.
(c) WORKABILITY - The proportions of the concrete shall produce a plastic mixture
that will work readily, with the placement method used, into the corners and
angles of the forms and around reinforcement without segregation or bleeding.
Maximum slump shall be 4 inches for concrete to be consolidated by mechanical
vibrators and 5 inches for concrete to be consolidated by other means. Concrete
containing a high range water reducing admixture shall have a maximum slump
of 4 inches before adding the admixture and 8 inches with the admixture.
(d) STRENGTH - The proportions of the concrete shall produce concrete which has
the compressive strength required. Unless specified otherwise in the Project
Specifications or noted otherwise on the Contract Drawings, all cast in place
concrete shall have the compressive strength at 28 days listed below for its
class.
(e) CLASSES-The classes of cast-in-place concrete are as follows:
Compressive Application
Class Strength, psi
A 4,000 Footings and slabs on grade
B 4,000 Supported slabs, beams, columns and walls
C 4,000 fillets, cradles and filling voids or backfilling
and sidewalks, pedestrian ramps, etc
D 4,000 Concrete pavement
E 4,000 Curb and gutter
(f) AGGREGATE - Coarse aggregate shall be used in each Class of concrete in the
greatest amount consistent with required workability. The ratio of sand to total
aggregate shall be from 33 to 42 percent by weight based upon surface dry
material, unless a higher percentage is authorized by the Engineer due to
character of coarse aggregate. Over- sanded mixtures will not be accepted.
Minor changes in aggregate proportioning shall be made during the progress of
the work to adjust for changes in aggregate gradations.
(g) AIR CONTENT - Concrete for flatwork, curbs, stairs, platforms and ramps which
will be exposed to precipitation, and at other locations as indicated in the Project
Specifications or on the Contract Drawings, shall be air entrained. The total air
content shall be as follows:
Nominal maximum size of Total air content,
Coarse aggregate, inches percent by volume
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 8/26

SECTION 40 00 03
5-9
'/. 4-8
1 3.5-6.5
1'/ 3-6
Concrete for floors to receive a steel trowel finish shall not be air entrained.
(h) ADMIXTURES - Except as noted on the Contract Drawings, all cast in place
concrete shall contain an approved water reducing admixture conforming to
ASTM specification C 494. Admixture Types A, D, E or F may be used,
dependent on the necessity for providing retarding or accelerating characteristics
to the mix. The use of calcium chloride in concrete is prohibited. The admixture
shall be used and dispensed according to the recommendations of the
manufacturer. Proportioning and mixing shall be as recommended by the
manufacturer.
(i) ADDITIONAL WATER-The addition of water to plant mix concrete is discouraged.
At any time when additional water is to be added to plant mix concrete, the
Contractor shall supply the Engineer with documentation to prove that the total
amount of all water in the mix is not exceeding the plant mix design or in the
event of no specific plant mix design, not exceeding the allocations as provided
herein. If on-site additions of water are requested, all necessary materials to
substantiate the maximum amount of field added water shall be made available
to the Engineer prior to any concrete pour. ACI-304 R-89 refers.
(j) MIX DESIGN - Proportions of concrete mixes shall be determined according to
ACI 301 based on field tests or trial mixes.
(1) TRIAL MIXES - Where required, an advance design of each concrete
mix required shall be made by an independent Testing Laboratory in
accordance with ACI 211.1, for normal concrete, or ACI 211.2, for
lightweight concrete, to attain the properties of strength, slump and
entrained air content. Advance tests of each class of concrete where
required shall be made in accordance with ASTM C31 by an
independent Testing Laboratory. Four standard 6 inch compression
cylinders, one to be tested at 7 days and two at 28 days, per ASTM C39,
shall be made with the proportioning and materials proposed to be used
on this Contract. The slump shall not be less than the greatest slump
expected to be used in the structures. Test specimens shall be made
before beginning operations, using the consistencies suitable for the
work and in accordance with ASTM Method of Making and Curing
Concrete Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Laboratory
(ASTM C192). Tests shall be conducted according to ASTM Method of
Test for Compressive Strength of Molded Concrete Cylinders (ASTM
C39). A curve shall be established to represent the relationship between
the water cement ratio and the minimum 28 day compressive strength or
earlier strength at which the concrete is to receive its full working load.
The range of values on the curve shall include all the compressive
strengths called for by these Contract Documents. The curve shall be
established by at least three points, each point denoting average values
from at least four test specimens. The water cement ratio shall
correspond to a strength sufficiently high as to ensure that none of
the strength tests shall have values less than the specified
strength. The tests made on the aggregates as required above may be
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 9/26

SECTION 40 00 03
made a part of these tests if suitably referenced on the reports which
shall be issued at 7 and 28 days. These tests shall be repeated if
necessary because of changes in materials or unsatisfactory results.
Unfavorable results of actual pours may necessitate redesign of Mixes.
1.02.13 CONCRETE MIXING
(a) BATCHING -All concrete and mortar materials shall be measured in conformance
with ASTM C 94.
(b) MIXING CONCRETE
(1) Mixer - The mixing of concrete shall be done in a batch mixer of
approved type or in ready-mix equipment conforming to ASTM C 94.
The volume of the mixed materials for each batch shall not exceed the
manufacturer's rated capacity of the mixer. All concrete mixers,
stationary or transit mix, shall be equipped with revolution counters in
proper working order.
(2) Mixing Time- Concrete shall be mixed until there is a uniform distribution
of the materials and shall be discharged completely before the mixer is
recharged. For job mixed concrete, the mixer shall be rotated at the
speed recommended by the manufacturer and mixing shall be continued
for at least one minute after all materials are in the mixer. For mixers
larger than 1 cubic yard capacity, the minimum mixing time shall be
increased 15 seconds for each additional one-half cubic yard of concrete
capacity. For job mixed concrete, the mixer shall be rotated at a speed
recommended by the manufacturer. Each batch of one cubic yard or
less shall be mixed for at least one minute after all materials are in the
mixer. The mixing time shall be increased by 15 seconds for each
additional cubic yard or fraction thereof. The entire batch shall be
discharged before the mixer is recharged. If job mixed concrete is used,
all equipment and methods of mixing employed must be approved by the
Engineer.
(c) COLD WEATHER BATCHING - Procedures in ACI-306, "Recommended Practice
for Cold Weather Concreting", shall be followed. When the temperature is below
40 degrees F or is likely to fall below 40 degrees F during the 24-hour period
after placing, adequate equipment shall be provided for heating the concrete
materials. No frozen materials or materials containing ice shall be used.
Temperature of the separate materials, including the mixing water, when placed
in the mixer shall not exceed 140 degrees F. When placed in forms the concrete
shall have a temperature between 60 degrees F and 90 degrees F.
(d) HOT WEATHER BATCHING - Procedures in ACI-305, Recommended Practice for
Hot Weather Concreting, shall be followed. Concrete temperature shall not
exceed 90° F prior to placement.
(e) MIXING MORTARS - The mixing of mortars and grouts shall conform to the
requirements for Mixing Concrete as stated above.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 10/26

SECTION 40 00 03
1.03 CONSTRUCTION METHODS
1.03.1 PREPARATION OF EQUIPMENT
(a) Before placement, all equipment for mixing and transporting the concrete shall be
cleaned and all debris and ice shall be removed from the places occupied by the
concrete. Forms shall be thoroughly wetted (except in freezing weather) or oiled,
and masonry filler units that will be in contact with concrete shall be well
drenched (except in freezing weather). The reinforcement shall be thoroughly
cleaned of ice, dirt, rust, scale or other coatings.
(b) Water shall be removed from place of deposit before concrete is placed unless
otherwise permitted by the Engineer. All laitance and other unsound material
shall be removed from hardened concrete by sand blasting, chipping or wire
brushing before additional concrete is added.
1.03.2 INSPECTION
After the reinforcing steel is in place and all formwork completed, and at least 48 hours
before placing concrete (unless shorter notice is specifically permitted), the Contractor
shall notify the Engineer that the work is ready for his inspection. The Engineer will then
inspect the work. The Contractor shall have capable men on the job who shall assist
the Engineer in inspecting the work and who shall make all changes in the work
required by the Engineer prior to placing the concrete.
1.03.3 WATERTIGHT STRUCTURES
All concrete structures shall be made watertight. The Contractor shall use all means
necessary to produce structures that are absolutely watertight against hydraulic
pressure both from inside and from outside. Concrete walls, etc., that show seepage or
damp spots will not be accepted until this condition is corrected. No waterproofing
ingredients shall be added to the concrete mix unless approved by the Engineer.
Should contractor cracks occur in the concrete work, the Contractor shall make such
repairs as necessary to produce a watertight structure.
1.03.4 FORMWORK
(a) Construction - Forms shall be constructed to conform to the shape, form, line and
grade indicated on the Contract Drawings; shall be mortar tight and shall be
maintained sufficiently rigid to prevent deformation under load. Forms for
exposed concrete surfaces shall be faced with smooth plywood. Exposed wall
surfaces shall include interior and exterior concrete surfaces, beams, columns,
slabs, and all tank, chamber and tunnel walls except those in contact with earth.
All exposed corners shall be chamfered 3/4 inch, unless otherwise noted on the
Contract Drawings. Unlined forms may be used for concrete work not exposed
to view upon completion of the Project. Forms shall be coated with a non-
staining mineral oil. Absolutely, under no condition, will the coating of reinforcing
or form ties with the form release oil be tolerated. The Contractor shall be com-
pletely responsible for the design and the structural safety of the formwork,
shoring and bracing and shall provide a reasonable factor of safety in all designs.
An adequate amount of walers, stiffeners and braces shall be used to ensure
straight walls upon stripping of forms.
(b) Alignment- Edges of form panels in contact with concrete exposed to view in the
finished work shall be flush within 1/32 inch. Forms for plane surface areas shall
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 11/26

SECTION 40 00 03
be such that the concrete will be plane within 1/8 inch in 4 feet. Leading edges of
concrete at top of walls and other exposed locations shall lie within 1/4 inch as
measured from a 10 foot template.
(c) Removal - Forms shall be removed in such a manner as to insure the complete
safety of the structure. Beam and girder side forms, columns and wall forms may
be removed as soon as the concrete has attained sufficient strength to sustain its
own weight, but not less than 48 hours subsequent to placement. Supporting
forms and shoring for slabs, beams, girders and other structural members shall
not be removed until the members have acquired sufficient strength to support
safely their own weight and superimposed loads, but in no case less than 14
days, provided sample test cylinders show a strength of not less than 3,000 p.s.i.
in compression when cured under conditions similar to those affecting the
structure involved.
1.03.5 FORM TIES
(a) The type of form ties proposed to be used shall be approved by the Engineer
before installation. Wire ties will not be permitted. Form ties shall be adjustable
in length or of proper fixed length and of such type as to leave no metal closer
than one and one half inches to the finished concrete surface. Ties shall not
leave holes larger than one inch diameter at the surface of concrete. Unless
otherwise permitted ties shall be left in place. A plastic cone spacer shall be
used at each end of the form tie allowing a full 1'/ inch breakback.
(b) Removable portion of form ties shall be removed from the concrete immediately
after removing the forms. Care shall be exercised to avoid spalling the exposed
concrete surfaces.
(c) Within 24 hours after forms are removed, holes left by removal of ties shall be
patched as specified in 1.03.12.
1.03.6 REINFORCING
(a) Reinforcing steel shall be handled and placed in accordance with ACI 315, ACI
318 and the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. Reinforcing steel, at the time
concrete is placed shall be free from rust scale or other coatings that will destroy
or reduce the bond. It shall be accurately placed in accordance with the Contract
Drawings and shall be adequately secured in position by concrete or metal
chairs, spacers and tie wires.
(b) Metal reinforcement shall be accurately positioned and secured against
displacement by using annealed wire of not less than No. 16 gauge, or suitable
clips at intersections, and shall be supported in a manner that will keep all metal
away from the exposed surfaces of the wall. Nails shall not be driven into the
outside forms to support reinforcement nor shall any other device for this purpose
come in contact with the outside form on walls exposed to view after structure is
completed.
(c) All bars shall lap a minimum of 36 bar diameters. Adjacent sheets of wire mesh
shall lap a minimum of 6 inches and be securely wired together. Reinforcing
steel in slabs and footings poured against grade shall be supported on precast
concrete units spaced at intervals required by the size of reinforcement used and
of the proper height to accommodate the proper positioning of the reinforcing.
Steel chairs and slab bolsters supporting reinforcing in beams and slabs (on
formwork) shall be galvanized or plastic protected.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 12/26

SECTION 40 00 03
(d) Reinforcement shall be carefully formed to the dimensions indicated on the
Contract Drawings. Heating of reinforcement will be permitted only when
approved by the Engineer. Field bending of reinforcing bars which project from
concrete surfaces is prohibited.
(e) Wherever it is necessary to splice reinforcement otherwise than as shown on the
Contract Drawings, the character of the splice shall be as specified by the
Engineer on the basis of allowable bond stress, and the stress in the
reinforcement at the splice. Splices shall not be made at points of maximum
stress nor shall adjacent bars be spliced at the same point. Bar splices shall be
staggered.
(f) The reinforcement shall be protected by the thickness of concrete indicated in the
Contract Drawings. Where not otherwise shown, the thickness of concrete over
the reinforcement shall be as follows:
Location Minimum Cover
Where concrete is deposited against the ground without 3".
the use of forms
Where concrete is exposed to weather or to the ground 2".
but placed in forms
In slabs and walls not exposed to the ground or the 3/4"
weather
In beams, girders and columns not exposed to the 1-1/2
ground or to the weather
In all cases at least equal to
the diameter of
the bars
(g) Exposed reinforcing bars intended for bonding with future extensions shall be
protected from corrosion by concrete or other adequate covering.
1.03.7 ANCHORAGE ITEMS,CHASES,SLOTS,INSERTS, PIPING AND CONDUIT SUPPORTS AND
GUIDES AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS
(a) All pipe chases, cavities, slots, inserts, anchors, etc., required may not be shown
on the Contract Drawings. Nevertheless, they shall be provided for before
concrete is poured. It shall be the requirement of this Section to notify other
Sections or Contractors in due time, so they may provide the essential
information as to size and locations and furnish any required embedded items.
These embedded items shall be supplied under the other Sections or
Contractors, but installed under this Section.
(b) Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete work for anchorage of masonry as
specified in General Specification, Masonry.
(c) Install inserts as required for support of suspended ceilings and other suspended
installations.
(d) Where items are to be installed later, the space around the fixture shall be made
water tight by completely filling with a non-shrink grout.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 13/26

SECTION 40 00 03
(e) Conduits, pipes, sleeves etc., with the outside diameter not exceeding 1/3 of the
thickness of concrete and spaced not closer than 3 diameters on center may be
placed in the center of slabs, walls, beams, columns, etc., when approved by the
Engineer. Concrete covering shall be not less than 1"and preferably 2".
(f) Piping carrying liquid, air, gas, etc., shall be tested immediately prior to placing
concrete and again after concrete has attained its designed strength.
1.03.8 JOINTS
(a) Location -Joints shall be placed at locations indicated on the Contract Drawings.
Joints not indicated on the Contract Drawings shall be so made and located as to
impair least the strength of the structure. If it becomes necessary to place
construction joints at locations not shown on the Contract Drawings, the locations
of such joints shall be approved by the Engineer
(b) Construction Joints -. Joints shall have continuous keyways as indicated on the
Drawings. Where not specifically indicated on the Contract Drawings, the
keyways shall be a minimum width equal to the width of the wall divided by 3 and
a minimum depth of 1-5/8 inches. In order to minimize shrinkage, long rows of
walls shall not be poured at one time. No more than 80 feet in the horizontal
direction shall be poured at one time without a construction joint, unless the
Engineer has given written approval of such procedure. Where a joint is to be
made, the surface of the concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned and all laitance
removed by sweeping the top of the joint with a stiff broom just before the
concrete becomes thoroughly hard. No such joints shall be made without first
obtaining the permission of the Engineer in writing. In addition to the foregoing,
vertical joints shall be thoroughly wetted and flushed with a coat of neat cement
grout, to which has been added an approved bonding agent, immediately before
the placing of new concrete.
(c) Additional Construction Joints - Such joints shall be so made and located as to
least impair the strength of the structure. At least two hours must elapse after
depositing concrete in columns or walls before depositing concrete in beams,
girders or slabs supported thereon. Beams, girders, brackets, column capitals
and haunches shall be considered as part of the floor system and shall be placed
integrally therewith. Construction joints in floors shall be located near the middle
of the spans of slabs, beams or girders and shall have an adequate keyway.
(d) Roadway and Curb and Gutter Joints -The Contractor shall form a 1" expansion
joint between all concrete curb and gutter and retaining walls. This expansion
joint shall be an impregnated fiber material recessed from the surface one half
inch (1/2"). Upon completion of the area work, the 1" x 1/2" joint shall be
vacuumed clean and poured full of self-leveling Sikaflex 12SL Sealer.
(e) Control Joints - Crack joints shall be sawed as per the Contract Drawings,
longitudinally along the centerline of all paving, and at every 15 feet across the
pavement and at the joint between the concrete paving and the curb and gutter.
All crack joints shall be vacuumed and sealed with BASF SL-2, Pecora NR 200,
Tremco THC 900 or approved equal. All sealant shall be applied to a backer rod.
(f) Exposed edges of joint material and joint filler shall be capped with a gray
polysulfide joint sealer
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 14/26

SECTION 40 00 03
(g) Water Stops - Water stops and expansion joint materials shall be securely
anchored to the formwork and reinforcing steel in a manner which will prevent
displacement during pouring of concrete. Water stops and expansion joint
materials for joints shall be continuous around all corners and intersections.
Splices shall be made using an electric splicing tool as recommended by the
water stop or expansion joint manufacturer. Heated steel plates or torches for
joining water stops will not be permitted. Water stops shall be used in the
following locations:
(1) All vertical construction joints in walls which in the final project are
adjacent to soil.
(2) All vertical construction joints in walls of structures to be kept dry and
which are adjacent to water containing compartments, chambers or
tanks.
(3) All construction joints in slabs on grade unless specifically omitted in the
Project Specifications.
(4) All construction joints in walls of water reservoirs.
Water stops shall be constructed to the details as shown and noted on the
Contract Drawings.
(h) Expansion Joints - Expansion joints shall include expansion joint material and
water stops of the types designated herein and in locations shown on the
Contract Drawings.
(i) Precast Structures - Precast structures shall be cast with tongue and groove or
male and female type joints and ends. When assembled the joints shall provide
alignment that is continuous and uniform without objectionable deviation from the
lines shown on the plans or without excessive grouting or sealing of the joints.
1.03.9 PLACING CONCRETE
(a) GENERAL
(1) No concrete shall be placed prior to written approval of the Engineer of
each design mix proposed
(2) No concrete shall be placed except when the Engineer or his
representative is present and has approved the work and authorized the
placing of the concrete. The Contractor shall afford the Engineer
whatever casual labor, platforms or other access as may be required for
proper field observation of the concrete work.
(3) Field review of the work by the Engineer shall in no way relieve the
Contractor of his responsibility to furnish materials and workmanship in
full compliance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications.
(4) Concrete shall not be placed until all reinforcement is securely and
properly fastened in its correct position, nor until form ties at
construction joints have been retightened, nor until all bucks, sleeves,
castings, hangers, pipe, conduit, bolts, anchors, wire and any other
fixtures required to be embedded therein, together with forms for
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 15/26

SECTION 40 00 03
openings to be left in the concrete have been placed and anchored by
the Contractor, nor until the forms and reinforcement have been oiled
and cleaned respectively as specified.
(5) The rate of delivery of concrete for any monolithic unit of a structure shall
be that which will permit proper handling, placing, and finishing of the
concrete; and shall be so regulated that the maximum interval between
the placing of batches at the work site shall not exceed 20 minutes.
(6) The Concrete shall be placed before the elapsed time, between adding
the mixing water to the mix and placing the concrete in the forms,
exceeds the following:
Air temperature 90 degrees F. and above-30 minutes
Air temperature 80 degrees F. through 89 degrees F. -45 minutes
Air temperature 79 degrees F. and below - 60 minutes and before
the drum has revolved 300 revolutions. To ensure mixing at the job
site, the drum must be revolved 20 revolutions at mixing speed just
before pouring.
(7) Concrete is not to be poured on drying green concrete [less than seven
(7) days curing time]without direct written permission of the Engineer.
(b) Conveying - Concrete shall be conveyed from the mixer to the place of final
deposit by methods which will prevent separation or loss of materials.
Equipment for chuting, pumping and pneumatically conveying concrete shall be
of such size and design as to insure a practically continuous flow of concrete at
the delivery end without separation of the materials. Aluminum pipe and chutes
shall not be used. Concrete shall be handled from the mixer to the place of final
deposit in carts, buggies or conveyors, and shall not be spouted or delivered by
spout or trough from the hoists, or dumped into carts with a free fall from the
mixer of more than four (4) feet. Every possible precaution shall be taken to
prevent separation or loss of ingredients while transporting the concrete.
Delivery carts or buggies shall be kept on temporary runways built over the floor
system, and runway supports shall not bear upon reinforcing steel or fresh
concrete. The word "conveyors" as used in this specification shall be construed
to include concrete pumping machines.
(c) Depositing - Before beginning a run of concrete, hardened concrete and foreign
materials shall be removed from the inner surfaces of the mixing and conveying
equipment. All conveyances, buggies or wheel barrows shall be thoroughly
cleaned at frequent intervals during the placing of the concrete. Special care
must be exercised to prevent splashing of forms or reinforcement with concrete,
and any such splashes or accumulations of hardened or partially hardened
concrete on the forms or reinforcement above the general level of the concrete
already in place must be removed before the work proceeds. Concrete shall be
placed in the forms in such a way as to prevent segregation. All concrete for
walls shall be placed through openings in the inside form spaced at frequent
intervals or through "elephant trunks" (heavy duck canvas or galvanized iron)
equipped with suitable hopper heads. Tremies shall be of variable lengths so
that the free fall shall be three (3) to four (4) feet maximum and a sufficient
number shall be placed in the forms to ensure the concrete's being kept level at
all times.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better VW TP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 16/26

SECTION 40 00 03
(d) When placing concrete, sufficient illumination shall be provided in the interior of
the forms so that the concrete at places of deposit is visible from deck and
runways. Concrete shall be spaded and rodded
(e) Consolidation - Unless excepted by the Project Specifications, all concrete shall
be consolidated by the use of mechanical vibrators operated by experienced
workmen under competent supervision. Vibration shall be applied directly to the
concrete unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The intensity of vibration
shall be sufficient to cause flow or settlement of the concrete into place.
Vibration shall be applied at the point of deposit and in the area of freshly placed
concrete. It shall be of sufficient duration to accomplish thorough compaction
and complete embedment of reinforcement and fixtures, but not so long as to
cause segregation. Supplement vibrating by spading and rodding. By hand in
the corners and angles of forms and along form surfaces while the concrete is
plastic under the vibrator action. No forking or raking shall be permitted. When
using vibrators on floor slabs, the bottom of the vibrator must not be permitted to
ride the form supporting the slab. Vibrator must be laid on the concrete to
prevent marring slab forms. Vibrators and consolidation shall conform to the
requirements of ACI 309. When forms are removed, surfaces shall be even and
dense, free from aggregate pockets or"honeycomb." Special care shall be taken
to secure dense concrete around all inserts.
(f) Where the Contract Drawings require concrete fill to be placed in concrete
masonry units, cavity walls or other similar locations where proper placement and
consolidation cannot be made, the concrete may be proportioned with 3/8"
maximum aggregate size and the maximum slump increased to 8", provided the
minimum strength requirements are maintained.
(g) Slabs on Grade- Prior to placing reinforcement, the grade shall be prepared, the
fill compacted, the drainage fill placed and the vapor barrier, keyways, joint
material and other embedded items placed as required by the Contract Drawings
and other Sections of the Specifications.
(1) A minimum thickness of 6 inches of drainage fill shall be provided under
all slabs on grade and at other locations noted on the Contract Drawings
unless specifically denoted otherwise on the Contract Drawings. The
drainage fill shall be compacted with a vibrating-plate compactor.
Compaction testing of drainage fill is not required.
(2) A vapor barrier shall be provided under all slabs on grade within building
lines and at other locations noted on the Contract Drawings. The vapor
barrier shall be placed by lapping all edges a minimum of 4" and sealing
continuously with an approved roofing mastic, waterproof tape or
equivalent material. Seal around all piping and other openings through
the vapor barrier and turn up edges 2" minimum at the walls and other
vertical surfaces. Do not block weep holes.
(3) Screed chairs or other objects shall not be permitted to damage or
penetrate the vapor barrier or waterproofing membrane. Buggy runways
shall be used where concrete is required to be transported over the
vapor barrier or waterproofing membrane. Screeds may be set in
mounded concrete in lieu of screed chairs.
(h) Bonding and Grouting - Concrete surfaces against which new concrete is to be
laid shall be thoroughly cleaned and wetted. In addition, the joint shall be
roughened as required to develop an adequate bonding surface. Existing
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 17/26

SECTION 40 00 03
concrete shall have a slurry of one (1) part cement and three (3) parts sand
brushed on prior to pouring new concrete. Horizontal construction joints in walls
shall be slushed with at least 2 inches of cement and sand grout just prior to
placing new concrete. This grout shall be of the same mixture as the concrete,
but with coarse aggregate omitted. At vertical construction joints, special care
shall be taken to work the freshly placed concrete to obtain an adequate amount
of mortar at the joint.
1.03.10 SURFACE FINISHES
(a) General -The finishing of concrete work shall be in accordance with Chapters 10
and 11 of ACI 301.
(b) Walls and Ceilings
(1) Unexposed Surfaces - Concrete surfaces below grade adjacent to earth
and other surfaces not exposed to view after construction such as
completely enclosed chambers, wet wells, etc., shall be given a rough
finish as follows: Fins and rough edges shall be removed. Honeycomb,
aggregate pockets, voids over 1/2 inch in diameter, and holes left by
form ties shall be patched as specified in "Patching Concrete" below and
damp cured for 48 hours.
(2) Exposed Surfaces - Concrete surfaces which are exposed in the finished
work for both exterior and interior locations shall be given a smooth finish
as follows: Follow all the steps noted above for a rough finish. Upon
completion of these steps, apply a smooth finish by thoroughly wetting
and then brush-coating the surfaces with cement grout composed by
volume of 1 part cement to 2 parts fine aggregate passing the No. 30
sieve and mixed with water to the consistency of thick paint. Grout shall
be cork or wood-floated to fill all pits, air bubbles, and surface holes.
Excess grout shall be scraped off with a trowel and the surface rubbed
with burlap to remove any visible grout film. The grout shall be kept
damp by means of fog spray during the setting period. The finish of
any area shall be completed in the same day and the limits of a finished
area shall be made at natural breaks in the finished surface. Smooth
finished surfaces shall include, but shall not be limited to the following:
a. The full height of walls and surfaces in open tanks, reservoirs
and basins.
b. Exterior walls of tanks and structures adjacent to earth to one
foot below finished grade.
c. Interior surfaces in basements, tunnels, pipe galleries,
equipment rooms, and above grade areas.
d. All surfaces which are to be painted.
(3) Rubbed Surface Finish -A rubbed surface shall be provided on surfaces
specifically designated in the Project Specifications or noted on the
Contract Drawings. The surfaces to be rubbed shall first be thoroughly
saturated with water. They shall then be rubbed with a medium coarse
carborundum stone until a light paste has been formed which shall fill all
voids, and until all form marks, fins, projections and irregularities have
been removed. The paste formed by this rubbing shall be left in place
and allowed to set. The final finish shall be obtained by a second
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better VVVVfP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 18/26

SECTION 40 00 03
rubbing with a fine carborundum stone and clean water. This rubbing
shall continue until the entire surface is of a smooth texture and uniform
color. After the final rubbing is completed and the surface is dry, it shall
be lightly brushed or rubbed with burlap to remove the loose powder.
The surface shall be left free from powder blemishes, discolorations and
objectionable marks.
(c) CONCRETE FLOOR AND ROOF SLABS
(1) General - Floors shall be level with a tolerance of 1/8 inch in ten feet,
except where drains occur, in which case the floors shall be pitched to
the drains as indicated on the Contract Drawings. The dusting of
wearing surfaces with dry materials will not be permitted.
(2) Monolithic Finish -All floor surfaces, including floor surfaces of channels,
tanks and structure floors, exposed to view upon completion of Project
shall be given a monolithic finish as follows: While the concrete is still
green but sufficiently hardened to bear a man's weight without deep
imprint, it shall be wood-floated to a true, even plane with no coarse
aggregate visible. Sufficient pressure shall be used on the woodfloats to
bring moisture to the surface. The concrete shall then be double steel
troweled to produce a smooth impervious surface. Floor slabs of
reservoirs, tanks and basins and roof slabs may be power-machine
finished in lieu of steel and hand troweling. Floor slabs receiving a
wearing surface, such as asphalt, rubber or vinyl tile, linoleum, cork, etc.,
may also be power-machine finished.
(3) Rough Slab Finish - Floor slabs to receive a separate topping of
concrete, terrazzo, quarry tile, etc., shall be given a rough slab finish by
screeding with straightedges and floating to produce a reasonably true
and uniform surface. This finish shall also apply to structural floor slabs
of channels or flumes to which a membrane waterproofing is to be
applied.
(d) SIDEWALKS, ROADWAYS, WALKWAYS, AND EXTERIOR PLATFORMS - Such
concrete surfaces shall be wood-floated to a true and even plane and steel
troweled. The surface shall then be slightly roughened by dragging burlap
across the surface or by other approved means.
(e) FLOOR HARDENER - Two coats of liquid floor hardener shall be applied to all
concrete floors in buildings not designated to receive other finish or floor
covering. Remove all foreign materials, including mortar, paint, etc., to prevent
any foreign materials from showing through the finished surface.One coat shall
be applied upon completion of curing of the slab and one coat applied after final
painting and other finishes are complete. The final result shall be a transparent
appearance which, when subjected to an abrasion test made with a stiff wire
brush, shall not dust, but shall polish without showing abrasion.
1.03.11 PROTECTION AND CURING
(a) General - Concrete damaged by freezing or flash set drying shall be removed as
directed by the Engineer and replaced at the Contractor's own expense.
(b) Provisions shall be made for maintaining concrete in a moist condition for a
period of at least 7 days after placement. For high early strength concretes,
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 19/26

SECTION 40 00 03
however, moist curing shall be provided for at least the first 2 days when
concrete and air temperatures are above 50 F; and for longer periods when
temperatures are below 50 F.
(c) All concrete shall be cured by one or more methods specified in Chapter 12 of
ACI 301. Membrane forming curing compounds shall not be used on any
surfaces against which additional concrete or finishing materials are to be
bonded. Curing compounds shall not be used on surfaces to receive hardeners.
(d) Waterproofing curing paper shall be used for final curing of flatwork only. When
selected for final curing, the paper shall be placed as follows: Unroll curing paper
over the entire surface to be cured. Lap ends and edges a minimum of 4" and
seal continuously with masking or pressure sensitive tape and provide sufficient
weights over paper to prevent separation from concrete surface.
(e) Additional care shall be exercised in protecting and curing the concrete topping
to prevent rapid loss of moisture at any time during and immediately after the
curing period.
(f) Cold-Weather Requirements- In cold weather the procedures in ACI 306 shall be
followed. Whenever the temperature of the surrounding air is below 40 degrees F
or when the possibility exists that the temperature will fall below 40 degrees F
within the 24-hour period after concrete pouring operations, concrete placed in
the forms shall have a temperature between 70 degrees F and 100 degrees F.
All concrete shall be maintained at a temperature of not less than 50 degrees F
for at least 72 hours and shall be protected from freezing for at least an additional
72 hours or for as much time as is necessary to ensure proper curing of the
concrete. The housing, covering or other protection used in connection with
curing shall remain in place and intact at least 24 hours after the artificial heating
is discontinued. Floor slabs against earth, including slabs of tanks, reservoirs and
basins, shall be protected with a covering of suitable insulating material to
prevent frost penetration into the subgrade. Such insulation shall be of the non-
staining type. No dependence shall be placed on salt or other chemicals for the
prevention of freezing.
(g) Hot-Weather Requirements - In hot weather adequate measures shall be taken
to avoid high temperatures in fresh concrete and to prevent rapid drying of newly
placed concrete. The procedures in ACI 305 shall be followed. Additional
requirements are as follows:
(1) Aggregate stockpiles shall be kept moistened as required.
(2) Long water supply lines shall be kept covered or painted white or
aluminum. Similar precautions shall be taken with water storage tanks.
(3) Subgrades on which concrete is to be placed shall be saturated in
advance and then sprinkled just ahead of the placing operation.
(4) Fresh concrete shall be shaded as soon as possible after finishing and
moist curing shall be started as soon as it can be done without marring
surface.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 20/26

SECTION 40 00 03
1.03.12 PATCHING CONCRETE
(a) Tie Holes - Holes shall be thoroughly roughened and wetted, brush-coated with
neat cement grout, and filled with mortar. Mortar shall be a stiff mix of one part
cement to two parts fine aggregate passing the No. 16 mesh sieve, and minimum
water content. Mortar shall be thoroughly compacted in place and finished flush
with adjacent surfaces. When dry, the color of the mortar shall approximately
match the adjoining concrete.
(b) Defective Concrete
(1) If any concrete work is not formed as shown on the Drawings or if for any
reason, is out of alignment or level or shows a defective surface, it shall
be considered as not conforming with the intent of these Specifications
and shall be removed from the job by the Contractor at his expense,
unless the Engineer grants permission to patch the defective area.
Permission to patch any such areas shall not be considered a waiver of
the Engineer's right to require complete removal of the defective work if
the patching does not, in his opinion, satisfactorily restore the quality and
appearance of the surface.
(2) Immediately after removing forms, all concrete surfaces shall be
inspected and any poor joints, voids, stone pockets or other defective
areas permitted by the Engineer to be patched shall at once be patched
before the concrete is thoroughly dry. Defective areas shall be chipped
away to a depth of not less than 1" with the edges perpendicular to the
surface. Such areas which are to be patched and a space at least 6"
wide entirely surrounding them shall be wetted to prevent absorption of
water from the patching mortar. The defective areas shall be patched
with a mortar containing a special bonding agent mixed and applied in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The mortar shall be
made of the same material and of the same proportions as used for the
concrete except that the coarse aggregate shall be omitted. The amount
of water used in mixing the mortar shall be as little as consistent with the
requirements of handling and placing. The mortar shall be thoroughly
compacted into place and screeded off so as to leave the patch slightly
higher than the surrounding surface. It shall then be left undisturbed for
a period of one to two hours to permit initial shrinkage before being
finally finished. The patch shall be finished in such a manner as to
match the adjoining surface.
1.03.13 PLACEMENT OF PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Placement of Precast Concrete Structures - The various sections shall be marked for
proper alignment during installation. Precast units shall be lifted and placed using lifting
eyes, hooks, holes or other methods acceptable to the Engineer, which will not
overstress or damage the concrete. Lifting devices or methods that will mar the surface
of the concrete shall not be used. Any precast unit which has been cracked, damaged,
chipped, scarred or otherwise disfigured shall not be used. Precast structures shall not be
loaded, stressed, backfilled or utilized until the concrete has reached its specified
compressive strength or has been cast for 28 days. The structure shall not be set in
place until it has been cast for 14 days or concrete has reached 75% of its specified
compressive strength. Unless otherwise specified, precast structures will be set in wet
concrete and supported on blocks to maintain proper position until concrete has set.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 21/26

SECTION 40 00 03
1.03.14 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
(a) General - The following listed tests of concrete as placed shall be performed,
with results reported to the Engineer:
(1) Strength tests.
(2) Slump tests.
(3) Air content tests.
(4) Additional strength tests, if required.
(b) Equipment-The following testing equipment shall be available when field testing
is conducted:
(1) Slump cone.
(2) Platform.
(3) Concrete molds for cylinders, including machined base if metal molds
are used.
(4) 5/8" round smooth rod approximately 24" long, one end rounded to a
hemispherical tip diameter of which is 5/8".
(5) Shovel and wheelbarrow for sampling and transporting of samples.
(6) Metal or glass covers for protecting cylinders.
(7) Small scoop for use in filling slump cone and cylinder molds.
(c) Reporting -The following data shall be reported to the testing laboratory for each
group of cylinders:
(1) Mix, including amounts and brands of materials used.
(2) Specified 28 day compressive strength.
(3) Atmospheric temperature at time of pour.
(4) Slump.
(5) Type and amount of admixtures used.
(6) Location of concrete in the structure. (In sufficient detail to identify
definitely the pour at any later date)
The following data shall be reported by the laboratory to the Engineer and to the
Contractor:
(1) Data reported to the laboratory, listed above.
(2) Unit weight of the cylinder(pounds/cubic feet).
(3) Type of break.
(4) Percentage of aggregate broken.
(5) Breaking load (lbs.).
(6) Breaking stress (lbs./sq. inch).
(d) Strength Testing - During the progress of the work, and for each different mix of
concrete, Sets of four standard 6 inch concrete cylinders shall be made and
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better VVVVfP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 22/26

SECTION 40 00 03
tested. One set shall be made where less than 50 cubic yards of concrete are
placed during each days operation. An additional set of cylinders shall be made
for each 100 cubic yards or major fraction thereof over the first 50 cubic yards.
The cylinders of each set shall be molded from the same sample of concrete.
For precast concrete items, a set of 4 standard 6" concrete cylinders shall be
made and tested for each day's casting of each item. One cylinder shall be
tested at 7 days and two at 28 days. Should the Contractor desire to remove
shoring and forms before the time stipulated in the Specifications and to subject
the concrete to loads of any kind, he will be required to provide an extra set of
test cylinders for testing at an agreed upon time to determine whether the
cylinder has actually acquired the design strength of the concrete. These test
cylinders shall receive, insofar as practicable, the same protection from the
elements as given in the portions of the structure which they represent and shall
be stored on the site. They shall be moved to the laboratory not more than two
days prior to the date of testing. Sampling of concrete for test purposes shall be
per ASTM C172. Making and curing of test cylinders shall be per ASTM C31.
Testing of specimens shall be per ASTM C39.
(1) Sampling -The sampling shall be representative of the batch. (The word
batch as here employed shall be understood to refer to one day's pour
rather than the contents of one mixer load). It shall consist of portions
from different points in the batch. When taken from truck mixers or
agitators, the samples shall be taken in three or more regular increments
throughout the discharge of the entire batch. The composite sample shall
be mixed with a shovel sufficiently to insure homogeneity and
immediately molded into test specimens. The place of molding shall be
such that the cylinders will not have to be moved during the first 24
hours. Molding shall be done on a platform or some other firm, level
base not subject to vibration.
(2) Size of Specimens-Cylinders shall be 6" in diameter and 12"deep. The
mold shall be metal or other nonabsorptive material such as paraffined
cardboard. If a metal mold is used it must have a machined base which
can be secured to the mold and be watertight.
(3) Molding- Place the concrete into the mold three layers of approximately
equal volume. Move the scoop around the top edge in placing in order to
achieve symmetrical distribution of the concrete. Distribute the concrete
further by a circular motion of the tamping rod. Rod each layer with 25
strokes of a 5/8" diameter standard rod (see equipment list). Distribute
strokes uniformly over the cross section of the mold, penetrating into the
immediate underlying layer. Bottom layer shall be rodded throughout its
depth. Where voids are left by the tamping rod, tap sides of the mold to
close the voids. After the top layer has been rodded, strike off the
surface of the concrete with a trowel and cover with a glass or metal
plate to prevent evaporation. Mark number and date on top of cylinder
with a nail or similar object.
(4) Storage -Test specimens shall be removed from the molds at the end of
24 hours and stored in a location such that they will be protected from
damage. At the end of 48 hours they shall be moved to the laboratory
where they shall be placed in a moist room or in a lime saturated water
bath until time for testing. The temperature of the moist room or water
bath must be controlled between the limits of 60 F and 80 F. All other
conditions of curing shall conform to Paragraph 7(c)ASTM C31-57. The
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 23/26

SECTION 40 00 03
test specimens cured as above specified shall be the ones used for the
standard 7 day and 28 day reports.
(5) Transportation -When cylinders are moved to a laboratory they shall be
packed in boxes having inside dimensions of 7" x 21" X 13" to contain
three cylinders. The box shall be made of 1/2" plywood with a separation
partition between cylinders and equipped with a hinged lid, hasp and
carrying handle. The cylinder shall be packed completely with excelsior,
straw or sawdust and kept damp. In the top of the box place a list
showing the data listed in paragraph "Data to be reported to laboratory"
above. Fasten the lid securely and tag with a shipping ticket.
(e) Slump Testing - Where 25 or more cubic yards of concrete are placed, and as
necessary to maintain desired consistency of the concrete, a slump test shall be
made. Not fewer than one such test shall be made for each 50 cubic yards of
concrete placed at one operation. Such test shall also be made on each sample
of concrete used in fabricating strength test specimens. Test specimen shall be
formed in a standard 16-gauge, galvanized metal slump cone 12" in height, as
described by ASTM C-143-52.
(1) Sampling- Samples of concrete for test specimens shall be taken at the
mixer or from the truck mixer in the case of ready-mixed and transit-
mixed concrete, during discharge. Obtain such samples by passing a
receptacle completely through the stream of concrete, at three or more
regular intervals throughout the discharge of the entire batch except that
samples shall not be taken at the beginning or the end of discharge. The
sample shall then be transported in a wheelbarrow or some other
suitable conveyance to the place of molding. Mix the specimen with a
shovel until the specimen is uniform in appearance. Note location of
batch from which the sample is taken for future reference.
(2) Molding - Dampen the cone and place it on a flat, moist, nonabsorbent
surface. From the sample, immediately fill the cone in three layers, each
approximately 1/3 of the volume of the cone. In placing, move the scoop
around the top edge of the cone in order to insure symmetrical
distribution of the concrete. Rod each layer with 25 strokes of a 5/8"
standard rod (see equipment list). Distribute the strokes across the
cross-section on the cone, penetrating the underlying layer. Rod the
bottom layer throughout its depth. After the top layer has been rodded,
strike off surface of the concrete with a trowel so that the cone is exactly
filled. Remove the cone by raising it carefully in a vertical direction. The
slump shall then be measured by determining the difference between the
height of the cone and the height of the specimen.
(f) Air Content Testing - Tests for air content shall be made concurrently with
making test cylinders per ASTM C231.
(g) Additional Strength Tests - The Engineer shall be telephoned immediately if any
questionable tests are discovered. In all cases that test results of concrete
cylinders fail to meet the strength requirement established in this Specification,
the Contractor shall, at his own expense, make additional compression tests on
cored cylinders in accordance with ASTM C42, "Methods of Securing, Preparing
and Testing Specimens from Hardened Concrete for Compressive and Flexural
Strengths", or make additional load tests in accordance with ACI 318, at the
direction of the Engineer. If core tests fail to demonstrate strengths adequate for
the intended purposes of the member or members in question, as determined by
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 24/26

SECTION 40 00 03
the Engineer, or if the failure to meet specified strength requirements occurred in
members from which it is impracticable to secure test specimens by the method
of ASTM C 42, load tests shall be conducted and their results evaluated in
accordance with Chapter 2 of ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for
Reinforced Concrete." If, in the opinion of the Engineer, these alternate strength
tests indicate that concrete has been placed which does not meet the
requirements established in this Specification, the defective concrete shall be
removed and replaced, at the Contractor's expense. Additional tests of the
hardened concrete may be required by the Engineer even though the
requirements of the Specifications were met when, in the Engineer's opinion,
there is cause for concern over the adequacy of the structure.
1.04 COMPLETION OF CONTRACT
9.04.1 WATERTIGHTNESS
All structures shall be watertight. The Contractor will be required to take such steps as
are necessary to correct any and all leakage through floors or walls of structures without
additional compensation.
1.04.2 CLEAN-UP
Upon completion of all work performed under this Section, all excess materials, storage
facilities and temporary facilities shall be removed from the site. Areas which were
occupied during construction operations shall be smoothed and left in first-class
condition.
1.05 MEASUREMENT FOR PAYMENT AND COMPENSATION
1.05.1 LUMP SUM CONTRACTS AND ITEMS
On lump sum contracts and on lump sum items in unit price contracts, concrete and
reinforcing steel or precast structures will not be measured for separate payment and no
additional allowance will be made for formwork, appurtenances, finishing, placing,
protecting, curing or admixtures, if used.
1.05.2 UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS AND ITEMS
(a) On unit price items and on unit prices for changes in lump sum items or contracts,
measurement and compensation for concrete and reinforcing steel, or precast
structures, placed or omitted will be made as follows.
(b) Concrete - Measurement in cubic yards for payment or deduction will be made
computed from nominal finished dimensions of concrete of each Class and each
type of construction on which unit prices are included in the Contract. No
additional allowance will be made for formwork, appurtenances, finishing,
protecting, curing or admixtures, if used.
(c) Reinforcing Steel - Measurement in pounds for payment or deduction will be made
computed on the basis of the theoretical weight per foot of each size of bar
multiplied by the length installed or omitted. No additional allowances will be made
for accessories or installation.
(d) Precast Structures - Measurement for payment or deduction will be made
computed on the basis of the number of units of precast structures installed or
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WVVfP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 25/26

SECTION 40 00 03
omitted. No additional allowances will be made for formwork, appurtenances,
finishing, curing, placing, or admixtures, if used.
END OF SECTION 40 00 03
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN:554801
400003 26/26

SECTION 40 00 04
MAJOR EQUIPMENT#4
SUMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMP
PART 1 GENERAL
Furnish Six (6) Premium Efficiency, non-clog, Submersible Sewage Pumps Type ABS XFP 80C —
CB1.5 by Pro-Water Systems, Inc. and two (2) Premium Efficiency, non-clog, Submersible Sewage
Pumps Model FLYGT-N-PUMP — 3085 by Flygt pumps series or approved equal. Alternate
submersible pumps must closely match curve/flow used for design. Efficiencies for alternate
equipment must meet or exceed those used in the design.
Pump(s) shall be supplied with a mating 3-inch discharge connection and be capable of
delivering 260 U.S GPM at a total dynamic head of 30 feet and efficiency >65%. Shut off head
shall be a minimum of 45'.The motor shall be an integral part of the pump unit.
The motor shall approximately 3.8 HP for Sewage Pumps Type ABS XFP 80C—CB1.5 and 2.2-4 HP
for Submersible Sewage Pumps Model FLYGT-N-PUMP—3085 by Flygt pumps series, connected for
operation at 208 volts, 3 phase, 60 hertz electrical supply service, each pump motor shall be
equipped with 30 feet of power and control cable sized in accordance with NEC and CSA
standards. Pumps intended for wet-pit installation shall be supplied with a 2" cast iron guide rail
system with a 3-inch discharge elbow. Each pump unit shall be fitted with a lift assembly,
sufficient for lifting the pump.The working load rating of the lifting system shall be a minimum of
50%greater than the pump weigh.
The heavy-duty submersible wastewater pump(s) shall be capable of handling raw unscreened
sewage, storm water, and other similar solids-laden fluids without clogging. The pump(s) shall be
driven by a premium efficiency motor, providing a high level of operational reliability and energy
efficiency.
All pumps and pump control panels shall be connected to SCADA system for failure and
overflow alarm notifications. Pumps will be operated in a lead/lag situation.
MH# Number HP MODEL VFD*
of Pumps
MH-1 2 3.8 ABS XFP 80C—CB1.5
MH-2 2 2.2-4 FLYGT-N-PUMP-3085
MH-3 2 3.8 ABS XFP 80C—CB1.5
MH-4 2 3.8 ABS XFP 80C—CB1.5 X
*VFD Controls for MH#4 are required in addition to a transducer and PLC
*Programmable flow control of Manhole#4 pumps discharging to filter system with
shutoff capability due to filter overflow alarm.
1.1 SUBMERSIBLE PUMP CONSTRUCTION
Major pump components shall be of gray cast iron, EN-GJL-250 (ASTM A-48, Class 35B) with
smooth surfaces devoid of porosity or other irregularities. All exposed fasteners shall be of
TOWN OF BOONVILLE,NC MAY 2024
IMPROVEMENTS FOR BETTER WWTP EFFLUENT TRC PN:554801
400004-1/6

SECTION 40 00 04
stainless steel, 1.4401 (AISI 316). All metal surfaces coming into contact with the pumped media
(other than the stainless-steel components) shall be protected by a factory applied spray coating
of zinc phosphate primer followed by a high solids two-part epoxy paint finish on the exterior of
the pump. The pump shall be equipped with an open lifting hoop suitable for attachment of
standard chain fittings. The hoop shall be of stainless steel, 1.4401 (AISI 316), and shall be rated
to lift a minimum of four times the pump weight.
1.2 WET END
A. IMPELLER:
Sealing design for the pump/motor assembly shall incorporate machined surfaces fitted
with Nitrile (Buna-N) rubber 0- rings, with the option of upgrading to Viton®. Sealing will
be the result of controlled compression of rubber 0-rings in two planes of the sealing
interface. Housing interfaces shall meet with metal-to-metal contact between machined
surfaces, and sealing shall be accomplished without requiring a specific torque on the
securing fasteners. Rectangular cross sectioned gaskets requiring specific torque limits
to achieve compression shall not be considered equal. No secondary sealing compounds
shall be required or used.
B. SELF-CLEANING WEAR PLATE:
The wear plate shall be of gray cast iron, EN-GJL-250 (ASTM A-48, Class 35B), with the
option of upgrading to duplex stained steel, 1.4470 (ASTM A890, CD3MN Grade 4A). The
wear plate shall be designed with an inlet incorporating strategically placed cutting
grooves as well as an outward spiral V-shaped groove on the side facing the impeller.
The dual groove system shall be used to shred and force stringy solids outward from the
impeller and through the pump discharge. The wear plate shall be mounted to the
volute with three stainless steel securing screws and three stainless steel adjusting
screws to permit close tolerance adjustment between the wear plate and impeller for
maximum pump efficiency. The wear plate shall be factory mounted to the volute in a
fixed position with metal-to-metal contact on machined surfaces to insure optimal
clearance and efficiency at startup. Future adjustments shall be easily accomplished by
removing three securing screws and rotating the plate 45 degrees to the adjustment
position. Adjustment to allow for wear and restore peak pumping performance shall
then be accomplished using standard tools, and without requiring disassembly of the
pump. The use of fixed or non-adjustable wear plates or rings, systems that require
disassembly of the pump, or shimming of the impeller to facilitate adjustment, shall not
be considered equal. The suction flange shall be integrated into the wear plate and its
bolt holes shall be drilled and tapped to accept standard 4 inch ANSI class 125/150
flanged fittings.
C. PUMP VOLUTE:
The pump volute shall be a single-piece, gray cast iron, EN-GJL-250 (ASTM A-48, Class
35B), non- concentric design with centerline discharge. Passages shall be smooth and
large enough to pass any solids which may enter through the impeller. The discharge size
shall be 3 inches. The discharge flange design shall permit attachment to standard ANSI
and DIN flanges/appurtenances. The discharge flange shall be radially slotted to accept
both 3-inch ANSI class 125/150 (when rotated 22.5 degrees) and metric DN80 flanged
fittings. Proprietary or nonstandard flange dimensions shall not be considered
acceptable. The minimum working pressure of the volute and pump assembly shall be 16
TOWN OF BOONVILLE,NC MAY 2024
IMPROVEMENTS FOR BETTER WWTP EFFLUENT TRC PN:554801
400004-2/6

SECTION 40 00 04
bar(232 psi).
D. MOTOR:
The motor shall meet efficiency standards in accordance with IEC 60034-30:2008, level
1E3 and NEMA Premium*. Motor rating tests shall be conducted in accordance with IEC
60034-2-1 requirements and shall be certified accurate and correct by a third-party
certifying agency.A certificate shall be available upon request.
The motor shall be housed in a water-tight gray cast iron, EN-GJL-250 (ASTM A-48, Class
35B), enclosure, capable of continuous submerged operation underwater to a depth of
20 meters (65 feet) and shall have an IP68 protection rating. The motor shall be of the
squirrel-cage induction design, NEMA type B. The copper stator windings shall be
insulated with moisture resistant, Class H insulation material, rated for 180°C (356°F).
The stator shall be press fitted into the stator housing. The use of bolts, pins, or other
fastening devices requiring penetration of the stator housing is unacceptable. The rotor
bars and short circuit rings shall be made of cast aluminum.
The motor shall be designed for continuous duty. The maximum continuous temperature
of the pumped liquid shall be 40°C (104°F), and intermittently up to 50°C (122°F). The
motor shall be capable of handling up to 15 evenly spaced starts per hour without
overheating. The service factor(as defined by the NEMA MG1 standard) shall be 1.3.The
motor shall have a voltage tolerance of +/- 10% from nominal, and a phase-to-phase
voltage imbalance tolerance of 1%. The motor shall have a NEMA Class A temperature
rise, providing cool operation under all operating conditions. The motor shall be FM
approved for use in NEC Class I, Division I, Groups C& D hazardous locations.The surface
temperature rating shall be T3C. The motor shall meet the requirements of NEMA MG1
Part 30 and 31 for operation on PWM type Variable Frequency Drives.
The motor shall be capable of operating, completely submerged, partially submerged, or
unsubmerged. For submerged (wet pit) applications, the motor shall be self-cooling via
the process fluid surrounding the motor. For unsubmerged (dry pit) or partially
submerged applications, an integrated oil cooling system shall be utilized to enhance
heat transfer and allow the motor to operate at full rated power continuously without
the need for de-rating or reduce duty cycle. No external coolant supply or external
cooling jacket shall be required for dry-pit applications. The motor shall have a NEMA
Class A temperature rise for submerged service, providing cool operation under all
operating conditions.
E. THERMAL PROTECTION:
Each phase of the motor shall contain a normally closed bi-metallic temperature monitor
switch imbedded in the motor windings. These thermal switches shall be connected in
series and set to open at 140°C +/- 5°C (284°F). They shall be connected to the control
panel to provide a high stator temperature shutdown signal, and are used in conjunction
with external motor overload protection
F. MECHANICAL SEALS:
Each pump shall be equipped with a tandem mechanical shaft seal system consisting of
two totally independent seal assemblies. The seals shall operate in a lubricant reservoir
that hydro-dynamically lubricates the lapped seal faces at a constant rate. The lower,
primary seal unit, located between the pump and the lubricant chamber, shall contain
TOWN OF BOONVILLE,NC MAY 2024
IMPROVEMENTS FOR BETTER WWTP EFFLUENT TRC PN:554801
400004-3/6

SECTION 40 00 04
one stationary industrial duty silicon-carbide seal ring and one rotating industrial duty
silicon- carbide seal ring. The stationary ring of the primary seal shall be installed in a
seal holding plate of gray cast iron, EN-GJL-250 (ASTM A-48, Class 35B). The seal holding
plate shall be equipped with swirl disruption ribs to prevent abrasive material from
prematurely wearing the seal plate. The upper, secondary seal unit, located between the
lubricant chamber and motor housing, shall contain one stationary industrial duty silicon-
carbide seal ring, and one rotating industrial duty silicon-carbide seal ring. Each seal
interface shall be held in contact by its own spring system. The seals shall not require
routine maintenance or adjustment and shall not be dependent on the direction of
rotation for proper sealing. Each pump shall be provided with a lubricant chamber for
the shaft sealing system which shall provide superior heat transfer and maximum seal
cooling. The lubricant chamber shall be designed to prevent overfilling, and to provide
lubricant expansion capacity. The drain and inspection plug shall have a positive anti-
leak seal and shall be easily accessible from the outside of the pump. The seal system
shall not rely upon the pumped media for lubrication and shall not be damaged when the
pump is run dry. Lubricant in the chamber shall be environmentally safe nontoxic
material.
The following seal types shall not be considered equal: Seals of proprietary design or
seals manufactured by other than major independent seal manufacturing companies.
Seals requiring set screws, pins, or other mechanical locking devices to hold the seal in
place, conventional double mechanical seals containing either a common single or
double spring acting between the upper and lower seal faces, or any system requiring a
pressure differential to seat the seal and ensure sealing.
G. MECHANICAL SEAL PPROTECTION SYSTEM:
The primary mechanical seal shall be protected from interference by particles in the
wastewater, including fibrous materials, by an active Seal Protection System integrated
into the impeller. The back side of the impeller shall be equipped with a sinusoidal
cutting ring, forming a close clearance cutting system with the lower submersible motor
housing or seal plate. This sinusoidal cutting ring shall spin with the pump impeller
providing a minimum of 75 shearing actions per pump revolution. Large particles or
fibrous material which attempt to lodge behind the impeller or wrap around the
mechanical seal, shall be effectively sheared by the active cutting system into particles
small enough to prevent interference with the mechanical seal. The Seal Protection
System shall operate whenever the pump operates and shall not require adjustment or
maintenance in order to function. Submersible pump designs which do not incorporate
an active cutting system to protect the primary mechanical seal shall not be considered
acceptable for wastewater service.
H. SEAL FAILURE EARLY WARNING SYSTEM:
The integrity of the mechanical seal system shall be continuously monitored during pump
operation and standby time. An electrical probe shall be provided in a sensing chamber
positioned between the primary and secondary mechanical seals for detecting the
presence of water contamination within the chamber. The sensing chamber shall be
filled with environmentally safe nontoxic oil. A solid-state relay mounted in the pump
control panel or in a separate enclosure shall send a low voltage, low amperage signal to
the probe, continuously monitoring the conductivity of the liquid in the sensing chamber.
If sufficient water enters the sensing chamber through the primary mechanical seal, the
TOWN OF BOONVILLE,NC MAY 2024
IMPROVEMENTS FOR BETTER WWTP EFFLUENT TRC PN:554801
400004-4/6

SECTION 40 00 04
probe shall sense the increase in conductivity and signal the solid-state relay in the
control panel. The relay shall then energize a warning light on the control panel, or
optionally, cause the pump shut down. This system shall provide an early warning of
mechanical seal leakage, thereby preventing damage to the submersible motor, and
allowing scheduled, rather than emergency, maintenance. Systems utilizing float
switches or any other monitoring devices located in the stator housing rather than in a
sensing chamber between the mechanical seals are not considered to be early warning
systems and shall not be considered equal.
I. SHAFT:
The pump shaft and motor shaft shall be an integral, one-piece unit adequately designed
to meet the maximum torque required at any normal start-up condition or operating
point in the system. The shaft shall have a full shutoff head design safety factor of 1.7,
and the maximum shaft deflection shall not exceed .05 mm (.002 inch) at the lower seal
during normal pump operation. Each shaft shall be of stainless steel, 1.4021 (AISI 420),
and shall have a polished finish with accurately machined shoulders to accommodate
bearings, seals, and impeller. Carbon steel, chrome plated, or multi-piece welded shafts
shall not be considered adequate or equal.
J. BEARINGS:
Each pump shaft shall rotate on high quality, permanently lubricated, greased bearings.
The upper bearing shall be a deep grooved ball bearing and the lower bearing shall be a
heavy duty, double row, angular contact ball bearing. Bearings shall be of sufficient size
and properly spaced to transfer all radial and axial loads to the pump housing and
minimize shaft deflection. L-10 bearing life shall be a minimum of 50,000 hours at flows
ranging from 1/2 of BEP flow to 1%: times BEP flow (BEP is best efficiency point). The
bearings shall be manufactured by a major internationally known manufacturer of high-
quality bearings and shall be stamped with the manufacturer's name and size designation
on the race. Generic or unbranded bearings from other than major bearing
manufacturers shall not be considered acceptable.
K. POWER CABLE:
The power cables shall be sized according to NEC and CSA standards and shall be of
sufficient length to reach the junction box without requiring splices. The outer jacket of
the cable shall be of chlorinated polyethylene (CPE) and be oil, water, and UV resistant,
capable of continuous submerged operation underwater to a depth of 65 feet.
L. CABLE ENTRY SYSTEM:
The cable entry system shall consist of a submersible plug assembly which allows the
cable to be easily disconnected from the pump for service or replacement. Cable sealing
shall be accomplished by a Nitrile (Buna-N), compression grommet with both cylindrical
and conical sealing surfaces, flanked by a stainless-steel washer and an integrated strain
relief. A brass, 2.0401 (ASTM B455, Grade C38500), compression nut shall be threaded
into to the cast iron, EN-GJL-250 (ASTM A-48, Class 35B), cable plug housing,
compressing the grommet ID to the cable while the grommet OD seals against the bore
of the cable entry housing. Cable conductors shall be terminated in copper pin
connectors which are separated and retained by a circular pin retainer fabricated from
high dielectric strength Polyamid (30% GF). Each pin shall pass through its own hole in
the pin retainer, maintaining perfect alignment with the mating pins in the motor body.
TOWN OF BOONVILLE,NC MAY 2024
IMPROVEMENTS FOR BETTER WWTP EFFLUENT TRC PN:554801
400004-5/6

SECTION 40 00 04
The corresponding motor body pin assembly shall be manufactured from high dielectric
strength Polyamid (30% GF), with copper connector pins. The pin assembly shall be
sealed with an 0-ring to prevent water entry into the motor and retained in the motor
housing bore via a retaining ring. Attachment of the plug assembly to the motor shall
engage the corresponding copper pins, creating a complete circuit between the motor
and cable. The plug assembly shall be fastened with stainless steel fasteners and shall be
sealed by an 0-ring.
The cable plug and sealed entry system as part of the motor shall be FM and CSA
approved for use in NEC Class I, Division I, Groups C& D hazardous locations. The system
shall be anti-wicking by design and shall prevent any water that enters the cable through
damage to the jacket from entering the motor. Cable entry designs which utilize potting
compounds to provide a watertight seal or those which do not allow the cable to be
easily changed in the field shall not be considered equal.
PART 2 ACCESSORIES
2.1 GUIDE RAIL BASE ASSEMBLY(WET PIT INSTALLATION)
There shall be no need for personnel to enter the wet well to remove or reinstall the pump(s). In
a wet pit installation, the discharge base & elbow assembly shall be permanently installed in the
wet well and connected to the discharge piping. In order to prevent binding or separation of the
pump from the guide rail system, the pump(s) shall connect to the guide rail base automatically
and firmly, guided by one 2-inch guide pipe (two 2 inch pipes optional) extending from the base
elbow to the top of the station. Systems using guide cable in lieu of rigid guide bars or pipes shall
not be considered acceptable. The sliding guide bracket shall be a separate part of the pumping
unit, capable of being attached to standard pump flanges, so that the pump mounting is
nonproprietary, and any pump with a standard discharge flange can be mounted on the base
assembly. Base or bracket assemblies with proprietary or nonstandard flange dimensions shall
not be considered acceptable.
A field replaceable Nitrile (Buna-N) rubber profile gasket or 0-ring shall accomplish positive
sealing of the pump flange/guide rail bracket to the discharge elbow. Base assemblies which rely
solely on metal-to-metal contact between the pump flange and discharge base elbow as a means
of sealing are inherently leak prone and shall not be considered equal. No portion of the pump
shall bear directly on the floor of the sump.
2. WARRANTY
A. The equipment must include a ONE YEAR WARRANTY from the time of startup.
B. Six (6) physical copies and one digital copy of Operation and Maintenance Manuals are to be
submitted to the engineer prior to start up.
END OF SECTION 400004
TOWN OF BOONVILLE,NC MAY 2024
IMPROVEMENTS FOR BETTER WWTP EFFLUENT TRC PN:554801
400004-6/6

SECTION 40 00 05
MAJOR EQUIPMENT ITEM #5
PRE- ENGINEERED GABLE SYMMETRICAL METAL BUILDING (1)
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 BUILDING
A. Furnish and site assemble one(1)20'-0"x 40'-0" Metal Building and floor slab, all in
accordance with the Drawings and Specifications.
B. Interior chase wall required from floor to ceiling in building's interior.
1. Same panels used for chase wall as used for exterior as descried herein.
2. Differing color may be selected for interior panels used for chase wall.
3. Local insulatory requirements apply.
C. The cast-in-place foundation/floor slab, 20'-0" x 40'-0"x 6"depth, slab to be thickened at
edge with 12"x12"turndown.
D. Concrete slab to be installed as shown if approved by manufacturer or as per PEMB
manufacturer's recommendation.
E. Waterproofing between panel base and slab required.
PART 2 -SPECIFICATIONS
2.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Metal building systems including:
1. Metal framing components.
2. Metal wall panels and trim.
3. Metal roof panels and trim.
4. Metal building accessories.
2.2 REFERENCES
A. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC):
1. AISC 360-Specification for Structural Steel Buildings, June 22, 2010.
2. AISC 341 -AISC Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings, June 22nd, 2010.
3. AISC 303-Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges, April 14th,
2010.
B. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) :
1. AISI S100- North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel
Structural Members, 2012 Edition.
C. American Welding Society (AWS)
1. AWS D1.1/D1.1 M-Structural Welding Code—Steel, 2010.
2. AWS D1.3/D1.3M -Structural Welding Code-Sheet Steel, 2008
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
400005 1/14

SECTION 40 00 05
D. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE):
1. ASHRAE 90.1-2013- Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential
Buildings (I-P Edition).
E. ASTM International (ASTM): Latest versions of:
1. ASTM A 36/A 36M -Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A 475-Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Strand.
3. ASTM A 500/A 500M-Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless
Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes.
4. ASTM A 529/A 529M-Standard Specification for High-Strength Carbon-Manganese
Steel of Structural Quality.
5. ASTM A 563-Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts.
6. ASTM A 572/A 572M-Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy
Columbium-Vanadium Structural Steel.
7. ASTM A 653/A 653M-Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated
(Galvanized)or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
8. ASTM A 792/A 792M-Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55 Percent Aluminum-
Zinc Alloy-Coated by Hot-Dip Process.
9. ASTM A 992/A 992M -Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes.
10. ASTM A 1011/A 1011 M -Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-
Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength, Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy
with Improved Formability and Ultra-High Strength
11. ASTM A 1018/A 1018A-Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Heavy-
Thickness Coils, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Commercial, Drawing, Structural, High-Strength
Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High
Strength
12. ASTM C 518-Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission
Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus.
13. ASTM C 1363-Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building Materials
and Envelope Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus.
14. ASTM D 635- Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of
Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position.
15. ASTM D 1003-Standard Test Method for Haze and Luminous Transmittance of
Transparent Plastics.
16. ASTM D 1494-Standard Test Method for Diffuse Light Transmission Factor of
Reinforced Plastics Panels.
17. ASTM D 1929-Standard Test Method for Determining Ignition Temperature of
Plastics.
18. ASTM D 2240-Standard Test Method for Rubber Property—Durometer Hardness.
19. ASTM D 2244-Standard Practice for Calculation of Color Tolerances and Color
Differences from Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates.
20. ASTM D 4214-Standard Test Methods for Evaluating the Degree of Chalking of
Exterior Paint Films.
21. ASTM E 84- Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building
Materials.
22. ASTM E 72 - Standard Test Methods of Conducting Strength Tests of Panels for
Building Construction.
23. ASTM E 283-Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage through
Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors under Specified Pressure Differences
Across Specimen.
24. ASTM E 331 -Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows,
Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
400005 2/14

SECTION 40 00 05
25. ASTM E 1592-Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Sheet Metal Roof
and Siding Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
26. ASTM E 1646-Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Metal Roof
Panel Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
27. ASTM E 1680-Standard Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Metal
Roof Panel Systems.
28. ASTM E 1980-Standard Practice for Calculating Solar Reflectance Index of
Horizontal and Low-Sloped Opaque Surfaces.
29. ASTM F 436-Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers
30. ASTM F 1941 -Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings on Threaded
Fasteners (Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN/UNR))
31. ASTM F 3125-Standard Specification for High Strength Structural Bolts, Steel and
Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, 120 ksi (830 MPa)and 150 ksi (1040 MPa) Minimum
Tensile Strength, Inch and Metric Dimensions.
F. Cool Roof Rating Council (CRRC):
1. ANSI/CRRC S100-Standard Test Methods for Determining Radiative Properties of
Materials, April 26th, 2016.
G. Factory Mutual Approvals (FM Approvals):
1. FM 4471 -Approval Standard for Class 1 Panel Roofs.
2. FM 4880-Approval Standard for Class 1 Fire Ratingof Insulated Wall or Wall and
pP
Roof/Ceiling Panels, Interior Finish Materials or Coatings and Exterior Wall Systems.
3. FM 4881 -Approval Standard for Class 1 Exterior Wall Systems.
H. FM Global:
1. FM 1-28—Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-28, Wind Design, October 2015.
I. International Accreditation Service(IAS):
1. Accreditation Criteria 472 (AC472)-Accreditation Criteria for Inspection Programs for
Manufacturers of Metal Building Systems, April 2017
J. International Standards Organization (ISO)
1. ISO 14044-Environmental management--Life Cycle Assessment--Requirements
and Guidelines, 2006
2. ISO 21930-Sustainability in Building Construction --Environmental Declaration of
Building Products, 2007.
K. Metal Building Manufacturers Association (MBMA):
1. Metal Building Systems Manual, 2012 Edition.
L. National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC):
1. NFRC 100- Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U-factors, 2014
2. NFRC 200-Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Solar Heat Gain
Coefficient and Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence, 2010.
M. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
400005 3/14

SECTION 40 00 05
1. NFPA 285-Standard Fire Test Method for Evaluation of Fire Propagation
Characteristics of Exterior Non-Load-Bearing Wall Assemblies Containing
Combustible Components, 2012 Edition.
N. Research Council on Structural Connections (RCSC):
1. Specification for Structural Joints Using High Strength Bolts, August 1, 2014.
O. Underwriters Laboratories (UL):
1. UL-580-Tests for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies.
2. UL-790-Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings.
3. UL-2218-Impact Resistance of Prepared Roof Covering Materials.
2.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Traditional Metal Building System: Building system using either continuous or simple span
"Z" purlins for support of roof covering material.
B. Long Bay System (LBS): Building system using simple span, cold-formed, open web purlins
to support roof covering material.
C. Gable Symmetrical: Continuous frame building with ridge in center of building, consisting of
tapered or straight columns and tapered or straight rafters. Sidewall girts may be continuous
(by-passing columns) or simple span (flush in column line). Rafters may or may not have
interior columns.
D. Gable Unsymmetrical: Continuous frame building with an off-center ridge, consisting of
tapered or straight columns and tapered or straight rafters. Eave height and roof slope may
differ on each side of ridge. Sidewall girts may be continuous (by-passing columns)or simple
span (flush in column line). Rafters may or may not have interior columns.
E. Single Slope: Continuous frame building which does not contain ridge but consists of one
continuous slope from side to side. Building consists of straight or tapered columns and
tapered or straight rafters. Sidewall girts may be continuous (by-passing columns) or simple
span (flush in column line). Rafters may or may not have interior columns.
F. Lean-to (LT): Building extension, which does not contain ridge, but consists of one
continuous slope from side to side, usually with same roof slope and girt design as building
to which attached.
G. Roof Slope: Pitch expressed as inches of rise for each 12 inches (305 mm)of horizontal run.
H. Acrylic-Coated Galvalume: Aluminum-Zinc coated steel with a thin clear acrylic finish coating
eliminating the need for roll-forming oil and reducing incidence of field marking by handling
or foot traffic.
I. Building Eave Height: Nominal dimension measured from finished floor to top flange of eave
strut.
J. Building Width: Measured from outside to outside of side wall secondary structural member.
K. Building Length: Measured from outside to outside of end wall secondary structural member.
L. Auxiliary Loads: Dynamic loads induced by cranes, conveyors, or material handling systems.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
400005 4/14

SECTION 40 00 05
M. Collateral Loads: Weight of any non-moving equipment or material, such as ceilings,
electrical or mechanical equipment, sprinkler systems, plumbing, or ceilings.
N. Dead Load: Actual weight of building system as supplied by manufacturer supported by
given member.
O. Floor Live Loads: Loads induced on floor system by building occupants and possessions
including but not limited to furniture and equipment.
P. Roof Live Loads: Loads produced by maintenance activities, rain, erection activities, and or
movable or moving loads but not including wind, snow, seismic, crane, or dead loads.
Q. Roof Snow Loads: Gravity load induced by weight of snow or ice on roof, assumed to act on
horizontal projection of roof.
R. Seismic Loads: Loads acting in any direction on structural system due to action of an
earthquake.
S. Wind Loads: Loads on structure induced by forces of wind blowing from any horizontal
direction.
2.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Governing Design Code: Structural design for the metal building system shall be performed
by the manufacturer of the metal building system in accordance with the applicable local,
state and federal building code.
B. Design Basis:
1. Use standards, specifications, recommendations, findings, and interpretations of
professionally recognized groups as basis for establishing design, drafting, fabrication,
and quality criteria, practices, and tolerances, including the AISC Code of Standard
Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges.
2. Design structures in accordance with MBMA Practices and Manual including
fabrication and erection tolerances.
3. Design structural mill sections and welded plate sections in accordance with AISC
360, ASD Method.
4. Design the lateral force resisting systems and related components for seismic loads in
accordance with AISC 341.
5. Design cold-formed steel structural members and panels in accordance with AISI S-
100.
6. Design all bolted joints in accordance with RCSC Specification.
C. Design Loads:
1. In accordance with Contract Documents and manufacturer's standard design
practices for structures in Jones County, NC.
2. Design loads include dead loads, roof live loads, wind loads, seismic loads, collateral
loads, auxiliary loads, floor live loads and applied or specified loads.
2.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals for Review:
1. Shop Drawings:
s:
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
400005 5/14

SECTION 40 00 05
a. Complete erection drawings with identification and assembly of building
components.
b. Show anchor bolt settings, transverse cross-sections, sidewall, end wall, and
roof framing, flashing and sheeting, and accessory installation details.
c. Bear seal and signature of Registered NC Professional Engineer responsible
for metal building system design in accordance with NC state law.
2. Manufacturer installation manual showing:
a. Preparation instructions and recommendations.
b. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.
c. Installation methods.
3. Structural Design Calculations: 3 sets sealed and signed by a professional engineer
licensed in accordance with applicable state law.
4. Documentation [including test reports] supporting Thermal Transmission Coefficients
(U-factors) and Solar Heat Gain Coefficients (SHGC; for non-opaque components
only)of building envelope components specified in this section.
B. Samples:
1. Submit color chips showing manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns
for each finish product.
2. After color selection submit samples representing actual product, color, and patterns.
C. Quality Control Submittals:
1. IAS AC472 Certificate for each facility involved in the design and fabrication of the
Metal Building System.
2. Certified Erector Certificate issued to the erector by the manufacturer.
2.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer and Fabricator Qualifications: Primary products furnished by single IAS AC472
accredited manufacturer/fabricator with minimum 5 years of experience.
B. Erector Qualifications:
1. Single installer with minimum 5 of experience in installing products of same or similar
type and scope.
2. Installer must be certified by the metal building manufacturer.
2.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Store packaged products in original, unopened packaging until ready for installation.
B. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials and materials used with solvent-based
materials in accordance with requirements of the authority having jurisdiction.
C. Protect steel products from weather as specified by manufacturer instructions.
2.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Do not install systems when temperature, humidity, or ventilation is outside of limits
recommended by manufacturer.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
400005 6/14

SECTION 40 00 05
2.9 WARRANTIES
A. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: On manufacturer's standard form, in which manufacturer
agrees to repair or replace metal building system components that fail regarding materials
and workmanship within one year from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 3-PRODUCTS
3.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers include:
1. Ceco Building Systems
2. A&S Building Systems, subsidiary of NCI Building Systems, Inc. (www.a-s.com)
3. All-American Systems, subsidiary of NCI Building Systems, Inc.
(www.allamericansys.com)
4. Garco Building Systems, a subsidiary of NCI Building Systems, Inc.
(www.garcobuildings.com)
5. Mesco Building Solutions, subsidiary of NCI Buildings, Inc.
(www.mescobuildingsolutions.com)
6. Metallic Building Co., subsidiary of NCI Building Systems, Inc. (www.metallic.com)
7. Mid-West Steel Building Company, subsidiary of NCI Building Systems,
Inc.(www.midweststeel.com)
8. Robertson Buildings, subsidiary of NCI Building Systems,
Inc.(www.robertsonbuildings.com)
9. Star Building Systems, subsidiary of NCI Building Systems, Inc.
(www.starbuildinos.com)
10. Other Manufacturers may be acceptable as approved equals.
B. Substitutions:
3.2 MATERIALS
A. American Iron and Steel Act will NOT be included as a requirement for relevant materials on
this project.
B. Primary Framing Steel:
1. Hot-rolled shapes: ASTM A 36 or ASTM A 992, minimum yield of 36 ksi (248 MPa) or
50 ksi (345 MPa).
2. Built-up sections:
a. Webs:
1) ASTM A 1011 or ASTM A1018, SS or HSLAS, Grade 55 (380)for webs
3/16 inch (4.76 mm)thick and thinner.
2) ASTM A 572 Grade 50 (340) or ASTM A572 Grade 55 (380)or ASTM A
529 Grade 55 for webs thicker than 3/16 inch (4.76 mm).
b. Flanges: ASTM A 529 Grade 55 (380) or ASTM A 572 Grade 50 (340) or 55
(380).
3. Round tube: ASTM A 500, Grade B or C with minimum yield strength of 42 ksi (290
MPa).
4. Square and rectangular tube: ASTM A 500, Grade B or C, minimum yield strength of
42 ksi (290 MPa).
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
400005 7/14

SECTION 40 00 05
5. Cold-formed C sections: ASTM A 1011, Grade 55 (380), or ASTM A 653, Grade 55
(380).
6. X-bracing: ASTM A 529 or A 572 for rod bracing 36 ksi (248 MPa) or 50 ksi (345
MPa), ASTM A 36 for angle bracing or ASTM A 475 for cable bracing.
C. Secondary Framing Steel:
1. Purlins, girls, and eave struts: ASTM A 1011 Grade 55 (380), or ASTM A 653, Grade
55 (380).
2. Thickness:
a. 16 gauge: 0.056 inch (1.421 mm) minimum uncoated thickness.
b. 14 gauge: 0.067 inch (1.689 mm) minimum uncoated thickness.
c. 13 gauge: 0.081 inch (2.051 mm) minimum uncoated thickness.
d. 12 gauge: 0.100 inch (2.534 mm) minimum uncoated thickness.
3. Finish: Red Oxide Coat. Shop coat only intended to provide temporary protection
during transportation and erection.
D. Panels:
1. Materials: ASTM A 792.
2. Thickness and yield strength:
a. Panels: 24 gauge: 0.0212 inch (0.538 mm) minimum uncoated thickness, 50 ksi
(340 MPa)yield strength.
3. Finishes:
a. Galvalume: Aluminum-Zinc Alloy Coating, 55%Aluminum, 50%Zinc coated
steel per ASTM A 792 AZ55.
b. Galvalume®Plus: Acrylic-Coated Aluminum-Zinc Alloy Coating, 55%
Aluminum, 50% Zinc coated steel per ASTM A 792 AZ55 with acrylic finish with
no added lubricant.
c. Exterior Paint:
1) Modified Silicone-Polyester Two-Coat System (SMP): 0.20—0.25 mil
primer with 0.7—0.8 mil color coat.
d. Interior Paint: 0.5 mil total dry film thickness consisting of primer coat and wash
coat of manufacturer's standard light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish.
4. Fasteners:
a. Through-fastened panels: Self-drilling with sealing washer.
b. Standing seam panels: Long life self-drilling with sealing washer.
c. Ridge: Long-life self-drilling with sealing washer.
d. Clips to purlin or bar joists: Long-life self-drilling with hex washer head and
washer.
5. Clips:
a. Low or high fixed clips: Use where moderate thermal expansion and contraction
in roof panel is expected.
b. Low or high sliding clips: Provide 2 to 4 inches of travel for panel thermal
expansion and contraction.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
400005 8/14

SECTION 40 00 05
6. Sealants and closures:
a. Side-laps: Factory applied, hot melt, foamable mastic.
b. End-laps, eave, ridge assembly, gable fleshings: Field-applied non-skinning
sealant.
c. Standing Seam Roof Closures:
1) Outside closures: 24 gauge steel sheet.
2) Inside closures: 18 gauge Galvalume or G-40 galvanized coated steel
complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M.
d. Through-Fastened Roof Closures: Provide closed-cell polyethylene inside [and
outside]foam closures.
1) Bulk Density: 2 pounds per cubic foot.
2) Service Temperature: -100 to 180 degrees Fahrenheit.
3) Shore Hardness: 7 on AA scale or 51 on 00 scale when tested to ASTM
D 2240.
3.3 PRIMARY FRAMING
A. Frame Design: Gable Symmetrical
B. Frame Span: Modular or Clear Span
C. Modular Frame Interior Column Profile: H Shape, Round Pipe, or Tube
D. Bracing: Standard X-Bracing or Portal Frames as allowed by accessories
3.4 SECONDARY FRAMING
A. Roof Zee Purlins:
1. Horizontal structural members which support roof coverings.
2. Thickness:As required by design, 14 gauge minimum.
3. Finish: Red Oxide, Shop coat only intended to provide temporary protection during
transportation and erection.
B. Long Bay Purlins:
1. Horizontal structural members that support roof systems,with virtual square shaped
top and bottom chords and web members.
2. Open Web Purlins for Long Bay applications.
3. Finish: Gray shop coat. Shop coat only intended to provide temporary protection
during transportation and erection.
C. Wall Zee Girts:
1. Horizontal structural members that support vertical panels.
2. Gauge: As required by design, 16 gauge (0.056 inch (1.424 mm) minimum uncoated
thickness).
3. Finish: Red Oxide, Shop coat only intended to provide temporary protection during
transportation and erection.
3.5 BOLTS
A. Rigid Frame Connections: Provide High Strength Bolts, Nuts and Washers:
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
400005 9/14

SECTION 40 00 05
1. Bolts: ASTM F 3125 Grade A325 Heavy Hex Structural Type I.
2. Washers: STM F 436 Type 1 Hardened Steel.
3. Nuts:ASTM A 563 Grade C Heavy Hex. Nuts shall be wax coated by emulsion such
that the torque required to complete a Rotational Capacity (RC)test shall be reduced
by 40%from the un-waxed state.
4. Coating: Hot-Dipped Galvanized.
B. Other Connections: Provide High Strength or Machine Bolts as required by manufacturer
design:
1. High Strength Bolts and Nuts:
a. Bolts:ASTM F 3125 Grade A325 Heavy Hex Structural Type I.
b. Nuts: ASTM A 563 Grade C Heavy Hex.
c. Coating: ASTM F 1941 Electrodeposited Yellow Zinc.
2. Machine Bolts:
a. Bolts:ASTM A 307 Grade Carbon Steel.
b. Nuts: ASTM A 563 Grade A Hex Nut.
c. Coating: ASTM F 1941 Electrodeposited Clear Zinc.
3.6 ROOF SYSTEMS
A. Assembly Performance Requirements: Provide roof products and assemblies meeting the
following requirements:
1. Class 90 rated and listed in accordance with UL-580 for Wind Uplift or as per local
requirements.
B. Through-Fastened Panels:
1. Type: Single skin ribbed panels with exposed fasteners.
2. Strength: Determine and certify allowable panel strengths in accordance with AISI
S100.
3. Panel profile(s): PBR; 1-1/4 inch (32 mm) ribs at 12 inch (305 mm)centers, 1/2:12
minimum roof slope.
a. Thickness: 24 gauge
b. Finish: Owner's option between Galvalume®Plus or PVDF Metallic
c. Color: IF PVDF Metallic is selected color will be chosen from manufacturer
standard colors.
d. Air Infiltration: Maximum air infiltration of 0.04 cubic feet per minute per square
foot of specimen area when tested to ASTM E 1680 at a pressure differential of
+/- 1.57 psf(75 Pa).
e. Water Infiltration: No uncontrollable water leakage when tested to ASTM E
1646 at a 20 psf(955 Pa) pressure differential when sprayed with 5 gallons of
water per hour per square foot(203 liters per square meter) of specimen area.
f. FM Approvals Rating: Provide FM 4471 Approved assemblies on the basis of
the following ratings. Identify materials with FM Approvals markings:
1) External Fire: Class A.
2) Internal Fire: Class 1.
3) Hail: Severe.
4) Wind: 1-120
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
400005 10/14

SECTION 40 00 05
4. Panel Profile(s): PBU; 3/4 inch (19 mm) ribs at 6 inch (152 mm)centers, 1:12
minimum roof slope.
a. Thickness: 24 gauge
b. Finish: Galvalume®Plus OR PVDF Metallic
c. Color: Selected from manufacturer standard colors
5. Panel fasteners: Long-life finish
C. Standing Seam Panels:
1. Type: Single skin panels with concealed clips.
2. Panel Strength: Determine and certify panel strength as follows:
a. Positive Loading (Toward Panel Supports): Determine in accordance with AISI
S100.
b. Negative Loading (Away from Panel Supports): Determine in accordance with
ASTM E 1592.
3. Panel profile: Double-Lok:
a. Panel Type: Trapezoidal machine seamed, 1/4:12 minimum roof slope.
b. Panel width: 24 inches wide x 3 inches high (610 mm wide x 76 mm high) or as
approved by Engineer
c. Thickness: 24 gauge.
D. Walk Doors:
1. Source: Specified on Drawings
2. Size: As shown on Drawings
3. Elevation: As shown
4. Type: Insulated
5. Frame type: Framed openings
6. Door assembly: Knocked down for field assembly and glazing
E. Windows:
1. See Drawings
3.7 FABRICATION
A. General:
1. Shop-fabricate framing members for field bolted assembly.
2. Surfaces of bolted connections: Smooth and free from burrs and distortions.
3. Shop connections to conform to manufacturer's standard design practices.
4. Mark framing members with identifying mark.
5. Welding to conform to AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.3 as applicable.
B. Primary Framing:
1. Plates, stiffeners, and related members: Factory welded base plates, splice plates,
cap plates, and stiffeners into place on structural members.
2. Bolt holes and related machining: Shop fabricate base plates, splices and flanges to
include bolt connection holes. Shop-fabricate webs to include bracing holes.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
400005 11/14

SECTION 40 00 05
3. Secondary structural connections (purlins and gifts): Ordinary (not pretensioned)
bolted connections with welded clips.
C. Long Bay Purlins:
1. Fabricate purlins from cold-formed open web long bay system assemblies with
stiffened chords.
2. Install connection bolts through purlin seats.
3. Pre-punch assemblies to allow for attachment of frame flange brace angles,
compression strut extensions, and diagonal X-bridging at centerline.
4. Furnish bridging as light-gauge cold-formed angles secured using self-drilling
fasteners.
5. Manufacture sections in IAS AC472 Part A and B Accredited facility.
6. Top and bottom chords: Nominal 4 inch (102 mm)width formed so that top surface is
continuous and flat to facilitate easy assembly of roof system.
7. Fabricate all elements of minimum 16 gauge steel.
8. Subject finished assemblies to periodic testing to loads equal to 110 percent of design
loads.
D. Zee Purlins:
1. Fabricate purlins from cold-formed Z-shaped sections with stiffened flanges.
2. Size flange stiffeners to comply with requirements of AISI S100.
3. Purlin flanges unequal in width for easier nesting during erection.
4. Purlins pre-punched at factory to provide for field bolting to rigid frame clips.
E. Eave Struts:
1. Fabricate eave struts from cold-formed unsymmetrical C-shaped sections with
stiffened flanges.
2. Size flange stiffeners to comply with requirements of AISI S100.
3. No welded splices permitted.
4. Eave Struts pre-punched at factory to provide for field bolting to rigid frame clips.
F. Girts: Simple or continuous span as required by design. Connection bolts will install through
webs not flanges.
G. Bracing:
1. Diagonal Bracing:
a. Diagonal bracing in roof and sidewalls may be used to resist longitudinal loads
in structure when panel diaphragm cannot be used.
b. Furnish to length and equipped with hillside washers and nuts at each end.
c. Bracing may consist of rods threaded at each end or galvanized cable with
suitable threaded end anchors.
d. If load requirements dictate, bracing may be of structural angle or pipe, bolted
in place.
H. Standing Seam Panels:
1. Provide factory fabricated and finished metal panels and accessories meeting
performance requirements, indicated profiles and structural requirements.
2. Fabricate metal joints configured to accept applied sealant providing weathertight seal
and preventing metal to metal contact and minimizing noise resulting from thermal
movement.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
400005 12/14

SECTION 40 00 05
3. Fabricate panels in continuous lengths for full length of detailed runs, except where
otherwise indicated on drawings.
4. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Fabricate or install flashing and trim to comply with
manufacturer's written instructions and construction drawings.
I. End Laps:
1. Fabricate with 16 gauge backup plates and eight end lap joint fasteners installed in six
pre-punched holes in flat and in dimples in trapezoidal legs.
2. Apply mastic between panels and secure with self-drilling fasteners through panels
and backup plate.
3. Through roof fasteners may be used only at end laps and eaves.
PART 4- EXECUTION
4.1 PREPARATION
A. Clean surfaces prior to installation.
B. Prepare surfaces using methods recommended by manufacturer for best result for substrate.
4.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved Shop Drawings.
B. Fit members square against abutting components.
C. Position members plumb, square, and level.
D. Temporarily brace members until permanently fastened.
E. Do not splice load bearing members.
F. Align and adjust various members forming parts of a complete frame or structure after
assembly but before fastening.
G. Welding to conform to AWS D1.1.
H. Fasten panels to supports.
I. Install trim to maintain visual continuity of system.
J. Install joint sealant and gaskets to prevent water penetration.
K. Flash penetrations through roofing with metal trim to match panels.
L. Sealing between exterior panels and slab required.
M. Finished building to be weatherproof.
4.3 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products until completion of project.
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
400005 13/14

SECTION 40 00 05
4.4 ADJUSTMENT
A. Touch up, repair, or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 400005
Town of Boonville, NC May 2024
Improvements For Better WWTP Effluent TRC PN: 554801
400005 14/14

SECTION 40 00 06
MAJOR EQUIPMENT ITEM #6
HYBRID BLOWER SYSTEMS (4)
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
The contractor shall install hybrid blower system(s) built by a qualified manufacturer. All
components shall be furnished by a single manufacturer who shall be responsible for the
performance and compatibility of the system.
A. Two(2) alternating blowers are to be installed for the Equalization Basin.
B. Two(2) alternating blowers are to be installed for the Digestor.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Comply with all applicable codes and regulations as required by regulatory agencies having
jurisdiction over this Work. Comply with the pertinent sections of the following Standards:
A. American National Standards Institute(ANSI) B16.1, B40.1
B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers(ASME) PTC 9
C. American Gear Manufacturers Association (AGMA)
D. American Society of Testing and Materials(ASTM)
E. Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers'Association (AFBMA)9, 11
F. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)
G. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
H. Mechanical Power Transmission Association
I. National Electrical Code (NEC)
J. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) MG 1, ICS 6
K. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)70
L. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
M. Rubber Manufacturers Association (RMA)
N. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC)
O. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
1.3 SUBMITTALS
The submittals shall consist of a bill of material listing all components the system manufacturer
will deliver; component Manufacturer's catalog cut sheets listing materials of construction,
performance curves/charts, standards of design, warranty statement; prime/paint coating
system plus the following information:
1.3.1 COMPRESSOR
TOWN OF BOONVILLE,NC MAY 2024
IMPROVEMENTS FOR BETTER WWTP EFFLUENT TRC PN:554801
400006-1/7

SECTION 40 00 06
A. BHP at: normal system operating conditions
B. Discharge temperature at ambient temperature and normal system operating
conditions.
C. L10 bearing life calculations for each bearing.
1.3.2 SILENCERS
A. An attenuation performance curve for each type of silencer
1.3.3 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
A. Set pressure.
B. Shop drawings of assembled system starting with items that will be shipped to the job,
items assembled on site, and items shipped loose for field assembly.
C. V-belt drive calculations
D. A list of all exceptions and an explanation of each non-compliance with the
specifications
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The blower system(s) will be built by a blower system supplier who has units at 50 or
more wastewater treatment plants, the same size or larger than those specified below,
that have been in successful operation for fifteen or more years.
B. All components shall be furnished by a single supplier who shall be responsible for the
performance and compatibility of the system.
C. The blower system manufacturer shall be an authorized warranty service center for the
compressor provided.
D. Unnamed manufacturers shall provide a complete technical submittal to the engineer for
review at least 15 days prior to the published bid date noting all project specific system
performances, curves, drawings, maintenance requirements, and any non-compliances
with the specification to qualify for use on the project.
E. Compressors, motors, and all primary components shall be manufactured in the United
States with replacements and parts available from multiple sources within the United
States.
1.5 STORAGE & HANDLING
A. Care must be taken during unloading and handling of equipment to ensure against undue
strain to the compressor and motor. DO NOT use lifting straps or chains under the
TOWN OF BOONVILLE,NC MAY 2024
IMPROVEMENTS FOR BETTER WWTP EFFLUENT TRC PN:554801
400006-2/7

SECTION 40 00 06
compressor or motor. Lift from under the main frame, base or use base mounted lifting
lugs(if provided).
A. In storage blowers must be kept clean, free of moisture and rotated a minimum of 20
revolutions each week to maintain warranty. For storage more than four months, or in a damp
or corrosive environment see the manufacturer's operation and maintenance manual.
1.6 CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
NUMBER OF BLOWERS 4
SITE ELEVATION, FASL —1000
DESIGN INLET TEMPERATURE,°F 95
DESIGN RELATE HUMIDITY, %: 85
SCFM ±4 %: 375
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE, PSIG: 7.8
MAX BHP REQUIRED: 20.9
RPM LIMIT AT ABOVE SCFM: 3144
MOTOR SIZE (HP): 25
SOUND LIMIT REQ. @ 1 METER IN FREE FIELD 74
1.7 STANDARD WARRANTY
C. Manufacturer must maintain a service technician within a three hour drive time from
the wwtp site.
D. The equipment must include a ONE YEAR WARRANTY from the time of start up.
E. Six(6) physical copies and one digital copy of Operation and Maintenance Manuals are
to be submitted to the engineer prior to start up.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
The model 3C-2H manufactured by Universal Blower Pac, Inc., was used as the basis for
design.Alternate b►ower manufacturers include Aerzen and Kaeser.
2.2 CONSTRUCTION
TOWN OF BOONVILLE,NC MAY 2024
IMPROVEMENTS FOR BETTER WWTP EFFLUENT TRC PN:554801
400006-3/7

SECTION 40 00 06
A. COMPRESOR: The compressor shall be able to accommodate the pressure and flow
described above in section 1.06 Conditions of Service. The compressor shaft shall be
integral with solid-cast ductile-iron helical impellers. The compressor shall have helical
timing gears held by non-slip grip rings, piston ring compression chamber seals and both
ports triangular tuned, splash oil lubrication on both ends, and projecting glass
viewports for easy oil level indication. Straight lobed impellers shall not be acceptable.
Compressors shall be dynamically balanced and provide oil free non-contact
compression.
2.3 ATTENUATION
A. Each blower system shall be equipped with an acoustical enclosure. The specifications
for the enclosures are shown on the site plans. Noise attenuation shall be provided as
necessary to reach the specified sound limit requirement at a distance of 1 meter from
the operating equipment in a free field environment. All readings shall be taken by
personnel experienced in the field of sound attenuation.
B. The enclosure units shall be designed to be picked up by a fork truck. Each acoustical
enclosure shall be shipped completely assembled. No field assembly shall be permitted.
C. Absorption of sound waves shall be the basis of design for the enclosure. The complete
blower system will be enclosed to meet the level specified. With absorption considered,
perforated metal inner skin retaining devices shall not be considered acceptable.
D. Absorption media shall be a nominal 2-inch thick resilient material capable of returning
to its original form after compression. Media shall have an overall weight of not less
than 1.6 pounds per cubic foot. Media sheets shall have an upper oil resistant layer a
minimum of three mils in thickness to protect the integrity of the media. Absorption
media shall be interior and be fitted to each exterior facet and show contact at all
points. Media shall be snug fit, be complete with pressure sensitive adhesive and held in
place with washers, studs and cap nuts manufactured from corrosive resistant materials.
All adhesives used in anchoring studs or other items in structure shall be high
temperature industrial material rated for the application.
E. Outer skin shall be a minimum 14 gauge galvannealed steel. Enclosure panels to be 10-
gauge aluminum. Lesser gauges shall not be acceptable. All surfaces are to be powder
coated.
F. No fastening hardware shall be visible on the exterior of the enclosure except those
holding the instruments and relief valve exhaust differ in place for ease of repair. Rivets
or loose-fitting panels which can loosen during operation will not be accepted. Slide-in
panels showing a loose fit shall provide grounds for rejection.
G. Each enclosure will have removable service panels. All surfaces and edges shall be free
of burs and sharp edges. Panels shall lock closed using key-operated compression
latches with folding handles that fit flush.
H. Each enclosure shall incorporate internal acoustical-lined intake-air vent boxes rated for
the SCFM listed in the "service" section and discharge pipe openings with sound seal.
Louvers shall not be acceptable.
TOWN OF BOONVILLE,NC MAY 2024
IMPROVEMENTS FOR BETTER WWTP EFFLUENT TRC PN:554801
400006-4/7

SECTION 40 00 06
A 120/60/1 electric cooling fan with thermostat control and acoustical vent shall be
supplied installed on the enclosure. To ensure adequate cooling at all speeds the
cooling fan will not be connected to the compressor or motor shaft in any way.
2.4 MOTOR
DESIGN B, Squirrel-cage, induction per NEMA MG1
& IEEE Standards.
HP Nameplate greater than the brake
horsepower at 10% above the relief valve
set pressure as described in 1.03 D2.
RPM 1800
TYPE TEFC
POWER 208 Volt,3 phase, 60 Hertz
INSULATION Class F with class B rise
SERVICE FACTOR 1.15 (or 1.0 if used in conjunction with
VFD) at power voltage and site elevation
listed above.
EFFICIENCY "Premium efficient" per latest edition of
NEMA MG1.
2.5 V-BELT
High-capacity type, oil and heat resistant,static-dissipating drive belts selected to have a 1.4 or
higher service factor above the required compressor brake horsepower. Sheaves shall mount to
the compressor and motor shafts with QD type bushings.
2.6 DRIVE GUARD
The guard shall be fabricated steel with openings on the front designed to allow ample
ventilation for the drive, have an easy access cover and conform to applicable safety codes.
2.7 BASE
A. Base shall include spring loaded auto-tension device for ease of drive installation and
maintenance. Covered forklift slots shall be integral to the base design.
B. The blower base shall have insolation mounts to minimize transmitted vibrations from
the blower system to the surrounding structure.
2.8 ACCESSORIES
A. INLET FILTER/SILENCER
Each blower will have a filter/silencer with paper media that removes 99.5%of 2-micron
particles. The maximum pressure drop across the clean element shall be less than 2-
inches of water column. The filter/silencer shall be Stoddard FH64 or pre-approved
equal.
B. DISCHARGE SILENCER
Silencers shall be of the helical-flow design and separate from the base frame. Air
velocity shall be 5500 to 7000 feet per minute. Silencer shall be Universal series CB or
pre-approved equal.
TOWN OF BOONVILLE,NC MAY 2024
IMPROVEMENTS FOR BETTER WWTP EFFLUENT TRC PN:554801
400006-5/7

SECTION 40 00 06
C. FLEXIBLE JOINT
1. Each blower shall have a flexible joint located between the compressor and
discharge silencer to minimize vibration transmission to downstream piping.
The joint's elastomer must be rated higher than the maximum expected service
temperature and pressure.
2. Each blower shall have an external discharge flexible joint that matches the
compressor discharge silencer size. The joint's elastomer must be rated higher
than the maximum expected service temperature and pressure. The flexible
joint shall ship installed on the system.
2.9 VALVES
A. PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
Each blower shall be protected by a spring-loaded pressure relief valve preset to start
opening at half a PSIG above the PSIG listed in the "service" section, be full open at not
more than 10% above the set pressure and rated for the SCFM and PSIG listed in the
"service" section. If the valve malfunctions it shall do so in the open condition to
prevent blower damage.Valve shall vent outside of the enclosure.
B. CHECK VALVE
Each blower shall have a discharge check valve. Valves 6-inch and smaller shall have an
NPT steel body. Internals shall be aluminum split discs with no-pinch elastomer and seal
rated above the maximum anticipated discharge temperature. Valve shall be shipped
installed on the system.
PART 3 ISOLATION VALVE
Each blower shall have a discharge isolation valve. Valves less than two inches in diameter
will be ball valves. Valves 2-inches and larger shall be cast-iron or stainless steel wafer-body
butterfly type with a locking handle. The temperature rating of the seat must exceed the
maximum anticipated discharge temperature. The valve shall be shipped installed on the
system.
3.1 INSTRUMENTS
A. PRESSURE GAUGE:
Each blower shall have a 2-1/2" diameter, stainless steel case, brass bourdon tube,
liquid filled, 1/4 NPT connection pressure gauge with a 0-15 PSIG scale on systems
operating up to 10 PSIG and 0-30 PSIG for higher pressures. Gauge shall have a 1/4"
brass snubber and isolation valve and be mounted in the enclosure wall. Gauge shall be
Winters 901 or pre-approved equal.
B. FILTER RESTRICTION GAUGE
Each inlet filter/silencer shall have a gauge, with isolation valve, to measure vacuum in
the filter element. The gauge shall have a visual indicator to lock at the current vacuum
TOWN OF BOONVILLE,NC MAY 2024
IMPROVEMENTS FOR BETTER WWTP EFFLUENT TRC PN:554801
400006-6/7

SECTION 40 00 06
when the blower is shut off and have a manual reset. Gauge shall be mounted in the
enclosure wall.
C. THERMOMETER
Each blower shall have a 4.5" diameter thermometer with a 50-300 °F scale on systems
up to 10 PSIG, 50-500 °F for higher pressure. Thermometer shall be mounted in the
enclosure wall.The thermometer shall be Wika TI.V45RB or pre-approved equal.
D. REPLACEMENT PARTS
Each blower shall be furnished with the following spare parts:
a.One spare filter element
b.One set of spare V-belts
c.Lubricants for 6 months
3.2 COATINGS
Equipment shall be cleaned to SSPC-SP 3 and receive a 2-3 mil DFT shop coat of universal primer
or pre-approved equal. The systems shall then receive a finish coat of alkyd enamel or pre-
approved equal, 50%gloss, high temperature paint.The coat shall be 2-3 mil DFT.
Enclosures shall be powder coated with a coating that is highly resistant to UV rays and weather.
3.3 MANUALS
3.3.1 Operation and maintenance manuals shall be provided for each size of blower. One copy
will ship with the system to the job site.
3.4 EXECUTION
3.4.1 ERECTION/INSTALLATION APPLICATION
The following points must be followed to ensure an adequate installation:
A. The blower pad must be located on the equivalent of compacted soil substructure,
which will allow the pad to remain flat, rigid,and free of resonant frequencies within the
operating range of the equipment.
B. The blower must be anchored using bolts intended specifically for dynamic
loading.
C. The unit must be installed and leveled per the manufacturer's instructions
supplied in the O&M manual.
3.5 START-UP AND TESTING
The blower system supplier shall provide the services of a factory trained technician to check
installation, verify proper operation and train the owner's personnel in proper maintenance
procedures. Start-up services shall be a minimum of one day for every three blower systems.
END OF SECTION 40 00 06
TOWN OF BOONVILLE,NC MAY 2024
IMPROVEMENTS FOR BETTER WWTP EFFLUENT TRC PN:554801
400006-7/7